Trauma Team
Specialist XS Guide/Walkthrough
(and everything else you could ever want to know about this damn game)
May 25, 2010
Version RANK XS
By: S.A. Renegade
Email:
[email protected]
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
=========================
=== Table of Contents ===
=========================
=======================
=== Version History ===
=======================
====================
=== Introduction ===
====================
====================
=== General Tips ===
====================
==========================================
=== Walkthrough: Legitimate Operations ===
==========================================
-CR-S01 - Frozen in Time
-Maria Torres - Foul Mood
-Hank Freebird - The Big Guy
-Tomoe Tachibana - Insecure Smiles
-CR-S01 - Uninvited Guest
-Maria Torres - Maximum Annoyance
-Hank Freebird - Time For Trouble
-Tomoe Tachibana - Moment of Zen
-CR-S01 - History of Fear
-Maria Torres - Mournful Hero
-Hank Freebird - Love in the Ground
-Tomoe Tachibana - Marionette's Lament
-CR-S01 - Waking From Terror
-Maria Torres - Hesitant Spirit
-Hank Freebird - Broken Heart
-Tomoe Tachibana - The Healing Warrior
-CR-S01 - Blade of Resolve
-Maria Torres - Desperate Rescue
-Hank Freebird - I Want To Believe
-Tomoe Tachibana - Resolution
-CR-S01 - Waking Heart
-Maria Torres - So Begins Death
-CR-S01 - Stolen Memories
-Hank Freebird - Spreading Infection
-Tomoe Tachibana - Chloe's Change
-Hank Freebird - Friends
-Tomoe Tachibana - Despair
-Tomoe Tachibana - Time For Rejoicing
-CR-S01 - Twisted Rosalia
====================================
=== Walkthrough: Filler Missions ===
====================================
-Gabriel Cunningham - Signs of Anguish
-Naomi Kimishima - Locked-Room Mystery
-Gabriel Cunningham - Blazing Darkness
-Naomi Kimishima - Wandering Girl
-Gabriel Cunningham - Moving Heart
-Naomi Kimishima - Behind the Lies
-Gabriel Cunningham - The Simplest Truth
-Naomi Kimishima - Crime of Passion
-Naomi Kimishima - Seeking Atonement
-Gabriel Cunningham - Proud One
-Naomi Kimishima - Demons and Death
-Naomi Kimishima - Blue Carpet of Death
=====================
=== Doctor Medals ===
=====================
-CR-S01
-Maria Torres
-Hank Freebird
-Tomoe Tachibana
-Gabriel Cunningham
-Naomi Kimishima
==================
=== Conclusion ===
==================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Version History
-RANK XS
The guide is more than complete. All the operations have been XS'd, all
the filler missions have been covered, all the doctor medals have been
found. What you'll now find in this guide is everything you could ever
want to know about Trauma Team.
-1.6
Mm, only five filler missions left now. Not very many of their medals
left either.
-1.2
Ok, started covering the extra filler missions and their respective
medals.
-1.1
Alright, I've covered the doctor medals for all the operations now.
-1.0
All operations are FINISHED now! XS and everything. But don't think
we're done just yet. Oh no... the main part of the guide may be finished,
but we ain't done just yet. Not quite.
-0.9
Finished up to Despair. Only 2 operations left now.
-0.8
Finished up to Stolen Memories. Not very many operations left now.
-0.7
Finished up to Hank's fifth operation.
-0.5
Got up to Hesitant Spirit.
-0.3
Got up to Maria's third mission.
-0.2
Started the guide. First few missions are up as well as the
introduction. Still a long ways to go.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
==================
===Introduction===
==================
What be happening my piggs in tha trough! Welcome to my newest guide!
This one's for Trauma Team. But you already know that. Like my Second
Opinion guide, the purpose of this guide is to get XS ranks in all the
operations. Why? because getting XS rank in every operation is the only
way to play the game and truly appreciate it. This guide is written
assuming that you're playing on Specialist mode, because this is the
only mode where you can get the XS rank. Just so we're all on the same
page, to unlock Specialist mode you have to beat the game once on
Resident. Beating it on Intern might work, but who can say for sure? Not
me 'cause I'm never touching that. Anyway the main purpose of the guide
is getting the XS rank in every operation, however, it also tells you
what to do in all of them, so you CAN use this guide as a more general
walkthrough if you so desire, though a lot of the tips given throughout
might be a bit of... overkill for simply passing the operations.
In fact, some of this shit might be TOO detailed. Some people might get
annoyed at how I drone on and on about things that're obvious. But
whatever. Fuck you guys. I'll be whatever I wanna do. You don't like it
you can get out. So yeah. In this guide you'll find my morbidly detailed
instructions of what to do to get that XS. But in addition to the guide
and tips present therein, I also offer you videos demonstrating how to
get the XS in every operation. You can find these videos and the guide
in its entirety on my personal website www.scathingaccuracy.com.
Specifically, at
http://bit.ly/9yy6sx
As of this writing I haven't done Specialist. This game is a lot of fun,
though I am disappointed that they listened to the imbeciles who said
Trauma Center wasn't "realistic" enough and took out the guilt/stigma
style operations as those were always the most fun. Still, the
fundamental aspects are still intact, so it's still an awesome game.
But like I said, the REAL fun of this game is going for XS ranks. That's
why this guide focuses on that. Playing the game on Resident? That's just
the precursor to the real deal!
That's not all you'll find in this guide, however. No, this guide ALSO
covers the filler missions that require zero skill, as well as all of
the doctor medal challenges. So, I suppose you could call this guide
complete, even if its main purpose is to get the XS ranks.
Let me just say that my love for this series can't be understated. In
fact, in my mind, not only is Trauma Center one of the best things to
ever happen, it's also the only game that truly gives the Wii a purpose.
When I say I'm disappointed I say it out of the utmost love. The masses
who pushed for these changes to remove the most fun operations and the
healing touch were never true fans. They just don't get it. They're akin
to people who complain that Ace Attorney isn't how a real court
functions. Hey, newsflash, morons: real courts are BORING. In that same
way, the people who asked for all these things to be removed in Trauma
Team were basically saying "We want less fun".
But hey, not all is lost. What IS still in there seems sound. Now then,
will you join me in this journey? I'm sure it'll be fun! And who knows?
Maybe I can help you.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
==================
===General Tips===
==================
The golden rule when it comes to XSing this game is practice, practice,
practice. This guide aims to help you in this endeavor, but like most
action games, no amount of tips and no amount of knowledge can ever
substitute actual experience. So get in there and do stuff. Get
comfortable with the tools, with the wiimote, with the nuances of the
game. You should be so used to it that you can switch between tools
without even thinking.
Generally speaking, I recommend using the B button in favor of the A
button. In fact, you should never press the A button unless you're forced
to, such as when using the forceps or doing Hank's operations.
Do not use the wiimote jacket or any other accessory of that kind. If
you're doing something that requires precision, hold the wiimote near
the top part rather than the bottom, place your thumb around the area to
the left, slightly bottom-left of the d-pad and upper left of the A
button and grip firmly with it. In my experience this affords greater
control. You should grip with the tip of your thumb so that you're not
actually pressing the A button, but if you have to, you can simply bring
the rest of it down and easily press it with the joint between the
proximal and distal phalanges while still maintaining the grip.
When using tools, sometimes it's a good idea to keep the control stick
HELD DOWN in the position you want. This not only makes it so that you
switch to that tool instantly as soon as people are done talking/a
transition ends, but it also makes it less likely that it slips when
moving back to the neutral position. Obviously this shouldn't be done if
you're going to use a certain tool for an extended period of time, but
it certainly helps when you're quickly switching between different ones.
Do NOT leave the Trauma Team disc inside the Wii after you're done
playing and turn it off. Eject it and put it back inside the case.
This is so important and people overlook it because they're lazy. The
thing is, leaving the disc inside the console might be fine with your
360 or your PS3, but on the Wii it can cause disc read problems. This
results in things like longer loading times and slightly reduced
framerate which can negatively impact the movement of the pointer and
the timing on certain things, and by correlation your performance,
possibly without you even noticing. This isn't a problem exclusive to
Trauma Team since I've seen it happen in at least one other game. If
you notice that loading times seemed to have gotten longer or that
music isn't starting immediately like it should, eject the disc and
then put it back in. This should fix the problem.
For Hank's operations, most of the time you don't have to use the
nunchuck at all. Furthermore, his operations usually require more
precision than the others. Sometimes it can be a pretty good idea to
use both your hands to keep the remote steadier and to achieve better
control. Especially when it feels like you're starting to tremble a lot.
Keep your elbow free. If you're sitting normally in a chair (not a
stool. And if you're sitting on a stool... man why you be so ghetto?),
your elbow may be pressed on the back. You might THINK this would
be good but it's not. It slightly hampers your movement because you're
restricted to only your forearm. Sit a bit to the side so your elbow can
freely move back and forth. In this way you can use both your forearm
and upper arm to move the pointer, which is just natural. Also, try not
to be too far away from the TV.
For Tomoe's operations, you know how in gears of war leaving the camera
sensitivity on default is the equivalent of pasting a post-it note on
your back that says "Please shove a shotgun up my ass"? Well, the same
thing applies to Endoscopy, so make sure that the camera sensitivity is
set to max before you do anything.
One of the beautiful things about this game is that very few things are
out of your control. Whereas in more traditional action games there are
a lot of things happening, not all of which you might see, such as the
classic fireball of doom from offscreen, in Trauma Center everything
happens onscreen. Obviously when you use the magnification tool to look
around not everything is onscreen, but even then you know what is
happening and what will happen. There is very little of what I call the
random bullshit factor. You are aware of everything. When you fail, try
to see what you did wrong. Try to see where it is that you can improve.
Look at my videos and try to see what you're doing differently and how
this can affect the outcome.
Always try your best to stay calm. This is the most beneficial state in
which you can play the game. Getting agigated or angry will only lower
your skill. The problem is that adrenaline, or epinephrine, is a fight
or flight hormone. Basically it prepares the entire body including the
muscles for emergency actions such as running or fighting. But it does
not prepare the muscles for precision work of the kind you need to
succeed in this game. Quite the opposite. It gives you what I call the
jitters. This isn't quite as much of a problem in most games because it's
not going to affect how you press buttons. But it can be crippling in a
game where you have to keep your arm steady.
This is why keeping a calm mind is so important. There are many methods
you can use to help calm you. When you feel overwhelmed, take a small
break, just a few minutes is fine, stand up, walk around a little, stare
out the window. Surf the net, read a little. The benefits of doing this
are actually two-fold: not only does it help calm your mind, but also
your wrist. It's no secret that prolonged use of the wiimote causes
quite a bit of wrist pain. Even more if you suffer from carpal tunnel
syndrome. Resting for a few minutes in between retries does wonders to
help prepare you for the next operation. In a related note, it's also
possible that your hands can get deathly cold while playing the game,
especially if you live in a cold place. This can hamper you a little, so
I recommend washing them in hot water every now and then. This might
only be a temporary solution but it helps and gives you an excuse to
take a quick break.
Sometimes there are some operations that are so long that your wrist can
get very tired before they're over. In these situations, pausing the
game and resting for a few seconds or minutes isn't a bad idea.
If you are very tired or need sleep, it's probably also a good idea to
do so, as it can negatively affect your performance. You want to be
calm, but you also want to be alert. You don't want to lean too far to
either side.
When you fail, try not to blame outside forces. This is a psychological
defense mechanism that manifests in a surprising amount of people. It
might make you feel better, but it tends to hinder improvement. I can
guarantee that everything in this game is fair, balanced, and reasonable.
In fact, Trauma Team in general is much too lenient in my book. If it
were up to me it would be way, way harder. So don't blame your failures
on the game. Don't say "The hit detection is off," or "It's random," or
"The wiimote isn't good enough". Instead say "My hand slipped,"
"I wasn't fast enough," or "I haven't practiced enough". Only by
accepting responsibility can you strive to change what has gone wrong
before.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
==============
=== CR-S01 ===
==============
=== Frozen in Time ===
Special Bonus:
-Miss < 0 times
-Cool > 7 times
-Operation completed in 90 sec
-Blood pool formed < 6 times
Aight, you ready for this?! Let's get that XS! This operation isn't too
hard but it'll still probably take you a few tries since it's the first
one and we're fresh outta pussy mode so we're in a totally complacent
attitude, what with how easily we've been coasting through everything
up till now. Hopefully the rest of the game isn't that easy huh?
So. There are three things you gotta keep in mind for this operation.
Firstly, the time limit. It's 90 seconds and it's pretty strict, so we're
gonna have to be fast and shave time in as many places as possible.
Secondly, you have to get cools in everything. Everything. If you get
even a single good, you will not get the XS so this is important. Unlike
previous Trauma Center games, vitals are irrelevant. The fourth special
bonus is also irrelevant. It's too easy and you're going to get it every
time, so just ignore it. Finally, of course it goes without saying, but
don't get any misses. if you do, it's over. Just retry that noise.
Unlike previous Trauma Centers, you can't hit the skip button before the
operation has started. The hell is up with that? It's a problem because
having to press that button all the way down there forces you to change
the position of your hand on the wiimote, and it costs precious seconds
to readjust. Fortunately there's a way to avoid this. Don't press skip
at the start. Let Hank say his first line, and then press A to bring up
the tutorial screen. THEN press the skip button while the tutorial screen
is up. Skip will activate, but the tutorial screen will have stopped time
and it won't go away until you press A, giving you plenty of time to
readjust the position of your hand.
Now, hold the stick in the position of the stabilizer and keep the
pointer hovering over the spot where the stabilizer bottle will appear,
and once you're ready, press A to get that tutorial out of the way and
begin. As soon as that happens, fill up the syringe and quickly inject
all of it into the patient. You don't have to fill it up completely, but
if you get too little you won't be allowed to proceed, so make sure you
get a good amount. 1/2 to 3/4s of the syringe should be safe. As soon
as you've finished pumping in the stabilizer, the dotted line for the
lobectomy will appear. So what you want to do here is first switch to
the antibiotic gel and spread it from right to left across the line once,
then quickly switch to the scalpel and make the incision from left
(where the pointer should already be) to right. This'll allow us to shave
a tiny bit more time off.
Now we're inside the patient's heart. Have the control stick pointed to
the ultrasound while the screen is moving in, and then start press A
(or B) on the center of the heart. It'll take a few presses, but
watch the area while you're doing it and as soon as you see the syringe
icon come up, that's your cue to quickly switch to it because the yellow
vial has now been made available. Fill the syringe with it and quickly
inject it into the shadow. If you're too slow the shadow AS WELL AS THE
VIAL will disappear. In which case just restart. But anyway. It's not
necessary to fill it all the way but if you don't get enough nothing
will happen so make sure you pump in a good amount. Once you do that,
the incision line will appear. No need to use any gel on this one, just
switch to your scalpel and cut through the dots in one stroke, if
possible. If you miss a dot it's no biggie, just go back to it quickly,
but make sure you don't release the button until the incision has been
made, even if you have to go back.
When that's done, switch to the drain because three blood pools will
come out. We gotta drain 'em. What you want to do here is drain the
whole thing in 2 shots. Because two pools will always be close to one
another, place the drain in between them so you drain them both at the
same time and then drain the remaining one. This'll help shave off some
more time. Make sure you have the A button held down the entire time
while using the drain. Then, when the last pool has been cleared, don't
release the A button! Quickly switch to the forceps. If you keep the A
button held down, you'll be able to use the forceps by only pressing the
B button, which will allow you must greater precision and control than
having to press both A and B! That's a hot tip from me to you. Now.
You'll have to grab the wound from both sides to close it. I like
grabbing the right side first but it's up to you. So grab the right side
and yank it to the left, then grab the left side and yank that to the
right. You don't have to be delicate or anything, just do it fast.
When that's done, you'll have to suture it. THIS is the part where you
can shave the most time off if you can suture fast. BUT, you also have
to make absolutely sure that you get the cool. Here's a few tips.
First of all, even though the line is slightly curved to the right,
this is just a trick. You are not supposed to suture along the wound,
as one would of course assume. To get that cool, you should suture as if
both ends of the wound were connected by a STRAIGHT line, and not the
curved line the game shows you. To get the cool for these wounds you
should make around 7 passes with the sutures, but don't worry because
there's a lot of leeway. Generally speaking I like to go with more
passes than necessary so I usually make around 10. Make sure that you
suture VERY fast. Don't count the number of passes, just go with what
feels right and it should work out if you've practiced enough and have
gotten a subconscious feel for how many passes are necessary. If you
haven't, then keep trying until you do! Remember the proper suturing
technique: Do it by snapping your wrist right to left as you move your
arm top to bottom. Also make sure you stay within the imaginary
straight line connecting the two ends of the wound.
There's a second shadow that we have to take care of. However, now that
the yellow vial is available, there is no need to use the ultrasound!
In fact, I order you to not use it. It's just a waste of precious
seconds. What I recommend doing from here on out is to MEMORIZE where
the shadows will appear so that you can inject them without having to
search for them. This next one is on the left side of the heart. Inject
the yellow juice into the general area where it's supposed to be to
make the incision line appear. Don't worry, the area is pretty huge so
there's a lot of leeway for where the game will accept the injection
without giving you a miss. As usual, if you DO somehow get a miss,
just restart the operation.
Anyway, make the incision, drain the blood, close the wound and suture
it up just like you did the last time. I don't need to repeat myself
on this right? Just look at the previous paragraphs if you already
forgot what to do, you god damn amnesiac. Ahem. Anyway. When you're done
with that, there will be a LOOOOOONG lull during which nothing happens.
You'll have to wait here. Inject stabilizer on the patient while you're
waiting and get his vitals all the way to max. You'll still have to wait
a long time even after doing this so uh. Go make a sandwich or som'n.
Kidding. You CAN actually switch to the ultrasound and wave it around
fast to decrease the waiting time. Who knew. Either way, while you're
waiting, make sure to have the pointer right above the tools because
this is where the next thing you have to use will pop up. It's the HAND!
As SOON as it appears press A on it to activate it, then move the cursor
over to the center of the heart, slightly to the right. Press A there
and hold it down for a second until the yellow vial appears (who was the
jackass who took it out?!). When it does, fill the syringe and inject
it into the area you were palpating just before. This'll make the
incision line appear. You know what to do! Same procedure.
When that's done, there'll still be two more shadows to take care of.
As I said before, you should memorize their locations so that you can
inject them WITHOUT palpating. One is on the left side and the other is
on the top right side. Choose either one and take care of it before
moving on to the next one. You CAN technically do them both at the same
time but there's no need for that, plus, an extra blood pool will form
if you do it this way. So just take 'em one at a time. Same as before.
As always, make sure you get a cool EVERY single time and make sure
you don't miss. If you fail in either of these just restart.
That'll be the end of it. But don't relax just yet! We still gotta close
up the patient. This last suturing job will be horizontal, unlike the
previous ones, which makes it harder and slower. Why? Because snapping
your wrist up and down just doesn't feel as natural as left to right.
So you'll probably do this one slower. But don't worry, if you've done
everything correctly up till now you should have plenty of time
remaining! So just take your time. This one requires around 7 passes,
just like the previous ones. Remember to stay more or less within the
red area while doing it, as well as within the left and right points of
the opening. Do it right and make sure to get the cool, then switch to
the antibiotic gel and spread it multiple times on the incision area.
Don't keep the button pressed the entire time though! You have to the
release and press the button again at LEAST once to do it properly. Keep
that in mind. Keep applying the gel until you get the ok, then grab
the bandage. This is the last step and you have to do it RIGHT. If you
don't get the cool here you will have failed so take it slow if you
have to. The trick to getting said cool here is to make sure the bandage
covers the whole line BUT don't go any farther than that. That is to say,
start from the left point where the line begins, and then end it at JUST
the very end of the line without going too much past it. You can do it
vice versa if you want but whatever.
And that's it for the first mission! If you did things properly you
should have gotten all 8 cools and finished with more than 20 seconds
to spare. I'm sure you can even get that down to 30 seconds to spare if
you try hard enough buuut it's not necessary so whatever. As long as
you did these things your score should be above 9000 points which will
give you the XS. If it's below 9000 you will have failed.
If you wanna see my video of how to XS this mission, go to
http://bit.ly/dBpZsr
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
====================
=== Maria Torres ===
====================
=== Foul Mood ===
Special Bonus:
-No misses
-No burns worsened
-Cool > 8 times
-Gauze not thrown away automatically
Ok, this operation is ultra short so it might SEEM like it'll be easy
but you have to be speedy gonzales to hit the time limit for the XS
so it'll probably take a few tries. You'll have to shave time off in as
many ways as you can and know exactly what to do at every point. If you
hesitate too much you probably won't make it. But don't worry, if you
follow my tips you'll get it no problem.
Like I said before though, this operation is short so it's almost
impossible to get tired before it's over. Just like the first CR-S01
mission, I recommend using the tutorial trick here:
Unlike previous Trauma Centers, you can't hit the skip button before the
operation has started. The hell is up with that? It's a problem because
having to press that button all the way down there forces you to change
the position of your hand on the wiimote, and it costs precious seconds
to readjust. Fortunately there's a way to avoid this. Don't press skip
at the start. Let Maria say her first line, and then press A to bring up
the tutorial screen. THEN press the skip button while the tutorial screen
is up. Skip will activate, but the tutorial screen will have stopped time
and it won't go away until you press A, giving you plenty of time to
readjust the position of your hand.
Before getting rid of the tutorial screen, position the cursor on the
bottom-right part of the screen where the gauze will appear. This will
allow you to grab it as soon as possible once you press A. However. Keep
in mind that it takes a fraction of a second for the gauze to become
available so don't jump the gun either. Wait about 0.3 seconds and then
grab it with A.
Now, as you can see there are 3 blood pools on this guy. Keep in mind
that a single gauze will only absorb two pools of blood. It cannot
absorb three. That means you will have to use two for these pools. First
absorb the single pool on the right. Don't bother with the other two.
When it has been fully absorbed, quickly grab a second gauze from the
bottom right and then place it between the two pools on the left two
absorb them at the same time. This'll help you save some time. It's
important to switch the gauze after dealing with the single pool without
touching the other two because if you absorb the other ones with the
same gauze you run the risk of soaking it and losing the fourth special
bonus.
Once that blood has been dealt with, you'll automatically move to the
bottom part of the torso where you'll be able to see two burns. Have
the control stick pointed up for the antibiotic gel and as soon as you
regain control, hell, even before, start spreading the gel back and forth
over both burns. BOTH burns. Not one first and then the other. Both at
the same time. If you take them both individually you won't make it.
Also remember not to hold down the button the entire time while applying
it. You'll have to release the button and press it again at least 2 times
before you're given the ok.
Once you've gotten the ok on both, quickly switch to the forceps and
grab the synthetic membranes from the tray on the left. Place them one
right after the other on both burns. Do it fast but make sure you don't
get a miss. Remember proper forceps technique: Make sure you have the A
button held down the entire time when you've finished using the gel.
Then, when it comes time to pick up the synthetic membranes, don't
release the A button! Quickly switch to the forceps. If you keep the A
button held down, you'll be able to use the forceps by only pressing the
B button, which will allow you must greater precision and control than
having to press both A and B! That's a hot tip from me to you.
After placing both membranes, quickly gel over them. This time it'll only
take a single pass or two to get the ok. When that happens, very quickly
switch to the tape. We want to tape over these two membranes fast BUT
it's important that you get cools in every single one or else you won't
get the XS. It's not too difficult though. The trick to getting cools
here is to get the tape all the way from one end of the membrane to the
other without going over TOO much. Just a little. There's some leeway
so don't worry, but ideally if you're only going to tape one membrane
you want to have 80% of the tape on the membrane and only 20% outside.
10% on either end. In this operation, however, what I recommend doing
is taping BOTH membranes with a single tape. It's not too hard and it
will help save time. Simply move the tape from the top right corner of
the top membrane in a straight line all the way to to bottom left corner
of the bottom membrane. You'll get the cool for both and will only have
had to apply one tape.
Now the view will automatically shift to the patient's left arm. The game
won't let you continue until you use a shot of stabilizer so before you
even regain control have the stick pointed towards the syringe. As soon
as it appears fill up the syringe 3/4s of the way and then pump it
wherever you want. It doesn't even have to be on the patient. Unlike
previous Trauma Centers you can just use it on thin air and it'll still
work. Remember to pump ALL of it in. If you don't use enough, the game
won't let you proceed and you'll have to do it again, losing a lot of
time in the process.
After you finish the injection, hold the control stick towards the gel
and begin applying it back and forth over both burns. This'll be just
like the two previous burns. You know the drill. Gel, membrane, gel,
tape. The screen will then switch to the patient's right arm. You'll
have to secure a blood transfusion. This is probably the most dangerous
part of the operation so watch it! First gel over the spot. It doesn't
take much gel at all. Just apply a bit for a fraction of a second and
then immediately move the cursor to the bottom right where the needle
will be. Grab it with A then CALM DOWN. Make absolutely sure that you
jam it in on the green dot. This is the easiest part to fail on if you're
not careful. That green dot is not lenient at all. You'll need New Blood
levels of precision to hit it, so don't rush this part. Or, actually,
go ahead and rush it if you want. I mean this operation is less than
a minute long. It's not like you'll lose much if you have to start over.
It's up to you. Either way, once you've put the needle in, grab the
bandage on the bottom right with A, then quickly press and hold A on the
circle that appears to the right of the arm. Don't worry here, you can't
get a miss if you somehow don't hit the circle. When you do, make circles
with the remote. Just go wild and spin it as fast as you can, you can't
get a miss here. My recommendation for doing this is to make the circles
counterclockwise if you're right handed like me and to make them as
small as possible so you can complete them faster. It should take you
less than a second to do it. Alternatively, you can just shake the
wiimote up and down, though the difference between that and tiny circles
is blurry.
You'll now move on to the second patient. His vitals will be ridiculously
low but do not, I repeat, DO NOT use any stabilizer. If you've done
things correctly up till now you can treat him without wasting time
raising vitals at all.
There are three burns here. Spread gel evenly across all 3 of them, then
quickly place the membranes but be careful not to get any misses. Gel
over them and then switch to the tape. You'll have to use 2 tapes
here. Get the top two burns with a single tape from right to left and
then get the bottom one from top to bottom. That's how I like to do it
anyway, it's up to you. Once you tape the last burn she'll flatline.
You'll now start doing chest compressions. Loosen up for this. Begin
smacking down the wii remote as if you were hammering a nail with it.
Make the motions big and strong to make sure it registers. Make sure to
begin doing it as SOON as the hands appear. Hammer down each time the
hands on the screen come down. You CAN simply hammer rapidly with no
regards to anything and still get the cool but that's tiring and there's
no reason to do that when doing it in tandem is so easy.
After 5 compressions you'll get the cool. For the last manuever you'll
be doing an intubation. This is pretty easy and lenient so you can do it
fast without having to be very precise. Point the cursor on the blue
circle at the top of the tube and hold down A, then move the pointer
in a straight line down all the way to the bottom, then release the A
button, move the pointer again to the blue circle, hold down A and repeat
it. Keep doing this the 3 or 4 times it takes until the tube is all the
way in and you're done!
As long as you get all the special bonuses, which isn't too hard, and
finish in less than 50 seconds, which you should if you did everything
I told you, you will get that XS rank. It might seem tough at first but
I finished in 42 seconds so less than 50 is definitely not unreasonable
at all.
For my video of how to XS this operation, go to
http://bit.ly/9eEPll
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
=====================
=== Hank Freebird ===
=====================
=== The Big Guy ===
Special Bonus:
-Miss < 1 times
-Chain > 2200
-Operation completed in 150 sec
-Treatment halted < 2 times
Aight bitches. This operation, like all of Hank's missions, is a lot of
fun, but it's no longer drop dead easy like it was on Resident
difficulty. No, this is serious business now. It's probably going to take
many tries to XS, but is all good since it's so fun. Plus I just love
how the music gets steadily better as you build a higher chain. That's
such win.
First off, let it be known that this operation is going to be very
precision intensive, so let's go over proper wii remote holding
technique again:
If you're doing something that requires precision, hold the wiimote near
the top part rather than the bottom, place your thumb around the area to
the left, slightly bottom-left of the d-pad and upper left of the A
button and grip firmly with it. In my experience this affords greater
control. You should grip with the tip of your thumb so that you're not
actually pressing the A button, but if you have to, you can simply bring
the rest of it down and easily press it with the joint between the
proximal and distal phalanges while still maintaining the grip. Grip
the remote FIRMLY to keep it steady and have your wrist bending slightly
downward. This will cause carpal tunnel pain after a while, but it keeps
your hand steadier.
We need to do this operation VERY fast so start by using the tutorial
screen trick:
Unlike previous Trauma Centers, you can't hit the skip button before the
operation has started. The hell is up with that? It's a problem because
having to press that button all the way down there forces you to change
the position of your hand on the wiimote, and it costs precious seconds
to readjust. Fortunately there's a way to avoid this. Don't press skip
at the start. Let Hank say his first line, and then press A to bring up
the tutorial screen. THEN press the skip button while the tutorial screen
is up. Skip will activate, but the tutorial screen will have stopped time
and it won't go away until you press A, giving you plenty of time to
readjust the position of your hand.
Memorize where the incision circle will appear and place the pointer
near that before getting rid of the tutorial screen. Now, make the
incision. Press and hold the A button on the blue circle at the top and
make a straight line through the guideline. The B button will not work so
don't try. Also throughout this entire operation the control stick will
be irrelevant.
Now we're inside. This operation will consist of cutting around 5
adenoma with the scalpel. To do this, press and hold A on the blue circle
and then follow the blue guideline WITHOUT straying too far from it. If
you do, you'll get a miss and it'll all be over. In which case you
should restart. But also, you get more points if you follow the blue
line closely than if you're a bit off so try to stay within it. Also keep
an eye on the yellow guideline that is moving in front of you. You're
supposed to chase after this yellow line BUT don't go too fast because
if you overtake it you will get a miss.
Now then. Here are a few general tips for this procedure:
Don't blink! And if you must blink, keep it down to a minimum, and
especially don't blink during the particularly precarious spots. Blink
several times in between each tumor.
Squint your eyes slightly. This'll help keep you from blinking.
Keep your breaths shallow. A deep breath can cause your hand to move
too much, and we don't want that. In fact, you might want to just plain
not breathe at all on the most dangerous parts.
Bite your lower lip. This might sound like a joke but it really does
increase precision! Don't ask me how. You know how to do this. Just
make a dat ass expression. For proper dat ass technique, consult Maurice
Richards, AKA Rich Boy.
This is a questionable technique, but, since the control stick is
irrelevant during this procedure, you can try to support your right
hand with your left (vice versa if you're a lefty) to help keep it
steady. It sometimes helps BUT I don't fully recommend doing this because
in my experience using one hand keeps it more loose to move faster, plus
when using both hands I end up having to move my body rather than just
my arm, thirdly, it SEEMS that when using both hands sometimes I'll make
a sudden jerky movement, which I ASSUME is because although both hands
keep it steadier, it also makes it harder to coordinate slight movements.
So yeah, try it out and see how it feels but I'll go with single handed.
You should already know this, but once you start cutting DO NOT let
go of the A button until you're finished.
Memorize where the blue circle will appear on each adenoma so that you
lose as little time as possible starting. Every little bit helps.
So ok. Let's cut up these hoes. Something you should be aware of is that
the first two adenoma are fundamentally different from the last 3 based
on their size. For the first two, you should excise them VERY fast. You
will not be able to do it fast for the last 3 so make sure you save as
much time as possible on these two small ones by being as fast as you
can. However, don't be TOO fast either because if you overtake the yellow
guideline that you're supposed to follow, you'll get a miss. Stay as
close to the speed limit as possible.
After that, you'll have to deal with large ones. As I said earlier,
these are different because they're so big. The camera will move and
follow the yellow guideline, which makes this different. First off,
know that unlike the 2 small ones, you cannot rush here. The yellow
guideline will go faster if you stay close to it (so you should), but
nowhere near as fast as on the small ones. Secondly, keep in mind that
the camera will move the cursor for you, which means that in a lot of
places you should simply "ride" the camera and let it take you forward
while you simply concentrate on staying within the guideline. Note that
if you do this, the yellow line will go faster than you and then start
slowing down until you eventually stop, so you still have to move forward
yourself a little bit every now and then.
The final adenoma is the tough one. Why? Because there are two places
where the guideline becomes CRAZY narrow, making it easy to go off.
You have to be super careful in these parts. More than any other place,
these narrow spots are where you shouldn't blink and shouldn't breathe
and should ride the camera so that it moves slower. That's about all the
advice I can give you, other than that it's just practice until you're
rock solid!
Once that's done, it'll be time to close the patient up. You'll be using
the stapler. While the screen is transitioning, grab the remote with
both hands and turn it sideways clockwise. Press and hold the A button
so that you can use by only pressing the B button. This will afford
greater control. Now watch the guideline and make minute changes to the
angle of your remote until you match it. Position the cursor so that
your remote overlaps the guideline. There's some leeway, but try to
have it overlap as perfectly as you can. Remember, don't rush on this
part! Sure, it's a race against the close for the XS, but if you did
things correctly before and shaved time off in as many places as you
could, you should still have some seconds to spare. If you get a miss or
even a good here it will all have been for nothing so stay crispy. You
don't have to change the angle of the remote AT ALL for these 5 staples,
all you have to do is change the position of the cursor (that is to say,
go down), so once you have the angle right you can do all 5 reasonably
fast.
And that'll be all! As long as you didn't miss and didn't stop, the only
thing you have to worry about is doing it fast enough so that you finish
in less than 2:20. You need more than 9600 score for the XS.
For my video of this operation, go to
http://bit.ly/dgNej8
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
=======================
=== Tomoe Tachibana ===
=======================
=== Insecure Smiles ===
Special Bonus:
-No Bads
-Stomach treated in 60 sec
-Ran into wall < 2 times
-Vitals didn't fall below 15
Our first endoscopic operation! ...in hard of course. This one's actually
not all that tough. It shouldn't take very many tries to get the XS rank.
Aight, so. First let's talk posture. Endoscopy is quite different from
the other specialties so we have to change our approach accordingly.
Have your arm pulled all the way back so that your wrist is touching
the side of your torso. Lean back on your chair. That's the neutral
position. When moving the endoscope forward, you want to do it as fast
as you can and without having to back into neutral position midway if
you can help it. From the neutral position, to go forward simply hold
down A+B and extend your arm out in front of you. You can get a lot of
distance this way and very fast. Once your arm is completely extended,
you should begin leaning your entire body forward to get even more
distance. If you do this, you'll be able to get to a lot of destinations
without having to waste time retracting your arm, as we'll soon see.
Just remember that you're supposed to lean towards the sensor bar and
not the TV. Seems obvious but sometimes we may forget.
Now then, let's begin. Press the skip button while holding the control
stick in any direction. Why? Because the game forces us to do pointless
things before proceeding. Keep holding the control stick in any
direction to move your view until the game snaps you back into place.
Next, we're supposed to go forward a bit. This is a part where the things
I told you before come in handy. If you extend your arm and then lean
forward with your body you'll be able to clear the entire distance you're
supposed to in a single go without wasting any time retracting your arm.
Watch when the blue arrows change and point backwards. That's when you
stop going forward and start going back. Use the auto retract by pressing
down on the d-pad if you want to keep it easy or do it manually if you
want to do it faster.
Anyway, let's proceed. Start going forward for realz this time until
you get to the first blood pool and the game automatically centers your
view on it. Not so fast though! You still need to get a tiny bit closer
to it before the drain becomes available. Do so. Now open up the tools
by pressing C and switching to the drain. Don't press C again to close
it, just press Z immediately to begin using the tool. Be careful though,
it's not all that uncommon to accidentally have the stick slip and choose
the wrong tool and have to waste time opening up the toolbox again.
Center the view on the blue circle and drain the blood. After that, keep
going forward. It's quite a distance so you'll have to retract your arm
a few times. Plus, there's a curve in the path here and you have to be
careful not to hit the wall. If you do, restart because you've lost.
When you get to the next part with affected area, first take care of the
blood pools since you already have the drain out. Then center on the
hemorrhaging area and switch to the hemostatic forceps. Hold Z to stop
the bleeding and release it as SOON as it has stopped to get the cool.
The timing probably takes a bit of practice to get down. What I recommend
is doing it enough times that you more or less have a "feel" for how
much time is required before letting go of the button. On top of watching
of course. Remember that you need to get cools in every place where it's
possible to get them. If you get a good, just restart because you're not
getting the XS. If another blood pool has formed, quickly drain it and
let's move on.
You can get to the next affected area in one shot by extending your arm
and then leaning forward! This one requires the syringe, so center the
camera on the blue circle and choose the needle. To get the cool on these
you have to hold down the button until the bright light above the blue
medicine is as close to the yellow guideline as possible without going
past it. Remember, the one that can't go past the yellow line is the
brightest part at the top. The duller parts below that can go past it.
After treating that, another inflammation will appear a bit ahead. Move
forward and treat it in exactly the same way. Immediately after you do
that, the game will center your vision on a new blue circle that will
have appeared. It's a hidden inflammation! Switch to the spray and use
it here to reveal it, then treat it with the syringe same as always.
When you're done with that, keep going forward. We're almost up to
the stomach. You'll see the passage opening and closing. We gotta go
through it quickly while it's open but chill out a bit! The second
special bonus dictates that once we're inside the stomach, we have to
finish in less than 60 seconds. So before we go in, take some time to
raise vitals. That's because the fourth special bonus dictates that we
shouldn't let vitals fall below 15. To ensure this, you'll have to inject
at least two full syringes of stabilizer. Keep an eye on the passage
while you're doing this. If it opens after you've injected the second
one, quickly go through it. If it's still closed, then start injecting
a third one but immediately stop once it opens and go through.
Now we're in the stomach area. As I said earlier, we have to finish up
in less than 60 seconds so it helps to have the general layout of the
affected areas memorized. Also keep an eye on the radar because it will
tell you the locations of stuff as well. As soon as you go in, you'll
see a blood pool on the wall to your right. Treat it with the drain.
After that, quickly advance to the wall on the back opposite the passage
you came from. Move to the bottom of this wall where you'll spot an
area with hemorrhaging as well as blood pools. As a general rule, you
should treat these hemorrhaging areas before the inflammations because
they create additional blood pools if you leave them alone, which will
make you waste time. Drain the blood pools and then use the hemostatic
forceps. When that's done, look to the right where you'll find a lone
blood pool. Drain it. Now check the radar. If you're lucky there will
only be one dot left on the wall opposite to this one. If there are more,
go and treat those first. Now use the syringe on this inflammation.
Remember, if you've gotten any goods restart the operation. After
dealing with this one, a single blood pool will appear on the wall
behind you. Go drain it. When you do this, another dot will appear behind</pre><pre id="faqspan-2">
you on the radar. This is the last one, but be careful because it's
invisable for one day! Watch the radar. Move until the dot is about
halfway between your own dot and the fringe of the radar, then move the
camera up or down until the dot turns blue. This indicates that it's
right in front of you. Switch to the spray to reveal it and then inject
it with the syringe to end the operation!
This one isn't too tough. As usual, you MUST get all the cools available.
The vitals must have also been above 15 the entire time, which shouldn't
be a problem if you raised them before the stomach where I told you to
and did the stomach fast enough. Finally, to get the XS rank you must
have finished the entire operation in less than 2 minutes. Shouldn't be
a problem. This operation can be beaten in like 1:40. Hell, maybe even
1:30 if you're crazy enough.
To see my XS video of this operation go to
http://bit.ly/ct6apE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
==============
=== CR-S01 ===
==============
=== Uninvited Guest ===
Special Bonus:
-Miss < 0 times
-Vitals didn't fall below 45
-Mucus treated < 20 times
-Shadow disappeared < 1 times
Hoooly black jesus this is getting good! This mission is difficult and
will take quite a few tries to XS. But we wouldn't have it any other way!
Pretty much the only thing to keep in mind during this operation is
keeping the vitals above 50. Which is harder that it at first might seem
once shit hits the fan and all those tumors start forming.
As soon as the operation starts there'll be a patch of tumors on the
patient's chest. Laser them all off without letting go of the button
until they're all gone, then gel them. Then switch to the ultrasound.
There's a shadow underneath the part where the tumors had formed.
You'll need to hit that shadow with the ultrasound to make the scalpel
available. Once it is, get it and slash a vertical line across the
shadow to bring out the big tumor. Switch to the drain and get rid of
the mucus, then switch back to the scalpel and excise it. Do it quickly
but not so fast that you miss dots. Ideally you want to hit all the dots
in one go. But if you miss any, eh, whatever. Just go back to them
without letting go of the button. When that's done, you'll be able to
pick up the tumor with the forceps. Put it on the tray to the right,
then grab the synthetic membrane from the tray on the left and place it
CAREFULLY on the wound. If you do this incorrectly it's all over so do
it fast but don't get careless either. After that, switch to the gel
and apply it all over it. Keep holding down the button and move over to
the left side while applying the gel because the incision line will have
now appeared. You can disinfect it in the same motion, which is neat.
Now, switch to the scalpel and let's go inside!
Oh noes! The intestine is full of inflammations! But don't worry, this
isn't New Blood where inflammations were a million times more terrifying
than Cardia. You don't have to inject EXACTLY in the inflammation points,
you have a bit of leeway. In fact, it might even be more lenient than
Second Opinion. That's right. So let's go for it! Before we begin, here's
something to keep in mind: a full syringe gives you enough to treat one
large spot OR three small ones. Secondly, it's a good idea to use what
I call the warping strategy to shave a few seconds off your time:
When filling the syringe or injecting with it, you may notice that as
long as you have the button pressed, and as long as the syringe hasn't
finished filling up/emptying out, you can move the wiimote as much as
you want and the cursor won't move. But as soon as the syringe is done
filling/emptying, the cursor will appear where you are currently
pointing the remote. Using this trick, you can save some time. You
can move the remote over to the anti-inflammatory bottle while the
syringe is injecting, and when it's done you can immediately fill it up
again. It works the same the other way. While it's filling up you can
move over to an inflammation and inject it immediately.
Now then, let's treat this muhfugga. There will be 3 small spots and 2
large ones. Fill up the syringe and quickly take care of the 3 small
ones without refilling. Then refill again, inject it into a large one,
refill again, and inject it into the other large one. Once this is done,
you'll be allowed to move with the magnification tool, also known in
some circles as the ultrasound. So when that happens, quickly switch to
that and move the cursor to the left, then press B to move over to
the left side of the organ from where you are. You'll find two more
inflammations here. A small and a large one. Take care of them both, then
move the magnification tool directly up all the way to the top left
part of the organ. Here you'll find 5 more inflammations, 2 big and 3
small. Like in the first part, fill up your syringe to full and take care
of the 3 small ones in one shot without refilling, then individually
refill for the two large ones. When you're done with that, the vitals
should be in the 60s already, so take some time to pump a full syringe of
stabilizer or two before proceeding.
After that, it'll be time to take care of the 3 big tumors hidden inside
the organ. What you want to do here is play the mission enough times
that you can memorize the location of the three tumors. One is on the
left part of the organ, the other is on the top right side, and the
other one is on the bottom. Don't waste time using the ultrasound on
them. Just slash where they are supposed to be to get them out fast.
To treat them, I recommend treating two at the same time, and then the
third one. Let's take the left one and the bottom one. Position the
camera in such a way that you have full view of both tumors. Then switch
to the drain and begin draining the mucus on one, and then the other,
then switch to the scalpel and go back to the FIRST one you drained.
Excise it along the dotted line but make sure to do it fast because
that mucus comes back pretty fast. Once the first one is excised very
quickly do the same thing for the second one before the mucus reappears.
When that's done, switch to the forceps and move both tumors one right
after the other to the tray, then grab two synthetic membranes and place
them over the wounds, do it fast but be careful not to get a miss here.
Finally gel over them.
Now move on to the third tumor on the top right side. Treat it the
same way you did the others. Slash, drain, excise, pick up, place the
membrane and gel. When you're done with that, move the magnification
tool to the bottom right of the organ because 3 new inflammations will
have appeared here. Treat the big one and a small one BUT LEAVE THE LAST
SMALL ONE ALONE. Vitals should now be dangerously low, around the 50s.
Remember that you CANNOT let the vitals go below 45 or the operation is
forfeit. Take this time to pump stabilizer until the vitals are maxed
out at 90, then treat the remaining inflammation.
Now we move on to the lung! Switch to the laser here, there will be 4
tumors immediately visible to you. Laser these guys and then gel over
them. Then move to the bottom to find 3 more. Laser and gel these too.
Then move all the way over to the top to find 4 more. Do the same for
these. Once these are done with, it'll be time to deal with the hidden
shadows.
Again, I recommend playing this mission enough times that you can
memorize the location of the 4 shadows you have to uncover. This is
because you want to deal with them as fast as possible without losing
ANY time at all searching around. Time is not on your side after all.
The first one is right here in the top part where you're looking. Feel
free to ascertain where the shadow is by hovering the ultrasound over
it but don't use it, just slash where the shadow is supposed to be to
uncover it. Then drain the mucus and gel over the wound.
Three more to go. Quickly move alllll the way over to the bottom of the
lung. You'll find the second one you have to treat here. It's not ALL
the way at the bottom, it's a bit above but you know what I mean. Check
my video if you wanna see exactly where it is. Deal with this guy in
the same way, drain the mucus and then gel. Once that's done, move to
the center of the lung. The next shadow will be DEAD center. It's a true
tumor. You'll treat it the same way you did the last 3. Slash it
vertically to get it out, drain the mucus, excise along the dotted line,
then pick up, put on the tray, place the synthetic membrane and gel over
it. One more shadow to go! This last one is VERY close. Don't even move
the camera. It's to the right of that last one you just treated. Slash
it, drain the mucus and then WAIT. Take this time to raise vitals all
the way to max again because once you finish treating this last one
this crap'll get serious. When you're ready, gel it.
Now black bruises will engulf the lung, as well as a RETARDED amount of
shadows. 4 of them are true tumors and you can memorize their locations
(although the 4th will not appear until you're done with everything
else) but the tough part is that the shadows that are only mucus will
be MOVING. That will make it extremely hard to deal with because you
don't know exactly where they will be. The only way is to find them with
the ultrasound and then slash them before they get away. If you waste
too much time searching around for these things the XS will elude you,
and trust me, sometimes that last mucus is pretty DAMN sneaky.
But don't worry, there's a very important tip I'm going to give you,
which you should keep in mind when trying to XS this: the mucus form
small tumors periodically. This isn't just for show. These tumors are
very important. When one of them forms, it means the mucus that created
it isn't very far! You MUST use this to your advantage if you want to
do this fast enough for the XS without getting lucky. The trick is that,
whenever you see a small tumor appear, use the ultrasound around that
spot to find a mucus for free without wasting time searching for it!
Anyway back to where I was. Like I said, black bruises will engulf the
lung. Do NOT move the camera. Leave it where it is and begin a quick
search around this area for moving shadows with the ultrasound. There
will be SO MANY that you will find a crapload of them immediately,
guaranteed. You want to treat as many of them as possible RIGHT NOW
because if you let such a huge number of them roam free the vitals will
get annihilated and then you'll lose too much time just pumping the
lung full of stabilizer and treating the small tumors.
I recommend finding and excising at least 4 of them (more is good if
you get lucky but don't go out of your way to search for them). It
should only take you about 5 seconds or less. Treat those 4 the same
way you've done it up to now, and then inject some stabilizer real
quick just to stay safe.
Next, move slightly up to where the two stationary large tumors will
be. As I said before, memorize their locations. Hover the ultrasound
over them if you have to and then slash them to uncover them. HOWEVER,
if you happen to see any moving shadows while you're using the ultrasound
take care of those first. Either way, while you're uncovering those two
tumors you should begin to see small tumors forming around. Whenever you
see one appear STOP and destroy the mucus shadow that created it before
it can get away. You should be able to destroy around 3 more mucus
shadows (more if you're lucky) here before you even start working on the
tumors. Take care of the small tumors they create as well. When that's
done begin treating the large tumors. You know what to do! I ain't gonna
repeat myself, but I will say treat them both at the same time to save
time. That is to say, drain one first, then the other, then go back to
the first one and excise it, then excise the second one before it
regains its mucus etc etc. Remember to keep a good eye on the vitals!!
If it drops too close to 50 stop whatever it is you're doing and get it
back up. If it drops below 45 you will have failed!
Finish dealing with those two tumors. Be careful because they will create
3 small tumors each when you remove them. It's nothing special but just
sayin'. Remember that if you see a small tumor form somewhere stop what
you're doing and bring out the shadow that created it. When you're done,
move to the bottom part of the organ. A bunch of small tumors will have
formed here by now so treat them, then excise the large tumor down on
the bottom right part. Again, if you see any small tumors form, deal
with the shadow.
After you're done with this tumor comes the worst part. Now you have to
finish killing off the straggler shadows. There should only be a few
left by now, which can make things difficult. They're pretty elusive
bastards sometimes and if you spend too much time searching you'll lose
the XS. Nevertheless, move back over to the top where a few small tumors
should have formed by now. Make a very quick cursory search around for
shadows, if you don't find anything in 1-3 seconds then start treating
the tumors with the laser. Hopefully while you're doing this some new
ones will form which will tell you where the shadows are. At this point
you're pretty much FORCED to search around for the remaining ones.
I recommend staying more or less near the center of the lung. You can
go 3/4 of the way up or 3/4 of the way down but don't go all the way.
Search around with the ultrasound while keeping an eye out for any tumors
that might form which will indicate to you where a shadow is. This is
probably the worst part and sometimes you just get plain unlucky and
aren't able to find the last one fast enough. If this happens don't
get discouraged, just restart and try again. It doesn't actually happen
that often.
If it takes you 10 seconds to find the remaining stragglers, that's
pretty good. Anything more than that and you may want to restart. The
time limit for this operation is very strict. As soon as you treat the
last one, the final large tumor will appear on the left side of the
lung. You'll know because an ultrasound symbol will appear over the
place where it's supposed to be. Don't worry about vitals at this
point unless they're dangerously close to 45. Just excise that last
tumor and treat it as fast as you can. No small tumors will form because
the black bruise will have disappeared.
We're almost done, but make SURE you keep your cool because if you get
a good on either the closing suture or the bandage then you will have
failed the entire operation. Yeah. No pressure. But no seriously. Be
CAREFUL here. That bandage is more dangerous than you might think when
you're under pressure to get the cool. You don't know how many times
I've failed this part because my god damn hand is shaking like I got
parkinson's or some bull. Jesus. Anyway if you feel too jittery pause
the game and take deep breaths. If you get a good here everything you
did will have been for nothing. Go slow for the suture as well. Like
the previous CR-S01 operation, this one requires around 7 passes.
Remember to stay more or less within the red area while doing it, as
well as within the left and right points of the opening. Do it right
and make sure to get the cool, then switch to the antibiotic gel and
spread it multiple times on the incision area. Don't keep the button
pressed the entire time though! You have to the release and press the
button again at LEAST once to do it properly. Keep that in mind. Keep
applying the gel until you get the ok, then grab the bandage. This is
the last step and you have to do it RIGHT. If you don't get the cool
here you will have failed so take it slow if you have to. The trick to
getting said cool here is to make sure the bandage covers the whole
line BUT don't go any farther than that. That is to say, start from the
left point where the line begins, and then end it at JUST the very end
of the line without going too much past it. You can do it vice versa if
you want but whatever.
And that's it for this awesome operation! The only special bonus to keep
in mind is keeping vitals above 45. All the others will fall into place
themselves. As usual, you need to get ALL 21 cools in the entire thing,
if you get a single good you will not get the XS. And finally, the
hardest part of all, time. You need to do this operation very fast. To
get the XS you need around 12200 score. As long as you finish with
a clear time of less than 3:40 you will be good for the XS. As you can
see in my video, I finished in 3:14 and I'm not even that good so it's
definitely nothing unreasonable.
If you wanna check out said video, head on over to my blog at
http://bit.ly/9iNtL2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
====================
=== Maria Torres ===
====================
=== Maximum Annoyance ===
Special Bonus:
-Miss < 1 times
-All patients transported
-Cool > 8 times
-Let go of limb < 2 times
After how ridankalus the previous operation was, this one's pretty
light times. It's got a few tricks here and there but nothing too
serious.
If you press the skip button as soon as possible in this operation it
takes like a second for the music to start or the patient's arm from
becoming movable, which gives you plenty of time to point the cursor at
the lower right where the bone icon is and press A on it, then move back
to the broken arm. After that small lull you'll see the blue circle
appear on his arm. Your cursor should already be here. Press and hold
A on it, then move it to the right as far as you can. You'll have to
release the button and grab it a second time to pull it all the way
though. Just remember, the second time you grab it you need to press A
on the hand itself and not in the blue circle. Two times should be
enough to get the ok, and hell, MUST be enough, because if you try more
than that, you'll miss the fourth special bonus. And that's NO GOOD.
The trick with these dislocations is to move the arm FAST. Don't hold
it for very long or vitals will get pulverized. If you do it right you
should get it done and have vitals still in the 60s, whereas if you hold
it for very long it can get to critical in a couple seconds flat. Don't
worry about being gentle. That's a lie.
As soon as you've done that, and while the game is busy moving the
screen up, have your cursor pointed at the lower right where the splint
icon will come up. As soon as it does press A on it, then press and hold
A on the blue circle that shows up on said splint and ram it all the way
to the right. Again, don't bother with being gentle. Just do it as fast
as you can.
Now, after that's done, the screen will shift again. This time downward.
Afterwards, two more icons will pop up on the right. Talk and bandage.
Obviously you should have your pointer at talk and press it as soon as
it appears. Since you have skip activated, nothing will happen. Just
immediately press on the bandage icon after that. You already know how
to do this. Same as last time: quickly press and hold A on the white
circles that appear to the right of the arm. Don't worry here, you can't
get a miss if you somehow don't hit the circle. When you do, make circles
with the remote. Just go wild and spin it as fast as you can, you can't
get a miss here. My recommendation for doing this is to make the circles
counterclockwise if you're right handed like me and to make them as
small as possible so you can complete them faster. It should take you
less than a second to do it for each. Alternatively you can just shake
the wiimote up and down, though the difference between that and tiny
circles is blurry. That'll stabilize this patient.
You'll now switch over to the next patient and-WHAT IS GOING ON HERE.
He has a god damn beam jammed in his chest or some bull. Not to mention
some wires or whatever. But since this isn't surgery we can't treat 'em.
Now, if you did the previous part fast enough, and you should have,
there will only be 2 blood pools here. Specifically, they will be to the
left of the beam. If you took too long before, there will be an extra 2
pools on each wire and that... would not be ideal. So yeah. Make sure
there's only 2 pools. Grab a gauze from the right and place it between
both pools to absorb them at the same time. As soon as you're done with
that, the icon for the hyrdaulic cutter will appear. Quickly press it to
have our minions begin cutting that beam.
Now this is the tricky part. Immediately after ordering the hydraulic
cutter, switch to the syringe and pump 3 full needles of stabilizer on
the patient as fast as you can. By about the time you're done, 2 new
pools should appear. Ignore them and switch to the other patient. You
know how to do this right? I don't have to tell you? Oh I do? Damn,
where would you be without me? Just press A up there on the patient
icons to the right of the vitals. Geez.
Anyway this patient's got 3 pieces of glass stuck on his chest. Switch
to the forceps and begin extracting them. Remember to use proper forceps
technique: If you keep the A button held down, you'll be able to use the
forceps by only pressing the B button, which will allow you must greater
precision and control than having to press both A and B! That's a hot
tip from me to you. So anyway, the glass. Remember, you have to get every
cool possible or you won't get the XS, so be swift but also careful. The
trick with these guys is to grab them and then pull them out making as
straight a line as possible the entire way. Of course, said line must
be perpendicular to the cut they're lodged in. Get them all out one
right after the other, and then gel the 3 wounds all at the same time
after all the glass has been dealt with.
Once this is done, the camera will pan out. Point the cursor to the
bottom right while this is happening, and then press A on the scissors
icon. This'll make the scissors appear. We gotta cut the patient's
shirt off now. Move the position of the scissors by turning your wrist
to the right or to the left. You'll have to cut along the blue lines
from one dot to the next. To do this correctly you have to align the
left blade (the one that's glowing yellow) with the line. It's not too
tough but don't rush so much that you get careless and miss. That would
mean the operation has failed! Anyway, when you finish cutting all the
way, two wounds'll be revealed. Well, two wounds and 3 blood pools. Also
a third patient will arrive. Ignore that byotch though. Let's work on
these blood pools. Take a gauze and absorb one of the pools. Remember,
one gauze will only work on 2 pools before having to be replaced, so
after absorbing the one on the right, grab a new one before absorbing
the other two. When that's done, quickly switch to the forceps and
begin placing the synthetic membranes from the left tray on the
square indicators. However, only place three membranes and then quickly
switch back to the first patient. Why? Because the hydraulic cutter has
just about finished up and now that patients vitals will drop like it's
HOT. In fact, they should already be critical. But don't worry about
that. Do not raise them. Take a gauze and clean up the two pools under
the two wires but DON'T TOUCH THE GOD DAMN WIRES. Don't place the gauze
squarely on the center of the blood pool. Place it about halfway below
that so that we don't get no accidents we won't regret.
After those two pools are cleaned up, the camera will transition to
the patient's arm. We'll have to secure a blood transfusion. Vitals are
pretty low but again, ignore that! You know how to do this part by now
right? Well I guess I could repeat it if you insist... This is probably
the most dangerous part of the operation so watch it! First gel over
the spot. It doesn't take much gel at all. Just apply a bit for a
fraction of a second and then immediately move the cursor to the bottom
right where the needle will be. Grab it with A, then CALM DOWN. Make
absolutely sure that you jam it in on the green dot. This is the easiest
part to fail on if you're not careful. That green dot is not lenient at
all. You'll need New Blood levels of precision to hit it, so don't rush
this part or you fail. Either way, once you've put the needle in, grab the
bandage on the bottom right with A, then quickly press and hold A on the
circle that appears to the right of the arm. Don't worry here, you can't
get a miss if you somehow don't hit the circle. When you do, make circles
with the remote. Just go wild and spin it as fast as you can, you can't
get a miss here. My recommendation for doing this is to make the circles
counterclockwise if you're right handed like me and to make them as
small as possible so you can complete them faster. It should take you
less than a second to do it. Alternatively you can just shake
the wiimote up and down, though the difference between that and tiny
circles is blurry.
That'll stabilize that patient. Now we move on back to the one we
abandoned earlier. And turns out he's almost dead! But don't worry. We
got this under control. Ignore the vitals, don't raise them with
stabilizer. Just switch to the forceps and apply the rest of the
synthetic membranes, then switch to the tape. We'll be applying two.
Each should stretch all the way across 3 membranes. Remember that you
have to get cools on both of them! To do that, simply move the tape
in a straight line from the top right corner of the highest membrane on
the right to the bottom left corner of the lowest membrane. Same deal
for the other one except this time it's from the bottom right corner
to the top left corner.
The screen will now transition to the arm, and we'll have to secure
yet another blood transfusion. This is exactly the same as the last one.
Again, be careful when jamming that needle. It's dangerous and we're
almost done. You don't want a miss now right? Yeah. Anyway, that'll
stabilize this guy. Now we automatically move on to the next one who is
also almost dead but who cares. All we gotta do here is remove 3 glasses
just like we did a little bit ago. Remember, straight lines while
pulling them out.
And that's it. To get the XS here you have to finish the entire operation
in less than 60 seconds.
For my video of how to XS this operation go to
http://bit.ly/adXJ32
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
=====================
=== Hank Freebird ===
=====================
=== Time For Trouble ===
Special Bonus:
-Miss < 1 times
-Cool screws > 12 times
-Cool drills > 18 times
-Cool mallets > 5 times
Holy black voodoo monkey jesus, this operation is long AND tough.
Probably gonna take quite a few tries to XS. Because of that, if your
wrist starts to hurt or get tired, take a small break because that'll
negatively affect your performance. Go read some online comics or
something, I dunno, and be sure to open your hand and leave it in a
neutral position. Once you feel better you can go back in. Something
that's very important is to remember that you cannot get a SINGLE good
or you will have failed. That means that if at any point you get
something less than a cool, you should probably restart unless you just
want to practice the entire thing. So, since we have to be so perfect
and the operation is so long, what I recommend here is to take it slow
but sure in general, and only go fast in a few key spots that are less
dangerous.
Alright, don't hit the skip button yet because that'll screw up our
grip on the remote. Let Hank and Tomoe say their lines and keep the
cursor pointed where the blue circle will pop up. Then press and
hold the A button on said blue circle at the top and make a straight line
through the guideline. The B button will not work so don't try.
Hit the skip button while the screen is transitioning, that'll give you
plenty of time to reposition your grip. Also keep holding down the A
button. We'll have to move the broken bone back into place. Have your
cursor pointed at the tail end of the dislocated bone, and when the blue
circle appears, press and hold B to grab it. Then just move it up to
where the yellow silhouette is. Make sure the bone is overlapping with
said silhouette and then let it go. Go ahead and do this part fast
because it's easy.
Next we'll be drilling into the bone. Press and hold A on the blue
circle that appears, then move the cursor away from the drill to start
moving it in. Try to keep it in more or less a straight line, though
don't worry too much because it's pretty lenient in this regard. Keep
in mind that the farther away you pull the faster the drill goes. To get
the cool here you have to bring the tip of the drill as close to the red
line at the end without actually touching it. If you do touch it you'll
get a miss and will have to restart the operation. You'll have to drill
two holes. I recommend taking it reasonably slow for this. Pull the drill
a lot at first, but once it gets closer to the end move back a little
to slow it down. This way you can get the cool without much danger.
Next you'll have to apply the screws. Watch out, these guys are
deceptive. To get the cools on these, look at the yellow silhouette.
You'll be able to see a cross on it. Now look at the screw. See the
ring the point is attached to? What you have to do is hold down the A
button and then release it when that ring is overlapping with the
horizontal part of the cross on the silhouette. Got it? Keep trying,
because it's also important to develop your own subconscious sense of
when to release the button.
Next we'll move on to the leg. There will be 3 bones we have to pick up.
Memorize where the blue circle of the leftmost bone will appear and have
your cursor hovering over it while the screen is transitioning. Keep the
A button held down and grab it by pressing and holding down B, then
throw it out on the tray to the right. Do the same for the other two
pieces and do this entire part fast because it's really hard to get
a miss. I mean the only way is to drop the bone outside the tray but
how is that EVER going to happen unless you're drunk?
As soon as you drop the third bone, it'll be time to move the dislocated
bones to their proper places. You can do this part pretty fast too
because it's not too tough. Just grab the tip of the bone on the right
(specifically, press B while holding down A on the blue circle), and just
move it until it overlaps with the yellow silhouette and let it go. It's
not too tough, do the same for the other two dislocated bones. After
that, we'll have to place the three bones we took. Now for this part
I recommend slowing down a little because it's a little bit easier to
accidentally get goods here. The order the bones will come out in is
random, so you really don't know what you'll get, but it's not so bad
because there are only 3 and it's pretty obvious where each one goes. The
long and thin bone goes on the long and thin silhouette to the right,
the other two go on the left side, one at the top, the other at the
bottom blah blah. Anyway, like I said, take it slow, turn your wrist to
move the angle of the bone so that it overlaps properly with the
silhouettes. When in doubt, go a tiny bit more towards the clockwise
direction than you might think. This seems to be a good rule of thumb
here.
Turns out a piece of bone is missing! Who was the jackass who left it?
Oh well. We'll have to cut out a piece of synthetic bone with the lazor.
Press A on the blue circle to start the laser. You have to go along the
path and stay as close to the blue guideline as possible at all times.
If you move out beyond the red lines you'll get a miss, but beyond that,
simply straying too far from the blue line means you're getting less
points and that's no good so strive to be on it as much as you can. This
is similar to the adenoma cuttin in the first Hank operation but not
nearly as hard because there aren't any crazy curves or ultra narrow
paths. There are two other things you need to remember. Do NOT let go
of the A button at any point for any reason. Second, do not go over
the lit circle or the laser will stop. Always stay within this circle
and let the camera move the laser forward for you while you concentrate
on staying within the guideline. It's a good idea though to stay
relatively near the fringes of the lit circle because this causes the
camera to move faster. The closer you go back to the center of the circle
the slower it'll go until it stops completely. Generally speaking, I
recommend letting the camera take you forward during the straight
paths but moving forward yourself during the curves. You'll have to cut
twice.
Incidentally, I love the way Tomoe says "Perfect! That was amazing!"
When you reach a 3000 chain. Stephanie Sheh, is it? Mm, not bad.
When that's over with, twist your wrist counterclockwise a bit and hold
the A button while the screen is transitioning. You'll have to place the
synthetic bone and if you already have your wrist twisted this way, once
you grab it you can move it back to neutral position and be able to place
the synthetic bone more comfortably. We're about halfway through the
operation, don't relax now!
Next we'll drill 6 holes in the bone. These are slightly different from
the last ones in that the holes are much smaller and more lenient. What
this means is that you can pull all the way and make them go as fast as
you can and still not be in significant danger of getting goods! So do
all of these drills as fast as you can. After that's done, we'll be
screwing the plate in. Hang on though! This one is a bit different from
the previous one. I told you these screws are pretty devious. We're going
to use a different mental guideline for these. Instead of doing it the
way we did previously, ignore the crosses on the silhouette and
concentrate on the cap said cross is on. Now look at the screwdriver.
See the ring the point is attached to? You have to let go of the button
when that ring is JUST about to touch the cap. It's slightly different
from before because you have to let go faster. If you're still not sure
where it is exactly, go to
http://bit.ly/bO0KSw
to see a picture of the moment when you should let go. Keep in mind
though that I'm using an LCD HDTV, which is known to have just a bit
more input lag than CRTs, so if you're using a stone age TV it could be
very slightly different. But then again maybe not. Would it really make
a difference here? Anyway, you'll have to screw in 6 times. Again, stay
sharp because these assholes are deceptive and can give you a good
when you least expect it if you're not on the ball. This is one of, if
not the most dangerous part of the operation. Finally, keep one thing in
mind: When in doubt, release the button just a tiny bit BEFORE the cue
rather than after.
Next you'll drill 7 holes into the other bone. These are longer and less
lenient than the previous ones, so you might want to go slower here and
make sure you get those cools. After the 7 holes it'll be time to
screw in the plates. For these screws you can go back to looking at the
cross like the first plate OR you can keep looking at the cap and release
the button just before the ring touches it like the previous plate. It's
up to you, go with whatever feels more natural to you. After that we'll
drill 3 more holes into another bone. They are long ones so take it slow
here if you have to.
After that comes a new thing, and this one can be pretty frustrating at
first when you're not used to it. We'll have to drive in the nail by
doing a hammering motion with the remote. Now, I'm going to tell you the
most reliable way I've found to do this: grab the remote with both hands.
That's right. You don't have to let go of the nunchuck, just grab the
remote with your left hand's thumb and index finger. Now like you need
them for anything. Anyway, in this way you'll be able to achieve greater
precision than with one hand, not to mention you won't have to put more
undue stress on your wrist.
Now then. It's important first of all to know what exactly you're aiming
for. That's simple. See the power bar on the right? It has 5 levels.
What you're aiming for is to drive the nail in with 2 hits, and to do
that one of the hits has to be at full power (5), while the other has
to be at mid power (2-4). You got that? Secondly, the wii remote cursor
HAS to be onscreen when you do the hammering motion or it won't register,
so make sure that it's there before you do it.
So. The trick here is this. The full power (5) hit is EASY. All you have
to do is make the hammering motion as fast and hard as you can. The hard
part is getting the mid power (2-4) hit without accidentally being either
too soft (getting a 1) or too hard (getting a 5). So how do we do this?
The best way is to try for the mid-power hit first and to tend more
towards the higher end of the strength spectrum while doing it. Why?
Because if you're too soft and get a 1, it's immediately over and you
have failed, so you absolutely do not EVER want to get a 1. BUT, if you
accidentally hit too hard and get a 5, that means that you still have
one more chance to try and get the mid-power hit so not all is lost.
That's why you should try to stay near the higher end of the strength
spectrum (3-4) when doing the mid-hit. You got that? Good. Other than
that, it's simply a matter of practicing it so that you get a sense of
just how much power to put into your motion. One final tip: When doing
the mid-power hit, try to do the motion without snapping your wrists
because this seems to increase the power. Seriously, try it. It's a good
way to get the mid power hits. Then for the full power hit, go ahead
and snap your wrists to get it.
After this you'll have to drill 3 more holes and then drive in 3 more
nails. Do it in exactly the same way. Again, make the hole slowly and
use the same technique for the nails.
Once that's over we'll be almost done. If you've gotten all the cools
up till now then you have a shot at that XS! If you got even one good,
don't bother. Now stay calm, keep the wiimote held with both your hands.
Twist your wrist counterclockwise in preparation while the screen is
transitioning. This is the end, DON'T SCREW UP HERE. You already know how
to staple the wound shut: Press and hold the A button
so that you can use it by only pressing the B button. This will afford
greater control. Now watch the guideline and make minute changes to the
angle of your remote until you match it. Position the cursor so that
your remote overlaps the guideline. There's some leeway, but try to
have it overlap as perfectly as you can. Remember, don't rush on this
part! Though I will say one thing. You actually CAN get a single miss
and STILL get the XS, though ironically, if you get a good you will not
get an XS. Hmm... seems unintuitive but whatever. Just something to keep
in mind.
So that'll be it for this extremely hard operation. Remember, your main
concern is getting all the cools. The time limit is not that strict so
you should take it slow when you have to and put all your concentration
into doing that.
You can check out my XS video of this operation over at
http://bit.ly/bO0KSw
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
=======================
=== Tomoe Tachibana ===
=======================
=== Moment of Zen ===
Special Bonus:
-No Bads
-Passed both valves safely
-Didn't hit small intestinal wall
-Vitals didn't fall below 20
This operation is a joke. Especially after that last balls Hank
operation this one's a walk in the park. There's only 13 cools to get and
there's sooooo much time to get the XS that you can take your sweet
dang ol' time and concentrate on just doing everything correctly.
So let's do it. As I said, there's so much time that you can basically
go make a sandwich, come back, and still get the XS. Press the skip
button whenever you want and start moving forward. Being fast really
isn't necessary but I guess it can't hurt, so let's go over proper
posture one more time:
Have your arm pulled all the way back so that your wrist is touching
the side of your torso. Lean back on your chair. That's the neutral
position. When moving the endoscope forward, you want to do it as fast
as you can and without having to back into neutral position midway if
you can help it. From the neutral position, to go forward simply hold
down A+B and extend your arm out in front of you. You can get a lot of
distance this way and very fast. Once your arm is completely extended,
you should begin leaning your entire body forward to get even more
distance. If you do this, you'll be able to get to a lot of destinations
without having to waste time retracting your arm, as we'll soon see.
Just remember that you're supposed to lean towards the sensor bar and
not the TV. Seems obvious but sometimes we may forget.
This way you can get to the first affected area in one shot. It's a
busted blood vessel or whatever and a blood pool. You know how to deal
with these already. Press C and switch to the drain to get rid of the
blood pool first. That's what you usually want to do since the pools
can sometimes get in the way of the hemorrhaging area which can prevent
you from treating it. Anyway switch to the hemostatic forceps and take
care of it. Remember that you have to get the cool here. Hold Z to stop
the bleeding and release it as SOON as it has stopped to get the cool.
The timing probably takes a bit of practice to get down. What I recommend
is doing it enough times that you more or less have a "feel" for how
much time is required before letting go of the button. On top of watching
of course.
Let's move on. You can get to the next area in one shot too. Just sayin'.
Not that you have to. So whadda we got here? A bag? Nothing special.
Press C and switch to the forceps. The regular forceps. Remember, the
forceps are the ones on top-left of the toolbox. The one on the right
are the hemostatic forceps. They are different okay? If you try using
the hemostatic ones nothing'll happen. When you've gotten 'em out, center
the view on the blue circle then press and hold Z. Wait until the forceps
have pinched and then let go of the button. Easy. Nothin' to it.
Move forward a bit more and you'll spot the passageway towards the
stomach. Before we go through though, remember that we can't let vitals
fall below 20 or we won't get the fourth special bonus. At this point
vitals probably dipped below the 50s, so take some time off to pump
the wall full of stabilizer until it's back up to max (80). Keep an eye
on the passageway, wait until it's open and then quickly go through.
If you hit it, restart that noise. What's wrong witchoo.
Now we're in the stomach. Immediately you'll spot a hemorrhaging area on
the wall to your right. Get a bit closer and treat it same as always with
the hemostatic forceps. There's still 3 more areas you have to treat.
Take a look at the radar to see their location. Doesn't matter which one
you go for next, take your pick. There's an easily spotted bag over on
the wall opposite the passageway you came from. Pick it up with the
forceps. From there, if you look up on the roof you'll find yet another
bag. When you pick THIS one up though, turns out there's a hemorrhaging
blood vessel behind it! Which will also create a blood pool. Switch to
the drain and get rid of that pool, then treat the hemorrhage with the
hemostatic forceps. As always, make SURE you get a cool. If you get a
good, just restart.
Now look behind you to find the third bag. When you pick it up, you'll
find there's an inflammation behind it. Switch to the syringe (not the
stabilizer) and inject some medicine into it. You have to get the cool
here. You should already know how, but just in case I'll repeat it:
you have to hold down the button until the bright light above the blue
medicine is as close to the yellow guideline as possible without going
past it. Remember, the one that can't go past the yellow line is the
brightest part at the top. The duller parts below that can go past it.
You think we done yet? We ain't done yet! You'll notice that three more
dots will appear right after you treat that. Hunt them out. If you look
to the left you'll easily spot a classic combo of hemorrhaging area and
blood pool. Take care of it same as always but at this point vitals
should now be down below the 50s again so you might want to raise them
again before continuing. Behind you is an inflammation, and then the
third object is over to the right, down on the floor on the way to the
next passage. It's invisible though! So you'll have to look at the
radar to ascertain its location. Move your view until the dot turns blue,
then move towards the floor and use the spray to reveal it. Once it's
out just inject it with medicine from the syringe as usual. That'll be
it for the stomach, keep going just a little bit more forward (some
convenient arrows will point you in the right way) to find the passageway
to the small intestine. Wait until it opens up then quickly pass through
it. Once you're through, you should take the time to bring vitals back up
to max before proceeding.
Keep going, making sure not to hit any of the walls. This intestine is
a bit narrower and with crazier curves so be careful. The next affected
area is 2 polyps and a bag. Let's take care of the polyps first. We'll
use a new tool for this, the SNARE. Sounds like something you'd use to
catch an animal. But anyway, center the view on the blue circle, switch
to the snare and hold Z to bring it out. Move it with the control stick
and get it to overlap with the yellow ring. You can move the angle of
the snare by twisting your wrist (the one grabbing the nunchuck of
course) but truth is you BARELY have to do this. The snare almost always
comes out at or close to the right angle. Just have it overlap with the
circle and if nothing happens twist your wrist to either direction just
a tiny bit. Eventually it'll close around the polyp by itself. When this
happens, let go of Z, open up the toolbox again and switch to the forceps
to pick it up, same as a bag. Do the same thing for the second polyp,
and then grab the bag.
Raise vitals back up to max and dive down the hole. Keep going till you
get to the next affected area. There's a whole lotta stuff around here,
Two bags, a polyp and a pool, and it's only gonna get worse once you
start removing the bags. That's why vitals should be at max, so you
can comfortably work without having to worry about raising them till
you're done. You already know how to treat all of this though, it
shouldn't be a problem at all, especially since you have all the time
in the world to do it. One of the bags will reveal a hemorrhage and the
other an inflammation. Treat 'em, make sure you get the cools, and then
raise vitals back up to max.
Dive down and keep going. Keep an eye on the radar during this part
because there will be a few blood pools along the way that you don't
want to miss. Drain them before proceeding. When you get to the end
(you'll know because there'll be a big red seal telling you you can't
go farther), you will only find a single bag here. Go ahead and remove
it. Turns out there's a tumor behind it. Inject medicine the same way
you'd do to an inflammation, although keep in mind it requires a bit
more dosage. Then switch to the scalpel. Resist the urge to center the
view on the ends of the excision line. Just center it on the blue
circle then hold down Z. Move the scalpel with the control stick. Go up
till you cut through the dots, then go down again to go through the
remaining ones. Don't let go of the Z button. A new line will show up.
Wait just a bit to let it set in. If you move too fast you won't cut the
first few dots. Wait a second, then begin going up through the dots.
When you cut them all, a third line will appear. Do the same thing for
this one, just wait a sec, then go down through them.
That'll be enough. Next we gotta use the snare to excise it. But WAIT.
Before you do that, switch to the stabilizer and raise vitals all the
way to max. Once you use the snare on that thing a bunch of hemorrhages
will appear, so you wanna be prepared. This'll be the last time we
raise vitals. Snare that crap and BAM. Like 3 hemorrhages. But chill.
We got full vitals and we got all the time in the world because this
mission is so lenient. What could possibly go wrong? Drain all the pools
while performing hemostasis as usual. Take it easy, make sure you get
those cools, then pick up the tumor with the forceps and we done!
As long as you got all the cools and finished in under 4 minutes, that
XS is yours. And frankly that's eaaassy street. You can probably
finish in like 3:30 if you really want to. But whatevs.
For my video of this operation go to
http://bit.ly/aSmXSF
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
==============
=== CR-S01 ===
==============
=== History of Fear ===
Special Bonus:
-Miss < 1 times
-Cool > 20 times
-Shadow disappeared < 3 times
-Cardiac arrest < 4 times
Sup. This operation's nice, but I don't think it's as hard as the
previous CR-S01 mission. Still nice though. It can seem a bit
overwhelming at first with so much damage goin' on but once you know
what's going to happen and what to do it's not so bad.
Hit the skip button and as soon as the operation starts the patient
immediately goes into cardiac arrest. Have both your arms pulled back
and close to your chest, that way the sensor bar will easily register</pre><pre id="faqspan-3">
the motion when you thrust them forward. Also, remember to extend them
towards the sensor bar and not necessarily forward. Also wait for the
nunchuck icon to actually show up. Don't jump the gun. Try to revive the
patient in a single shot by hitting Z and B on the green part of the
bar. It's pretty easy, after doing it a few times you should be getting
it every time without much effort. I don't think anything particularly
bad happens if you miss the green part, other than wasting time, but
it's easy to get it right so why not.
Once that's done we're going to take care of the minor wounds before
dealing with the big one. Why? Because when you deal with the big one
shit will hit the fan, and you don't want to have left all those other
small wounds on top of it. Anyway, switch to the magnification tool
and move to the left part of the liver where you'll spot two long
lacerations. It's probably a good idea to suture these first since they
damage vitals the most. We've already gone over how to do this. For
these wounds you'll want to make around 8 passes with the sutures. I
like to go with slightly more than necessary so sometimes I make 9 or
even 10. Try to keep the width close to the white guidelines. Make sure
that you suture VERY fast. Don't count the number of passes, just go
with what feels right and it should work out if you've practiced enough
and have gotten a subconscious feel for how many passes are necessary.
If you haven't, then keep trying until you do! Remember the proper
suturing technique: Do it by snapping your wrist right to left as you
move your arm top to bottom.
Suture both lacerations first, then switch to the forceps. We'll
extract the glass shard and wire that're stuck here. First extract the
glass. It works the same way as the previous Maria operation:
Remember to use proper forceps technique: If you keep the A button held
down, you'll be able to use the forceps by only pressing the B button,
which will allow you must greater precision and control than having to
press both A and B! That's a hot tip from me to you. So anyway, the
glass. The trick with this guy is to grab it and then pull it out making
as straight a line as possible the entire way. Of course, said line must
be perpendicular to the cut it's lodged in.
Next, go for the wire. Don't use the ultrasound on it. Your aim should
be to memorize its shape so that you can pull it out without having to
check. This one is bent to the right, so instead of pulling it out in
a straight line perpendicular to the cut, pull it straight DOWN. When
it's out, gel both that wound and the one from the glass shard you took
out previously. Next move over to the right side of the liver. You'll
spot another glass here. This one I would say is the most dangerous one
of all because its weird shape makes it deceptive. Instead of pulling
it out in a perfect straight line perpendicular to the wound, pull it
just an itsy bitsy TINY bit to the left of that. Should work out. Gel
the wound.
Next, move on to the top-left part. Here you'll find yet ANOTHER glass
shard and wire. This glass is pretty easy because it has a very thin
shape BUT remember that it's very long so don't jump the gun and think
you've finished pulling it out when you've still got a bit more to go.
Keep pulling it until it's ALL out or you'll get a miss. For the wire,
this one's bent to the left, but to be honest you can just pull it in
a straight line perpendicular to the wound and it'll work.
That'll be it for the minor wounds. If you got any goods throughout this
part, just restart and try again. Anyway, move back to the center where
the large beam is. By this time vitals should be critical. Switch to the
stabilizer and raise those vitals all the way to max! Should take
around 5-6 full syringes. Why so many? Because once you start working on
that beam, the patient will start fibrillating, so you'll want to raise
vitals as much as you can now while nothing major is happening.
Once you've done that, switch to the drain and remove all the blood pools
that have congregated around here. Should be around 4 or 5. When they're
gone, a small excision line will appear on the beam. Use the scalpel to
cut those dots. Do it fast, usually there won't be a problem, though if
you're mildly unlucky a pool will form before you finish. Just drain it
and cut again, but like I said, usually shouldn't happen. When you finish
cutting 3 pools will form again. Drain them, and then you'll be able to
pull the beam. Raise vitals to max once more before trying and then grab
it with the forceps and just YANK it to the right. Three more pools will
form, but also now is when the patient will start fibrillating
periodically. Drain the pools, if two of them appeared close to each
other, you were lucky because it means you can drain them both at the
same time and be faster. Either way, right after you drain 2 pools the
EKG will start going wonky. That means that in about 5 seconds the
patient will go into cardiac arrest. This will ALWAYS happen, 100% of
the time, and remember that if you try to do ANYTHING, even use the
magnification tool while the patient is fibrillating, you'll get a miss.
Anyway, quickly drain the last pool, then cut the dots of the excision
line that appear down below. This will cause 3 more pools to appear.
Drain them QUICKLY because cardiac arrest is almost here. Normally if
you're fast enough you can drain all the pools right before it happens,
but if you're lucky and 2 pools appear near each other, you'll be able
to drain them at the same time and then even have enough time to yank
the beam! Either way, once fibrillation starts happening, pull back your
arms to the sides in preparation for using the AED. Same deal as last
time, try to get it on the green part in one shot.
Pull the beam if you didn't, and then drain the pools. Yet another
excision line will appear. Cut it, drain the pools, yank the beam,
drain the pools AGAIN, then cut for the last time. After this, I
recommend pumping in a full syringe of stabilizer just to be safe. Do it
fast though. Then drain the 3 pools and pull the beam out. Quickly place
it on the tray to the right. You almost can't see it because the beam is
obstructing the view, but you already know pretty much where it at.
Drain the 3 pools that have formed, then switch to the forceps. You'll
see a blue circle pop up on the left. It's time to close this mother of
all wounds. Grab on the blue circle and then pull it to the right. This
will turn it into a more manageable laceration. Though it's still a
really damn HUGE one. Time to suture it shut. Since this thing is so
hueg, to get the cool you'll have to make MANY passes. I recommend doing
around 15, from the top all the way to the bottom, and try to keep the
width more or less the same as the white guidelines.
At some point around here the EKG will start spazzing out. That means
cardiac arrest is coming in 5 seconds... MAYBE. That's right, turns out
there's a 50% chance that it's just a false alarm and nothing will
happen. I recommend playing it safe here. Keep working until the 5
second time limit is just about up, then stop for a bit and wait. If
cardiac arrest happens, good. If it doesn't watch the liver and if you
see that it goes back to beating normally, then just continue with the
treatment. One thing to keep in mind: if ventricular fibrillation DOES
happen here, then the next time the EKG spazzes out it will be a false
alarm almost guaranteed, which means you can keep working without fear!
If it doesn't happen here, then the next time will be a real one
guaranteed. Good thing to know.
Anyway once this bitch has been sutured you'll still have to apply
synthetic membranes to it 'cause it's just so damn big. Worse, it's so
big that the camera can't show all of it, which means you'll have to do
this in 2 parts. There are 6 membranes to place so I recommend placing
3 and then 3. Move the view down, then use the forceps to place 3
membranes on the bottom, then gel them in place. It takes a few passes
with the gel, so don't jump the gun and stop prematurely. After this,
move to the top and place the 3 other membranes. Gel them. That's how
it should happen IDEALLY. But truth is, it will only happen like this if
you're lucky. Normally, 3 blood pools will form while you're in the
middle of doing this. If you're even MORE unlucky, the pools will form
on the membranes you have already gelled, meaning you'll have to drain
the pools and then reapply whatever membranes they peeled off. If you're
UNBELIEVABLY unlucky and or slow, pools might even form twice. If this
happens I suggest you just restart because now when you finish you'll
only get a good. And despite what the word may say, that's NO GOOD.
Anyway, if all goes well you'll be able to finish gelling the 3 final
membranes and finish treating the major wound with a cool. Now, as SOON
as this happens, quickly switch to the syringe and begin pumping
stabilizer as fast as you can! Vitals should be critical around the low
20s, and now new lacerations will pop up. The patient will be damaged
twice, and each time lost 10 vitals. But if you're injecting stabilizer
while this is happening he shouldn't die. Inject twice to bring it back
up to 20, then move the view to the right where you'll spot two
lacerations. Suture them the same way as you did the very first ones in
the operation. You'll also spot a big laceration with blood pools
further to the right. Drain the pools, then switch to the forceps. A blue
circle will appear. Close the wound and then suture it in exactly the
same way because now it's just like the other lacerations. Vitals should
be ridiculously low by now so raise them once, then move over to the left
side to find another big laceration. Take care of it same as always, then
raise vitals up to around 50 or so. By around this time the EKG should
start spazzing out again. Remember what I told you, if the last time
was a false alarm, expect ventricular fibrillation. If the last time
was real, then just keep working.
Next, we have to take care of a bunch of shadows all over the liver.
Use the ultrasound to detect them but don't press A with it, just cut
them out with the scalpel once you know their location. There are 7
shadows to take care of, and it helps if you memorize where they are
so you don't waste too much time looking around. There's one just a tiny
bit above the laceration you just sutured, and there are also 2 a bit to
the right of the said laceration, as well as 2 more a bit more to the
right of that, one around the top-right part of the liver, and one in
the extreme top-left. As long as you know where those 7 are, you'll do
well because they will always be in the same place. Poke them with the
scalpel, drain the blood, then suture the cut. These cuts are a bit
smaller than the others and thus, they need less passes from the sutures
for the cool. You may THINK they need just as many as the others because
of what the white guidelines tell you but this is a LIE. If you make as
many passes as the other lacerations you run a high risk of getting a
good. So for these ones, I recommend you keep the number of passes down
to around 3 or 4. And above all, make sure that they run the length of
the entire cut and maybe even a tiny bit more. In fact, a good way to
get cools on these guys is to just make three very large passes. Got it?
Ok. That being said, it IS possible to get a single good and still
manage the XS, but it's risky.
Anyway, keep working until you've dealt with all 7 shadows, also remember
to use gel on the places where there looks like drops of blood are
spouting.
Finally it'll be time to close up the patient. This suture is pretty
easy because the wound is completely vertical! Make around 9 passes and
be sure to cover the entire length of the wound. Afterwards gel and
apply the bandage to finish. Be CAREFUL on the bandage. Take it slow so
that you don't accidentally get a good.
Like I said before, you CAN get one good and still manage the XS if you
are fast enough. On the other hand, if you get all the cools you can
afford to take it slow because the time limit isn't that strict in this
operation. You need around 12800 for the XS.
For my XS video of this operation go to
http://bit.ly/cIOm4X
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
====================
=== Maria Torres ===
====================
=== Mournful Hero ===
Special Bonus:
-Miss < 2 times
-All patients transported
-Cool > 16 times
-Chest struck < 2 times
This operation isn't too hard overall, but you have to be reasonably
fast by doing things properly, not to mention it has two sticking points
near the end that you gotta be careful with, one of which is particularly
strange.
Hit the skip button as soon as the operation starts and the patient
you're on will undergo cardiac arrest. This guy will do this 3 times
during regular intervals, and he won't be stabilized until that happens
so there's nothing we can do other than continually go back and forth
between him and the other patients. Like I said, he'll do this
immediately and you'll have to start doing chest compressions. You
already know how to do this from the first mission: Loosen up for this.
Begin smacking down the wii remote as if you were hammering a nail with
it. The way I like to do it is to have my palm facing downward so that
I can snap my wrist more easily. Make sure to begin doing it as SOON as
the hands appear. Hammer down each time the hands on the screen come
down. You CAN simply hammer rapidly with no regards to anything and
still get the cool but that's tiring and there's no reason to do that
when doing it in tandem is so easy. It takes 5 compressions to get the
cool. Count them so that you're ready to switch patients after the
fifth one.
Press A on the second patient icon. The one that's got an exclamation
mark on it. Don't worry, you have plenty of time. In fact, you'll have
to press A many times before it will let you because there's a couple
seconds after the chest compressions during which you're not allowed to
switch. But anyway. There'll be 3 icons to the left. First press the
Talk icon, obviously. This guy's got a nasty wound on his arm and we're
gonna have to apply the torniquet before we can begin moppin' up the
blood. If you try it's just gonna keep on bleeding. Press A on the
torniquet icon and you'll see a white circle appear on his upper arm.
Press and hold A on this circle to make a second circle appear on the
other side of the arm. Just make the pointer touch this circle, then
go back to the first circle and release A while the pointer is inside
it. That'll apply the torniquet. Nothing too complicated. The only way
to muck it up is to release the A prematurely.
Once that's done, grab the gauze on the right side of the screen and
use it on the mass of blood pools. One gauze won't be enough, so just
apply it for a fraction of a second until it begins to get soaked and
then grab another one to finish the job. Next, it's time to place three
synthetic membranes on the wound, so switch to the forceps. The area
where you can place them is pretty lenient so you can do this quite
fast without too much fear of getting misses. Also remember that if you
keep the A button held down, you'll be able to use the forceps by only
pressing the B button, which will allow you must greater precision, speed
and control than having to press both A and B! Anyway, when they're all
placed, gel and tape over them. Make sure you tape over all 3 at the same
time. Go from the top left down the middle to finish up on the bottom
right. Don't worry too much though, it's pretty lenient.
This'll stabilize the patient and send you back to the first one.
However, if you did things fast enough it'll still be a few seconds
before this one goes into his second cardiac arrest. So forget him and
immediately switch to the other patient instead. You'll have to cut
up his sleeve first, so choose the scissors and do it. You already know
how to do this right? Move the position of the scissors by turning your
wrist to the right or to the left. You'll have to cut along the blue
lines from one dot to the next. To do this correctly you have to align
the left blade (the one that's glowing yellow) with the line. It's not
too tough, you can do it fast...but not SO fast that you get careless
and miss.
There'll be 4 burns on this dude's arm. Spread gel over all of them and
keep doing it until you get the OKs. Remember that you have to press the
button, hold it, release it and press it again a few times, don't just
hold it the entire time and expect it to work. Next switch to the
forceps and begin placing the membranes on the 4 burns. You can do this
pretty fast just like the last one because this one's pretty lenient on
where you're allowed to place them too. Place all 4 membranes, gel them
and then switch to the tape. Now, we can't get all 4 of these with a
single tape so we'll be taping twice. Again, don't worry too much about
this because it's pretty lenient on what it will accept. Go from the
top right in a straight line all the way to the bottom left corner of
the bottom membrane. Sometimes this will get you the cool on 3 membranes,
in which case you only have to tape the remaining one (I like to do it
vertically), but sometimes it will only register on the top and bottom
one, leaving the two middle ones. In this case tape from the top-left to
the bottom-right of these. That'll stabilize this patient, and two more
will appear (unless you didn't talk to that one patient before. But why
wouldn't you?!).
You'll now automatically switch back to the first patient, who has been
in cardiac arrest for a while now, but 's all good. Do the chest
compressions on him now, same as you did the first time, then immediately
switch to the second patient icon. Don't even bother raising vitals.
Leave 'em as is.
When you switch to this next patient you'll have a few seconds to relax
because the screen takes a while to transition. Have the stick held up
for the antibiotic gel and begin applying it on the excision line even
before the screen finishes settling in. It barely takes much to get the
ok. Then grab the cutter over on the right with the A button and make
the excision. You'll now have to intubate this guy with a fucking PEN.
That is RAW. You already know how to do this from the previous Maria
operation: Point the cursor on the blue circle at the top of the tube
and hold down A, then move the pointer in a straight line down all the
way to the bottom, then release the A button, move the pointer again to
the blue circle, hold down A and repeat it. Keep doing this the 3 or 4
times it takes until the tube is all the way in. You don't even have to
be careful or precise or NUTHIN'. This is even easier than the last
intubation we did. Just ram that thing down his throat!
After this you'll have to strike his chest. This is... slightly harder
than the chest compressions. You have to hold down the A button while
doing it, there's no rhythm to it, and it seems to be harder for the
motion to register. For this I recommend making the motion much stronger
and bigger than with the chest compressions. Also do them repeatedly
until you get 2 strikes. Two strikes should be all you need, and
apparently if you get more than 2 you won't get the fourth special
bonus. Thing is, I'm not sure how it's even possible to need more than
2 as it's never happened to me. And if it's never happened to me then
it shouldn't happen to you. That'll stabilize this patient. You'll
automatically switch back to the first one, but if you did things
fast enough then it should still be a few seconds before he goes into
his third cardiac arrest. And those are some seconds we don't want to
waste, so forget this mother and switch to the other patient.
He's got a gaggle of blood pools, so grab the gauze on the right and
apply it. There's too much blood though so you'll need two. Just apply
the first one for a second until it starts getting soaked (should happen
REALLY fast), then go back and grab a second one to finish the job.
Once you're done with that the screen will pan out and you'll have to
cut his shirt off with the scissors. Same deal as just a few moments
before, I'm not gonna repeat myself on how to do this.
When you open up his shirt you'll see two wounds and 2 blood pools. Grab
a gauze from the right and absorb those pools. Since there are only 2
of them you will only need a single gauze. After that, switch to the
forceps and place the membranes on the 2 wounds. No need to gel
beforehand. You do have to gel AFTER placing them though. But after
gelling, stop. The first patient has been in cardiac arrest for a while
now, so switch back to him right now. Do the chest compressions same as
always for the third and final time. This will cause him to finally
stabilize. 'bout fricken time. Now it's just us and the last patient.
Let's end this!
NOT SO FAST THOUGH. Heads up. This part is the most dangerous one in the
entire operation. I'm talking about these two wounds that you have to
tape. These are known as the BULLSHIT membranes. Why? Because they're so
damn deceptive in where they want you to tape. What's that you're
saying? You just have to tape from one end of the membrane to the other,
same as always? Hehe, isn't that cute. But it's WRONG! If you try to do
this you'll only end up with goods, especially with the membrane on the
right, whose bullshit levels are at 9000. No, no, you have to be very
careful with these guys. Slow down a little bit. First tape the one on
the right. The way you should do it to get the cool is to start not on
the top left corner but 1/3 of the way BELOW that. From there, go on a
straight line to the bottom-right corner of the membrane but don't stop
there like logic would tell you. KEEP GOING a good ways past the corner
and finish almost an entire membrane's length PAST that to get the cool.
Yeah, I know, makes no god damn sense. But that's what you gotta do.
Trying to apply the tape vertically or horizontally will NOT work and
will almost always net you a good. The membrane on the left is slightly
easier, but be careful here too. Apply the tape diagonally from the
bottom-left to the top-right corner (or vice versa) but also make sure
to go past the ends of the membrane on both sides slightly more than you
usually would. Not as much as the membrane on the right but more than
with standard membranes.
If you managed to get the cools on these two then you're almost home free
but not quite because there's one more difficult part. The view will
change. You'll see a small excision line. Gel it, then grab the cutter
on the right and open up a hole. You'll have to ram a pen in, it's the
same as the intubation earlier except the other way. You have to grab it
from below and push it up. Go ahead and do this fast, it's not too
difficult or dangerous. Once you manage to get it in though, you'll have
to wait a few seconds. Switch to the stabilizer and begin injecting
while you wait. Inject three times and then place your cursor near the
pen in anticipation for when you'll be able to get it. Do NOT switch to
the forceps yet because if you do, you'll get no cue of when it's time
to get it out. Stay with the stabilizer, and eventually you'll see a
forceps icon pop up on the pen. This is your cue. Switch to the forceps
and grab the pen from the middle (the MIDDLE. NOT the end), pull it down
and then place it on the tray to the right.
Now CALM DOWN. You have to place a membrane on the hole but you need to
be VERY careful and precise because this one is like 10 times more
strict than all the others before it. It is NOT lenient at all, if you're
off by even a centimeter you'll get a miss. So what I recommend is to
grab that membrane and then take it slow. Don't just drop it fast like
you did on the others, keep it hovering over the guideline until you're
SURE that it's properly placed, and hell, even grab your right hand with
your left to keep it from shaking if you have to, and only release the
button once you're sure that it's in the right place.
Once you've done that you've won. For the last thing all you have to do
is apply tape three times. Once in a straight line from the top-left
corner of the membrane to the top-right corner, then another from the
top-left corner to the bottom-left corner, and finally a third one from
the top-right corner to the bottom-right corner. This is pretty easy to
do so there's nothing to worry about.
And that'll be it! 4 more patients in ultimate critical
one-foot-in-the-grave condition will appear but the operation's done. We
ain't care. Anyway, this operation can be done in like less than 1:20
but the requirements for the XS are far less than that. That's why you
can afford to take it slow for those two last difficult parts.
If you wanna check out my XS video of this operation, go to
http://bit.ly/aAHAnr
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
=====================
=== Hank Freebird ===
=====================
=== Love in the Ground ===
Special Bonus:
-Miss < 1 times
-Chain > 7000
-Treatment halted < 2 times
-Cool > 36 times
Wha...abluh...abuhbuh...just... what is this... I don't even... glarbghl.
Fucking... cuntass shitting christ on a bobsled... this operation is
unbelievable. I am not joking this is ridiculous. If you can't even
imagine how to XS this I don't blame you. This makes the previous Hank
operation feel like we were on training wheels. In fact, I wouldn't be
surprised if this is the hardest operation in the entire game. You
basically have to make a pact with Satan to XS this one. I will tell you
how to do it. In detail. But ultimately, you will have to try many, many
times until you can do it (unless you're some kind of legendary surgeon,
in which case why are you even reading this). Never before have the
little things you can do to shave time off counted so much as now. You
have to be so, so fast but also very precise.
First, let's go over the proper way to hold the wiimote: hold it near
the top part rather than the bottom, place your thumb around the area to
the left, slightly bottom-left of the d-pad and upper left of the A
button and grip firmly with it. In my experience this affords greater
control. You should grip with the tip of your thumb so that you're not
actually pressing the A button, but if you have to, you can simply bring
the rest of it down and easily press it with the joint between the
proximal and distal phalanges while still maintaining the grip.
When the operation starts, don't hit the skip button yet. Let Hank say
his first line, and while he's doing this, have your cursor hovering
around the spot where you'll start doing the incision. Memorize where
that spot is. Press A once to pass the dialogue and then immediately
make the incision as FAST as you can. And I mean FAST.
Throughout the operation, it's important to keep one thing in mind:
your chain is irrelevant. As long as you get above 7000 chain for the
special bonus, having a higher chain won't help you get the XS. The only
thing that will is the time limit. So, it's true that if you're more
precise and always stay exactly on the blue line you'll get a bigger
chain, but NEVER do this at the cost of speed. It's better to get a
lower chain and be faster than to get a higher chain and be slower. Got
that? On the other hand, it's better to be slower than to get a miss.
Because a miss means you've forfeited the entire operation right there.
Hit the skip button while the screen is going inside the patient, and
then go back to gripping the wiimote near the top part. We're gonna cut
the vertebral arches with the laser, and you need to do this EXTREMELY
fast. To do this, you're going to have to memorize the general location
of where each blue circle is going to appear so that you can have your
cursor already pointing there BEFORE it appears. When it does, press and
hold A, then move it down the line. But I think "move" is the wrong word
to describe how fast you should do it. I think it's basically more like
you're snapping that thing down. You can do this that fast because the
line isn't that long, so there isn't as much room to go out of it as
later on. Keep cutting those guys up, moving your cursor to where
the next line will appear before it does so you can cut it as fast as
possible. You have to do it 6 times. After that, you'll have to make a
big incision along the dura mater. Again, memorize where the blue circle
will appear so you have your cursor there before it does and can begin
cutting as soon as possible. Make this incision very fast as usual, but
perhaps just a tiny bit slower than the previous ones because it's so
long and thus there are higher chances of getting a miss.
After this happens we'll be cutting the mother of all tumors. Again,
memorize where the blue circle appears so that you can begin cutting
almost immediately without wasting time. Don't just memorize the
location of the first one, memorize the locations of ALL of them.
You'll be cutting 6 times. First time starts on the upper-right, after
that you start on the upper-left, then on the lower-right, then on the
lower-left, then on the upper-left, and finally on the lower-right.
Something that's strange about this tumor is that it causes the pointer
to move in a slightly jerky fashion while you're cutting. This is
different from how it moves when you're cutting basically anything else
or using the laser or whatever so watch out. Overall it's not so bad
though, after doing it a bunch of time you'll get used to the new
movement. Also, the camera will be moving throughout this procedure,
which will also move the location of your pointer, so take that into
account. Once you've started cutting, do NOT let go of the A button for
any reason or it will end your chain.
The way you want to do this part is to always be hot on the heels of the
yellow line but never go past it. The reason is because if you are close
to this line it will move just a tiny bit faster, whereas if you stray
too far from it, it'll go slower and eventually stop (and we need every
little bit of time we can get). On the other hand if you go PAST the
yellow line you'll get a miss which is the worst thing of all, so you
don't want to be too fast either. In conclusion, stay close to the
yellow line. You can save a little bit of time by going extremely fast
for the first few inches each time you begin cutting because the yellow
line starts a ways out in front of you, and also by going extremely fast
at the last few inches because once the trail has ended there's no
danger of hitting the yellow line.
Once you've dealt with the tumor you'll have to deal with the outbreak
of hemangioblastoma. You'll be cutting the veins. It works exactly the
same as you've been doing up to now, except you don't have to worry about
the jerky movements anymore, plus the camera isn't moving. Which means
you can cut MUCH faster than before, and you should, because the time
limit for this operation is ridiculous. On the other hand, the yellow
guideline still has a speed limit and you'll get a miss if you go past
it, but the limit is so high that reaching it is only likely in the
easy, straight paths. Which means this procedure is one in which you can
save the most time.
Just like the last part, you should memorize where each blue circle will
appear so you can have your cursor near there before it appears and can
begin cutting immediately without wasting any time. You can more or less
tell where you're going to have to cut by looking at the web-like paths
beside the veins. There are two hemangioblastoma that you have to take
care of, and you have to cut 4 times on each one. The first one has
stationary paths, so you should cut them up extremely fast. After you've
cut the fourth time and the camera pans out, have the cursor hovering
over the thing and hold down A+B. This way you'll grab it immediately as
soon as you're able. When this happens quickly drop it on the tray to
the right.
The second one has paths that move in a wavy pattern, which makes it
more dangerous. This is probably the easiest place to get a miss, and if
you do, then the operation is forfeit. Therefore, I recommend taking it
just a BIT slower than on the previous one, but still pretty fast
because, like I said, the time limit is uber strict. Note that the parts
that move the most are the first half. So you should go slightly slower
here but once you get to the second half of each path you have more
liberty to go faster. For example, on the third path, once you get to
the halfway point you can just move to the right in a literal straight
line. For the fourth path, once you get past the sharp turn it barely
moves so you can go really fast here. Either way, just keep an eye on
the movements of the path so that you don't hit the margins and don't
make any sudden movements, keep it flowing smoothly.
Once that's done the shadow will go away and it'll be time to place
eight screws. These are different from the screws we've done before.
Be careful with these guys. Stay focused because if you get a SINGLE
good (and it can happen pretty easily if you're not careful) then you
will definitely not get the XS. To make sure you get the cools on these
screws, look at the silhouette. See that there's a line just above where
the silhouette meets the bone? You need to release the A button when the
part of the screw that is attached to the spike is just about to overlap
with that line. Now, if that's not totally clear, then head over to
http://bit.ly/bkOfmE
and look at the drawing I've made to show you. That should clear things
up. That's what you have to do to get the cool. Hold down A and release
it JUST when those two lines are about to meet. Do this for all 8
screws. The last 4 are with a different view, but the same rule still
applies.
After that you'll have to pass two rods. Memorize where the blue circle
will appear (hint: for the first rod, it's just above the top screw) and
as SOON as you're able to, hold down the A button there and yank the
cursor downward to start the rod moving. You can do this because you
won't get a miss early on if you go outside the path. You'll only get a
miss if you go out once the rod has been moving for a while. Therefore,
your top priority at first is just to get that thing moving as fast as
possible. Then once it's already moving you have plenty of time to
adjust your cursor. Place it far ahead of the blue arrow that appears
to keep the rod moving at full speed but keep it steady in between the
two red lines that make up the path. It's not too difficult, it's all
about simply keeping the cursor steady. You shouldn't have problems
here. Do the same for the second rod.
Once the two rods are in place we'll almost be done. It'll be time to
staple the patient shut. Now, just like during the hemangioblastoma,
the stapling part is the other one where you can save the most time.
The time limit for this operation is SO strict that you have to be
ULTRA fast in applying those staples. You cannot afford to waste much
time finding the right angle and aligning the stapler with the
silhouette. So what can you do? One, twist your wrist counterclockwise
while the screen is transitioning and memorize more or less the exact
amount that you have to twist it so that when it comes time to staple,
the amount that you have to change the angle to correspond with the
silhouette is minimal. Two, hold your right hand with your left to keep
it steadier. Three, when practicing the operation, instead of simply
restarting immediately when you get a miss, take it all the way to the
end every time so that you can practice this part a lot and it
becomes more familiar.
The point is that you have to staple as fast as you can. To that end, it
helps to keep two things in mind: there is no need to change the angle
of the stapler for the 5 staples, only the location. And note that you
CAN get a single miss in this part and STILL get the XS. Just one though.
And NOT a good.
And that'll be it. Like I said, this operation is very hard, so it'll
probably take many tries but don't get discouraged. I know for a fact
that it can be done so just hang in there and keep trying! You need to
complete it in somewhere between 4:10 and 4:05 and get more than
17450 score for the XS.
For my video showing how to XS this operation, go to
http://bit.ly/bkOfmE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
=======================
=== Tomoe Tachibana ===
=======================
=== Marionette's Lament ===
Special Bonus:
-Cool > 12 times
-Never pushed back to beginning
-Didn't hit small intestinal wall
-Vitals didn't fall below 20
This operation is pretty easy. Man... this is starting to become a
trend with Tomoe's operations huh? Oh well. I guess we needed a
breather after that last unholy Hank operation. So just sit back, relax,
take it easy. There's no need to rush, as usual, the time limit is
pretty dang lenient. The only thing about this operation is that it's
kinda long, but it's still a pretty chill operation. You still have to
get all cools though, so if you get a good somewhere, just restart.
Hit the skip button whenever you want and start going forward. You'll
see a polyp but just keep going forward. Eventually the game will center
your view on it. When this happens, keep going forward just a tiny bit
more and then bring out the snare. You already know how to deal with
these guys. Same way as last operation: center the view on the blue
circle, switch to the snare and hold Z to bring it out. Move it with
the control stick and get it to overlap with the yellow ring. You can
move the angle of the snare by twisting your wrist (the one grabbing
the nunchuck of course) but truth is you BARELY have to do this. The
snare almost always comes out at or close to the right angle. Just have
it overlap with the circle and if nothing happens twist your wrist to
either direction just a tiny bit. Eventually it'll close around the
polyp by itself. When this happens, let go of Z, open up the toolbox
again and switch to the forceps to pick it up.
Keep moving forward and you'll spot an inflammation. Bring out the
syringe (not the stabilizer) and inject it with medicine. Remember that
you have to get all the cools or you won't get the XS, so stay alert.
To get the cool on these you have to hold down the button until the
bright light above the blue medicine is as close to the yellow guideline
as possible without going past it. Remember, the one that can't go past
the yellow line is the brightest part at the top. The duller parts below
that can go past it.
Keep going forward and you'll see another polyp. Switch to the snare and
deal with it in exactly the same way as the last one. Afterwards, it's
probably a good idea to raise vitals to max. You'll be doing this several
times throughout the operation. Remember that you can't let them fall
below 20 or you won't get the XS. Once they're back up, keep going.
You'll now be moving through an enormous tunnel and you'll meet with
two hemorrhaging areas along the way, as well as their respective blood
pools (plus a rogue blood pool that's there just for kicks). Use the
drain to get rid of the pools beforehand, since they may interfere, and
then use the hemostatic forceps to treat the hemorrhages. Make sure you
get the cools here too. Hold Z to stop the bleeding and release it as
SOON as it has stopped to get the cool. If you accidentally release it
prematurely, don't worry. You can still get the cool, just do it again,
but since it's likely extremely close to the sweet spot, release the
button almost immediately after the hemostasis begins. Vitals have
probably fallen down to like the 50s after you treat the second
hemorrhage so raise them back up before proceeding.
The next stretch will have peristaltic movement, which means you have to
be a bit careful because the walls will be moving. Don't worry too much
though because the tunnel is pretty wide and the area that is moving is
short. In fact, you can probably get through it in one shot. Once you're
past it, you'll come across 3 polyps. Treat the two on the right side
first, because once you start treating the left one it'll cause a
hemorrhage. It's probably not a bad idea to raise vitals a bit before
doing it, just in case. You don't want them falling below 20 while you're
doing this. Switch to the hemostatic forceps immediately after using the
snare successfully, usually this'll allow you to treat the hemorrhage
immediately since it'll appear right where you're looking. Sometimes a
blood pool will form near it and won't let you, but that's not common.
Either way, take care of it, drain the pool and then pick up the excised
polyp. When that's done, there'll be one last thing to take care of
here. It's an invisible ulcer. Check the radar and you'll see the dot.
Raise vitals to max and then look at the wall opposite where you came
from. It's there. Don't get TOO close, but move your view up and down
until the dot on the radar turns blue, then spray the wall there to
reveal it. If nothing happens you have to get a bit closer. Once it's
revealed just inject it with medicine the same as any other inflammation.
Now look towards the right and you'll see a valve we have to go through.
Wait until it's open (sometimes it fakes you out by opening and then
closing again immediately. Sneaky bastard) and quickly go through. Raise
vitals again here if you have to, but you probably don't.
Now this is the small intestine so it's narrower and more treacherous
than before. You have to be careful not to hit the walls or you
definitely won't get the XS. The curves are pretty crazy so don't rush
too much. After all, it's not necessary. Also, keep an eye out for the
blue arrows that appear on the edges of the screen. They will tell you
the direction you should be going. You'll go through a very long
stretch with nothing happening. After a while though you'll come across
a polyp. Deal with is, same as always, except this time you have to
inject it with medicine beforehand. Nothing special though. Just, as
always, make sure you don't get a good. A hemorrhage will appear after
you excise it so switch to the hemostatic forceps immediately after.
It'll appear centered on your view. Sometimes you can't see the
hemorrhage very well, this is where practice comes in handy because you
have sort of a subconscious feel for how long you have to go before
releasing the button. But anyway, same deal, same deal. MOVING ON. Raise
vitals to max here and keep going.
Yet another stretch with peristaltic movement, except now it's in the
small intestine so it's even more dangerous. What you have to keep in
mind during these parts is that the walls move forward, therefore you
move back because your movement is independent of them. Ok, that's not
really how peristaltic movement works but shut up. That's how we're going
to look at it. So because of this, when you stop moving for a second or
two (i.e: when you're retracting your arm to go back into neutral
position), you should understand that you've moved back slightly.
Therefore, before you continue moving, you should compensate for that
loss of ground by moving slight forward again before continuing. What
happens if you don't do that? Well, let's say you stop just before a
curve. While you're retracting your arm said curve moves forward a bit,
and if you're expecting it to be in the same place, you may end up
hitting the wall when you make the turn. And then you're screwed. 'cause
you gotta restart. Anyway, other than that, I also recommend getting
used to moving forward while turning at the same time. At first we may
instinctively stop moving while turning and only move forward in
straight bursts. But again, stopping isn't a good idea in these
stretches.
Once it's over you'll get to a part with a lot of affected areas,
specifically an inflammation, a hemorrhage and like 5 blood pools.
But it ain't nothing we ain't seen yet so just treat it already and
move on. Remember to raise vitals first though, they're probably on the
low side at this point. Now we'll have to go through ANOTHER area with
peristaltic movement. This one's more dangerous than the last so be
extra careful, but it's still essentially the same so the same principles
apply. When you get past it you'll reach the end, where you'll spot
2 polyps and 2 tumors. Treat the nearest polyp first. It'll cause a
hemorrhage to appear so treat that as well. When that's taken care of,
take a moment to raise vitals to max, then inject the tumor on the
right. Remember to get the cool. Switch to the scalpel and cut along the
dotted line. This will rape vitals, so that's why it's important that you
have them at max before you start. Keep cutting (three times) until
it's done, then use the snare to excise it and then pick it up. Again,
raise vitals to max because they will be low again after this, and
there's still a tumor left. Inject it and cut it same as the last one
but then WAIT. Don't use the snare yet. Raise vitals to max for the
last time because after you snare this biatch a hemorrhage will appear,
and we don't want that to happen while the vitals are in the 30s.
Snare it, then perform hemostasis on the hemorrhage and drain the blood
pool. Pick up the tumor and then there will only be the lone polyp to
deal with. No need to even raise vitals anymore. Inject it and excise it
with the snare same as always. Don't get a good now, you're almost done.
And that'll be it for this very easy operation. I don't even know how
fast you have to be. Who even cares, it seems as long as you get all the
cools and special bonuses you can take your time.
For my XS video of this operation, even though nobody cares, go to
http://bit.ly/aboy4a
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
==============
=== CR-S01 ===
==============
=== Waking From Terror ===
Special Bonus:
-Miss < 1 times
-Operation completed in 390 sec
-Blood pool formed < 10 times
-Needle only lost once
This operation is fun. I wouldn't say it's DIFFICULT... in the sense
that it requires a lot of skill like the last two Hank operations...but
it can be pretty overwhelming at first if you don't know exactly how you
should be doing things.
We'll start by treating tumors in the pituitary gland. Hit the skip
button whenever and let's go! You can't see the first one 'cause the
place is inundated with blood pools, so start by draining all them blood.
After you drain them, the first tumor will appear on the top left
part. Keep the button held down on top of where it will appear so you
drain the mucus immediately, then switch to the scalpel and begin
cutting along the excision line. You need to cut as fast as you can
because extra blood pools will form if you're too slow. Then you'll
have to drain them again before proceeding, which has a ridiculous
amount of negative consequences like wasted time, less chances of
acquiring the third special bonus, and even the possibility of getting a
good on the tumor excision. Note, however, that rather than simply doing
it really fast, which bears the risk of missing dots, it's generally
better to make sure you get each dot on the first pass. If you don't
though, it's not too big of a deal as long as it doesn't happen too
often, just got back to it.
You'll be cutting 3 times. First a half circle around the tumor, then
another half circle, and finally a full circle. You'll have to drain
blood pools in between all of these steps though because each time you
finish an excision line at least one blood pool will form (two if a pool
was close to forming before you finished the excision). Your goal should
be to excise fast enough so that you only have to drain in between each
successful excision and not have to stop in the middle of one. If two
or three pools appear after you've finished with a line, that's good
because it means you'll waste less time draining them than if you had
to stop midway through cutting.
So here's how it should go: drain the mucus, cut a half circle, drain the
pools, cut another half circle, drain the pools, cut a full circle...now,
drain the pools by holding down the A button, and as soon as the last
pool has been cleared, keep holding down the A button, immediately
switch to the forceps and simply press the B button to pick it up. Do
this as fast as possible so that you don't give any other blood pool
a chance to form, and if it does, it'll be too late because you've
already picked up the tumor. If it forms before you pick it up, that
could potentially prevent you from getting it, which means wasted time.
After that tumor's done with, 2 more will appear. We'll treat them in
exactly the same way but keep one thing in mind: treat them ONE AT A
TIME. Do NOT drain the mucus off the other one until you're completely
done with the first one because if you do, it will begin creating blood
pools and you don't want more pools than is absolutely necessary. As
a corollary to this, when the tumor you're working on creates blood
pools, if one appears close to the other tumor, keep the drain as far
away from it as possible while still draining the blood so that you
don't accidentally drain the mucus as well.
After you treat the first tumor, two more will appear, which means there
will now be 3 of these guys. Don't sweat it though, just keep working
on them one at a time in exactly the same way. Don't ever raise vitals
during this part. If you do things correctly you should be able to
finish treating all the tumors with the vitals at around 10.
</pre><pre id="faqspan-4">
We'll now move on to the pancreas. Before making the incision, take the
time to raise those vitals all the way back up to max. It's a good
opportunity to do so because nothing's happened yet. Just keep pumpin'
that stabilizer until it's back up, then gel the line and cut it.
Now we're in! You'll there are are a bunch of blood pools around here so
have the control stick held in the direction of the drain and begin
draining them all from right to left. When you drain the last one, the
excision line will appear around the damaged area to the left. Cut it,
and a couple more blood pools will form. Drain them and then close the
wound with the forceps by grabbing from either side and then yanking it
to the other side. Suture it shut. It's a pretty standard suturing job,
needs around 7 passes but you should probably go with a few more just in
case. 8 or 9 will work. As usual, make sure you make them as wide as
the white guidelines and around as long as the actual wound. After that,
switch to the forceps and apply the two synthetic membranes from the tray
on the left, then gel them in place.
Once you've taken care of that, keep the control stick held towards the
syringe position because some inflammations will develop. We already know
how to deal with these guys from two operations past, but just in case,
I can repeat it: don't worry, this isn't New Blood where inflammations
were a million times more terrifying than Cardia. You don't have to
inject EXACTLY in the inflammation points, you have a bit of leeway. In
fact, it might even be more lenient than Second Opinion. That's right.
So let's go for it! Before we begin, here's something to keep in mind: a
full syringe gives you enough to treat one large spot OR three small
ones. Secondly, it's a good idea to use what I call the warping strategy
to shave a few seconds off your time:
When filling the syringe or injecting with it, you may notice that as
long as you have the button pressed, and as long as the syringe hasn't
finished filling up/emptying out, you can move the wiimote as much as
you want and the cursor won't move. But as soon as the syringe is done
filling/emptying, the cursor will appear where you are currently
pointing the remote. Using this trick, you can save some time. You
can move the remote over to the anti-inflammatory bottle while the
syringe is injecting, and when it's done you can immediately fill it up
again. It works the same the other way. While it's filling up you can
move over to an inflammation and inject it immediately.
There'll be 5 inflammations that you can see. Two big ones and three
little ones. Here's how you want to inject them: First the two big ones.
Then fill the syringe up to max and start injecting the 3 small ones from
right to left all in a single go. You want to do it like this because
once there are only 2 inflammations left, a bunch of tiny tumors will
appear, and you want to be done with the inflammation fast by then. If
you leave the two big ones for last, it'll take longer, giving the tumors
more time to wreck vitals.
Anyway, next, switch to the laser and burn off those 6 tiny tumors. Gel
'em up, then move with the magnification tool a bit up and to the right.
You'll spot 4 tiny tumors and 6 inflammations. Laser the tumors, gel
them, then inject medicine on the inflammations. Now move the view over
to the top right of the organ where you'll find 2 more tiny tumors and
2 more inflammations. Treat them all, then take the time to raise vitals
back up to max before proceeding now that nothing too major is happening.
Once they're back up to 80, check around the center to find a big
tumor. Don't light it up with the ultrasound, just cut it straight up.
Drain the mucus, cut the excision line around it and then put it on the
tray to the right. When that happens, 3 small tumors will form around the
wound. Place the synthetic membrane, then switch to the laser and burn
off the tumors, and then gel all the tumor holes and the membrane in one
go.
Now move back down to the lower part of the organ. You'll find 2 tiny
tumors and 2 inflammations have formed since you were gone. (the second
tiny tumor is waaaay down on the bottom-left, in case you were wondering).
Now, there's a big tumor hiding a bit down and to the left of the first
small tumor. Cut it up and treat it same as the last one. As soon as you
have gelled the synthetic membrane, quickly move down to the very
bottom. A new damaged area will have appeared here. Treat it now quickly
while no blood pools have formed yet. If you let it fester there it'll
build them up and that will cost you the third special bonus.
While treating it, an inflammation and a small tumor will crop up, so
take care of those too. Vitals will now be really low but don't raise
them yet. Move to the left part of the organ to find a single big
inflammation that appeared here. Treat it, then move to the right of
it to find the last big tumor. Cut it up, place the membrane, and burn
off 3 of the tiny tumors that appear (but leave one). Gel them. Now
that there's only one small tumor left, take the time to raise them
vitals back up to max. You're going to need it for what comes next, and
now is the best time since there's nothing happening. When they're at
80, burn off that last tumor and gel it.
We'll now move on to the stomach. This is the toughest part so look
lively! You'll spot 3 blood pools so drain 'em, then move to the
upper-right. Keep draining the pools you see. The big tumor shadow is
under the last pool. Cut it out, but before draining the mucus, raise
vitals back up to max. I know they're almost at max already but DO IT
fool, don't question me. Drain the pool that forms, cut the exision line,
then raise them again. Now pick it up, place it on the tray, then place
the membrane and gel it. A bunch of new pools will form but IGNORE them.
Quickly move down to the bottom part of the organ where you'll find that
a damaged area has sprung up. Drain the pools on top of it and treat it
the same way you did the two previous times. Do it fast. Then drain the
couple of pools just to the right of that. There's a big tumor hiding
under here. Shank it with the scalpel and treat it. Again, do it fast.
When you put it on the tray 3 tiny tumors will form as well as two of
those rashes that you have to gel. I dunno what they are man. Shiet.
Keepin' it real. Burn off the small tumors and then gel all the holes,
the membrane and the rashes in one go. Next, quickly drain the couple of
pools you see over on the left. There's another big tumor hiding under
here. Cut it up and treat it fast, same as the last one.
It bears mentioning that you need to do this part fast. It's important to
ignore everything else and concentrate on that damaged area and the two
tumors because if left alone for too long, they'll begin creating blood
pools like it's going outta style and then you definitely won't get the
third special bonus. Anyway, like I said, treat that tumor, but before
picking it up, raise vitals up to around the 50s or 60s. Do it. When
they're up, you're free to finish treating it, but then immediately
move to the upper-right part of the organ. Again, ignore the gaggle of
blood pools you see. You'll find another damaged area up here. Drain the
pools around it, then cut it and use the forceps to close the wound.
And just when you do that, the needle will fall in. Now this is the
moment of truth. You'll have to switch to the ultrasound and search
around for it. You have to find that needle FAST, because while that
thing isn't sutured it will begin creating blood pools, and once it does
that you will only get a good or maybe even a bad once you do suture it.
The location of the needle is random. You can either get lucky and find
it quickly, or have a standard amount of luck and find it after looking
in a couple places, or get extremely unlucky and have to restart. Now,
you should ignore the blood pools all over the place unless they are
specifically blocking you from looking somewhere you think the needle
could be. I recommend looking in five places. First, check just to the
right of the damaged area. If you find it here, great! You just got
extremely lucky (although actually, it seems to happen quite often that
it ends up here. Maybe somewhere around 20% of the time). If it's not
there, look on the left side of the damaged area near the edge of the
organ. Next, look around the top border of the organ. Then, check around
the bottom border, and finally around the bottom-left part where the
pyloric canal is.
Like I said before, if you find it on the first try, awesome. You'll
get the cool on the suture. If you find it after looking in a few
places, you might get a good but don't worry, is all good. You can still
get the XS even if you got a good. On the other hand, if you can't find
it after looking around for a while, then you're better off restarting
and hoping you're not so unlucky the next time. Don't worry, it's not
that common to have to spend a lot of time looking for it. Note, however,
that you have to be pretty eagle eyed. The needle looks like a small
crescent moon and can be easily missed if you're not careful. Either
way, once you find it, press A with the ultrasound to make it grabbable
(man... grabbable. Such a weird word), then pick it up with the forceps.
Suture the wound quickly before more pools form, then place the
synthetic membranes and gel it. Now you're home free. Raise vitals a
tiny bit if you have to, then start cleaning up. Drain all the pools
around the organ and gel all the places that need it.
And we're done. Close up that patient. This one's a pretty easy one to
suture because of the angle. I recommend somewhere around 12 passes.
Gel it, and finally apply the bandage, but do it carefully and slowly
to make sure you get the cool. If you got the cool on the damaged area
after picking up the needle though, you can still get the XS even if you
get a good on this bandage. Just sayin'.
And that's pretty much it for this operation. Like I said, it's not
that difficult if you do it the way I'm telling you. The time limit
special bonus is for 6:30, but you can finish this thing in less than
5:00. The less than 10 blood pools bonus is difficult to understand or
even monitor, considering the extreme number of pools that appear
throughout the operation, but all you really have to understand is that
as long as you do things like I've told you, and do them fast, you will
get this bonus. Finally, the losing the needle only once bonus? HOW
IS IT EVEN POSSIBLE TO LOSE IT TWICE. I'm pretty sure the only way that
could happen is if you were deliberately trying to assassinate the
patient.
For my XS video of this operation, go to
http://bit.ly/9OXYMs
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
====================
=== Maria Torres ===
====================
=== Hesitant Spirit ===
Special Bonus:
-Miss < 2 times
-All patients transported
-No burns worsened
-Taped > 3 burns together at once
Another fun operation, but, again, not difficult after what we've been
through with Hank. However, it CAN be an extremely overwhelming operation
at first, and you can get caught just frantically going back and forth
injecting stabilizer just to keep everyone from dying. But don't worry,
that's what I'm here for. I'll tell you the best way to do this. If you
follow my instructions you'll see that it's really not so bad.
Let's begin! There'll be 4 inital patients to take care of. The first
one you're on has 3 glass shards stuck on 'im as well as three burns.
Here's what you should do: First, extract the two glass shards on the
bottom, but leave the one on the top. Make sure you get the cools when
extracting those shards! If you get a good, just restart. Remember to
use proper forceps technique throughout this operation: If you keep the
A button held down, you'll be able to use the forceps by only pressing
the B button, which will allow you must greater precision and control
than having to press both A and B! Next, apply gel over the two wounds
the shards were in as well as the 3 burns. Keep spreading it around, it
takes a bit to get the OK. Remember that you can't just hold the button
down the entire time while spreading the gel, you have to let go and
press again several times.
Once you get the OKs, switch to the forceps and place the membranes from
the tray on the left on the burns. I don't have to tell you to avoid
getting a miss right? Although, to be quite honest, you actually can
miss twice and still get the XS. This game is funny like that. You can
get two misses and still be fine, but sometimes getting a good is enough
to screw you over. But where was I? Oh right. The operation. After
placing the three membranes, gel over all of them, then switch to the
tape. Now, tape the two burns on the right side in a single shot. Just
take the tape from the top-left corner of the top membrane down to the
bottom-right corner of the bottom membrane. Don't worry, it's pretty
lenient. Finally, remove the third glass shard. DON'T DO ANYTHING MORE.
And definitely don't talk with the patient. If you gel the final shard
wound or tape the final burn that'll bring in the next patient and we
don't want that just yet. Leave this muhfugga for now, don't even raise
his vitals, and switch to the second patient. He'll be fine man, it's
just an untaped membrane and an ungelled wound.
The second patient is in bad condition. He has FIVE burns and a few
blood pools. If you did the previous part fast, you'll only have to
deal with 3 blood pools, if you took a bit longer you'll have 4 pools.
It really doesn't matter though since a gauze will only absorb 2 pools.
Grab said gauze from the right side of the screen with the A button and
absorb them pools. If you place it in between two pools you'll be able to
absorb two at the same time. Once the pools are gone you'll be able to
deal with the burns. Spread the gel all over them until you get the five
OKs, then place the synthetic membranes on them. Same deal as last time,
don't get misses. Gel over the membranes now switch to the tape. First,
tape the top two ones. They're pretty far apart, so take each separately
just to be safe. Again, these're pretty lenient, so don't worry too much
about whether or not you'll get the cools. Just tape each one from left
to right and it'll work out unless you're, like, WAY off. Next, tape the
bottom three burns ALL in a single shot. Take the tape from the left
side of the left membrane alllll the way over to the right end of the
rightmost membrane. It's important that you do this because that's how
you'll be getting the fourth special bonus. If you don't do it you
definitely won't get the XS.
Once this is done, the next patient will be brought it, but it's all
good, we're ready for that bitch. Don't think we're done with this one
quite yet though! He'll go into cardiac arrest so you'll have to do
chest compressions. You remember how to do this from the previous Maria
operation right? Well just in case, here it is: Loosen up for this.
Begin smacking down the wii remote as if you were hammering a nail with
it. The way I like to do it is to have my palm facing downward so that
I can snap my wrist more easily. Make sure to begin doing it as SOON as
the hands appear. Hammer down each time the hands on the screen come
down. You CAN simply hammer rapidly with no regards to anything and
still get the cool but that's tiring and there's no reason to do that
when doing it in tandem is so easy. It takes 5 compressions to get the
cool.
Finally you'll have to intubate him. Again, we already know how to do
this. This is pretty easy and lenient so you can do it fast without
having to be very precise. Point the cursor on the blue circle at the
top of the tube and hold down A, then move the pointer in a straight
line down all the way to the bottom, then release the A button, move the
pointer again to the blue circle, hold down A and repeat it. Keep doing
this the 3 or 4 times it takes until the tube is all the way in and
this dude is stabilized! You shouldn't have raised vitals at ALL during
this entire patient.
You'll automatically switch to the first patient. Tape the last burn on
this guy that we left alone last time real quick. You can do this now
because the next patient has already arrived. But LEAVE THE SHARD WOUND
ALONE. Do not gel it. Now switch to the very last patient. This guy's
got a beam stuck on him as well as some blood pools. First, clean up
the pools. Grab the gauze from the icon on the right and absorb them.
You'll need to grab two because there are four pools. As soon as you
clean the last pool, the hydraulic cutter icon will pop up, so press it.
Have the stick held towards the stabilizer while the cutter's coming in,
and once you can move again, inject two full doses of stabilizer in this
guy. This'll keep him alive for now while we attend to more pressing
matters. Switch over to the second patient.
This one'll have a gaggle of blood pools all centered around his arm.
There are a LOT of them so you'll need to use three gauzes. Also they'll
get soaked in like a microsecond so get new ones fast. Now the camera
will pan out. You'll have to cut open his sleeve with the scissors.
Nothing special. Move the position of the scissors by turning your wrist
to the right or to the left. You'll have to cut along the blue lines
from one dot to the next. To do this correctly you have to align the
left blade (the one that's glowing yellow) with the line. It's not too
tough but don't rush so much that you get careless and miss.
Now the sleeve will be open. There'll be a lot of blood pools but before
we can deal with them we'll have to apply a torniquet. Press A on the
torniquet icon and you'll see a white circle appear on his upper arm.
Press and hold A on this circle to make a second circle appear on the
other side of the arm. Just make the pointer touch this circle, then
go back to the first circle and release A while the pointer is inside
it. That'll apply the torniquet. Nothing too complicated. The only way
to muck it up is to release the A prematurely.
Now we can mop up the blood. You'll need to use two gauzes for this.
Then, place three synthetic membranes along the wound, gel over them
and tape over all three membranes in a single shot. Not too tough.
That'll be it for this guy. You shouldn't have raised vitals at all for
him.
You'll go back to the first patient, but this isn't where we want to be.
Switch over to the second one. He'll have 3 burns. Same crap as always,
do I gotta keep repeating myself? Gel the burns, apply the synthetic
membranes and then gel again over said membranes. However, after this,
don't tape them just yet. The hydraulic cutter has been done for a while
now and the last patient is almost dead, so switch over to him real
quick. We'll have to secure a quick blood transfusion before he'll
stop nagging, so gel over the dot, then grab the needle from the bottom
right icon and shove it in the green circle. Don't rush too much. Or do
whatever you want. I mean, you can miss twice throughout this whole
operation and still get the XS so whatever. once you've put the needle
in, grab the bandage on the bottom right with A, then quickly press and
hold A on the circle that appears to the right of the arm. Don't worry
here, you can't get a miss if you somehow don't hit the circle. When you
do, make circles with the remote. Just go wild and spin it as fast as
you can, you can't get a miss here. My recommendation for doing this is
to make the circles counterclockwise if you're right handed like me and
to make them as small as possible so you can complete them faster. It
should take you less than a second to do it. Alternatively you can just
shake the wiimote up and down, though the difference between that and
tiny circles is blurry. This'll finally shut this guy up.
You'll automatically get moved back to the second patient. Great! That's
where we want to be. Begin taping the three membranes you left last time.
You can tape two of them in a single shot. Either the two bottom ones
or the two left ones. Take your pick, doesn't really matter. Next we'll
move on to the arm. Vitals are gonna be critical at this point but just
ignore them. We can finish before he dies. There'll be two burns and a
single blood pool. Absorb the pool first, then gel the two burns, place
the membranes on them, gel again and tape over both of them in a single
shot. Now we'll move to the other arm. There's a burn and a laceration.
Here's what you should do. First gel over the burn and place a synthetic
membrane over it. At this point you might be tempted to go ahead and
place the rest of the membranes on the laceration as well but don't do
it. First gel over the burn and tape it. Why? Because the game has a
tendency of giving you a miss and then a bad when you try to tape this
burn if the other membranes are placed as well even if you do it
correctly. Don't ask me why. But better safe than sorry yeah? When the
burn's taken care of you can place the other two membranes, gel them
and tape over both in a single shot. That's it for this guy. See? No need
to ever raise vitals.
Now we'll go back to the very first patient. He'll be almost dead but not
quite. See, I told you he'd be fine! Press the talk icon, then gel the
shard wound that we left way back at the start. This'll stabilize him
and bring in the final patient. This is why we didn't want to talk to
him until the very end. Because as long as the patient isn't brought in,
he CAN'T die. And we don't have to waste time worrying about him.
Now it's just us and the final patient with good vitals. So we can take
this last part chill. No need to raise them at all. First absorb the two
blood pools with a gauze, then move on to treating the three burns. Same
deal as always. Tape either the two on the left or the two on the bottom
in one shot (I didn't in my video 'cause I suck balls).
We're almost done. It's a broken ankle, we'll have to realign the foot.
Press A on the bone icon on the bottom right. Now press and hold
A on the foot, then move it to the left as far as you can. You'll have to
release the button and grab it a second time to pull it all the way
though. Two times should be enough to get the ok. The trick with these
dislocations is to move the foot FAST. Don't hold it for very long or
vitals will get pulverized. If you do it right you should get it done
and have vitals still in the 50s, whereas if you hold it for very long
it can get to critical in a couple seconds flat. Don't worry about being
gentle. That's a lie.
Once it's realigned, quickly press the A button the splint icon to the
right. This'll cause the blue circle on said splint to show up. Press and
hold the A button on this blue circle and yank it to the right. Don't
worry about being gentle, just do it fast. When you do, a second splint
will come up on the other side. No need to press the splint icon again.
Just grab it from the blue circle and yank it over to the right.
Finally, press the bandage icon to have two white dots come up. You know
what to do. Bandage him up in exactly the same way you did for the blood
transfusion just a few seconds ago and you're done!
See, that wasn't so hard! As long as you get all the cools and did
everything like I told you, you'll nab that XS. You can finish this
operation in less than 2:00 but you can be waaay slower than that and
still get the XS anyway.
For my XS video of this operation, go to
http://bit.ly/aeFN1A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
=====================
=== Hank Freebird ===
=====================
=== Broken Heart ===
Special Bonus:
-Miss < 1 times
-Drill miss < 1 times
-Mallet swung < 23 times
-Cool bone chipping > 2 times
This operation is not difficult. It's lenient as hell. In fact, I'd say
it's TOO lenient. You can take it all super omegalith slow and still get
the XS. You can miss and still get the XS. You can get several goods and
still get the XS. In short, you can play like total ass and still get
the XS. Still, there are a few things you have to be aware of. The
mallets especially can be confusing at first, but we'll get to that.
Let's start! We'll first make the incision on the leg. You can either
press the skip button whenever or manually pass through the dialogue so
you don't have to waste time readjusting your grip on the wiimote and
wait till the screen is transitioning to hit skip. It doesn't really
matter 'cause like I said, you can take your sweet dang ol' time with
this operation.
Once we're in, we'll be manning the saw. Just press and hold the A
button and do NOT let go of it until the end. To control the saw you
just have to twist the wiimote to make the turns. You don't even have to
point it at the screen. Overall it's not tough, it's a pretty chill
procedure but one thing you have to understand is that twisting the
remote ONLY makes the saw turn. What I mean by this is that you might be
inclined to think that when you make a turn, you have to keep the remote
twisted to continue going in that direction. But that's not true, as long
as you keep the remote twisted the saw will continue turning indefinitely.
You have to go back to neutral position after making a turn if you want
to go straight. Also, the saw might look really big, but the only part
that matters is that little red arrow on it. That's the part that needs
to stay inside the path. The rest can go off the margins and it doesn't
matter. Still, it helps to look at the entire thing to know where you're
going. A good tactic is to try having the blue guideline in between the
two sticks. But whatevs. This is probably the easiest part of the whole
thing.
Next, you'll be cutting out a synthetic bone with the laser. This is old
stuff so you already know how to do this right? Well just in case...
Press A on the blue circle to start the laser. You have to go along the
path and stay as close to the blue guideline as possible at all times.
If you move out beyond the red lines you'll get a miss, but beyond that,
simply straying too far from the blue line means you're getting less
points. Not that it really matters. This procedure is similar to the
adenoma cuttinh in the first Hank operation but not nearly as hard
because there aren't any crazy curves or ultra narrow paths. Though I
BELIEVE the paths are narrower than in previous synthetic bone laserin'
ops. There are two other things you need to remember. Do NOT let go
of the A button at any point for any reason. Second, do not go over
the lit circle or the laser will stop. Always stay within this circle
and let the camera move the laser forward for you while you concentrate
on staying within the guideline. It's usually a good idea though to stay
relatively near the fringes of the lit circle because this causes the
camera to move faster, but it's definitely not necessary for this
operation. The closer you go back to the center of the circle the slower
it'll go until it stops completely. Generally speaking, I recommend
letting the camera take you forward during the straight paths but moving
forward yourself during the curves.
There's one new gimmick here though, and that's the machine giving us
static. If you try to continue along the path while the static is
present you'll get a miss, so what you have to do is stop moving forward
once you hear the static. To stop moving, simply slowly move the laser
back along the path until the lit circle finishes catching up to you.
You'll stop moving as long as you're right in the middle of the circle.
Just wait a few seconds for the static to go away, then continue moving
forward.
There are two areas with static. Like I said before, you will know
they're coming because you'll hear them. Other than that, I suppose it
also helps to know where they'll be in advance. The first one will come
up right after the path starts moving straight downward. After that,
the second one will come after the path starts moving straight upward
again. Anyway, after you finish this part, and while the screen is
transitioning, I recommend holding the remote with both hands. That's
because you'll have to place the synthetic bone now, and your hand has
to be steady for this. Also, have the remote twisted a bit
counterclockwise before you grab the bone so that when you have to turn
it clockwise your hand is in a more neutral position. Make sure the
right side of the bone (the straight part) is properly aligned with the
silhouette and let it go. This one's not super strict but there's no need
to rush either.
Next, you'll have to drill a few holes. We've done this before as well.
Press and hold A on the blue circle that appears, then move the cursor
away from the drill to start moving it in. Try to keep it in more or
less a straight line, though don't worry too much because it's pretty
lenient in this regard. Keep in mind that the farther away you pull the
faster the drill goes. To get the cool here you have to bring the tip of
the drill as close to the red line at the end without actually touching
it. If you do touch it you'll get a miss. I recommend taking it
reasonably slow for this. Pull the drill a lot at first, but once it
gets closer to the end move back a little to slow it down. This way you
can get the cool without much danger. You'll have to drill 3 holes.
Next you'll have to apply the screws. Watch out, these guys are
deceptive. And getting the cool on these is different from screws before.
Here's the deal. Watch the screw. See the ring the point is attached to?
You have to press and hold the A button and release it when that ring is
just about to touch the yellow silhouette. Not once it's already touching
it. Just BEFORE that point. If you're still not sure where you should
release the button, you can go to
http://bit.ly/cSL2gy
and look at the picture I took to illustrate.
Anyway, you gotta put in 3 screws. Stay alert. While it's true that you
are allowed to get goods, you don't want to get them if you can help it.
Next, you'll have to pick up 3 broken bone shards. ...yeah. That's right,
we're doing cleanup duty now. Whatever, put 'em on the tray and forget
about 'em. After that, it's another saw section. Same stuff as last time,
the only difference is now the turns are sharper. It's still nothing
special though. I recommend treating the path like a racetrack and the
saw like your car. Start turning slight before you get to a hairpin turn
so that you can clear it more easily. Don't worry about the blue line,
just stay inside the path and it's all good. Or cool. I meant cool. Good
means bad in this game.
Now we get to the mallet part. We've done this part before but it can
still be a little confusing nonetheless so let me now dispel all
confusion regarding this procedure.
The first thing you have to understand is that the mallet has three
levels of power, indicated by the power meter on the right. You'll
notice that there are 5 segments. The number of segments that light up
indicate the power of a swing. Now, this is important: there are 5
segments on the meter but in reality there are only THREE levels of
power. The levels are: strong (or full power), which is indicated by all
5 segments lighting up. Weak (or minimum power), which is indicated by
a single segment lighting up. And mid power, which is indicated by either
two, three, or four segments lighting up.
Each nail requires a different combination of strikes to be driven in in
as little strikes as possible while not going overboard, which will net
you a miss. Well. Actually there is a bit of leniency and you can do
more strikes than is actually necessary if you make them weaker than you
should, but I'll only tell you what you need to drive it in with as few
strikes as possible.
Now, you're going to have to make hammering motions with the remote to
drive the nail in. I recommend changing your grip. Normally you have your
thumb up on the buttons, but for this it should simply wrap around the
remote as if you were grabbing the hilt of a sword or a hammer. Before
making the hammering down motion, I actually recommend having the cursor
on screen. Not sure why but this seems to help with the motion
registering. Specifically, if you're going to do a full power swing, have
the cursor as far to the top of the screen as you can (while still being
inside the screen), and then swing down so that the cursor moves down
across the screen as fast as possible. It's not just about the cursor
moving fast though. The actual motion has to be strong (though contrary
to what you may think it doesn't actually have to be THAT strong, but
since you can't go past full power, it doesn't hurt to be a bit stronger
than necessary). Snap your wrist when doing the motion to give it that
added oomph.
On the other end of the scale, the minimum power strike. For this one,
you want to make the weakest motion possible. Do NOT snap your wrist
at all when doing it. Keep it locked firmly in place and simply shake
your arm up and then down. The amount that your arm has to move is
minuscule. I'm talking like barely an inch or something. It's actually
pretty easy to do and I recommend tending towards making the motion TOO
slight. Why? Because if the motion is too weak then it simply won't
register, and all you have to do is try again, making it ever-so-slightly
stronger. Finally, for the mid power strike, I suggest making a motion
similar to the weak strike but moving your arm a little higher before
swinging. Say... 4 inches maybe? Whatever, you know what I mean.
Anyway that's the gist of it. The first nail that we have to drive in
requires two full power strikes, a mid one, and a weak one. You can do
them in any order you want, it's up to you. I like to leave the weak
strike for last because it's the easiest one. I'm not entirely sure
what's easier between the full power and mid power strikes. Logic would
tell me the full power one is easier because there's nothing to
calculate, all you have to do is make the motion as strong as possible.
But in practice...hmm... it seems different from the last operation
somehow. Either way, just do it in the order that seems easier to you.
The second nail (it's not actually a nail but you know what they say.
When you got a hammer everything looks like a nail! Wait... is that
really how it goes? Shiet, I don't even know what I'm saying anymore).
The second nail requires the exact same as the first one. Two full power
strikes, one mid, and one weak.
After that, it's time for a new procedure! We'll be shaving the bone.
Move the shaver closer to the bone by tilting the control stick. If you
tilt it all the way it'll go SUPER fast and that's a little dangerous
because it's pretty easy to get a miss or a good that way. Truth is
there's no need to rush, so just tilt it partway and make minuscule
adjustments as you go. You'll probably want to make it go slower as you
get near the sweet spot. To get the cool you have to stop shaving
(that is to say, return the stick to neutral position) when the shaver
is just about perfectly overlapping with the silhouette. That's all
there is to it. I recommend looking at line of the half ball and letting
go when that line is touching the same line of the silhouette.
For the third nail, you need a single full power strike and a weak one.
I like doing the strong one first and then the weak one. After that
we're done with this patient and we'll have to close him up with the
stapler so assume stapling stance while the screen is transitioning.
You know what I mean. Grab the remote with both hands and twist the
remote counterclockwise. Press and hold the A button so that you can use
the stapler by only pressing the B button. This will afford
greater control. Now watch the guideline and make minute changes to the
angle of your remote until you match it. Position the cursor so that
the stapler overlaps the guideline. There's some leeway, but try to
have it overlap as perfectly as you can. Finally, remember that you don't
have to change the angle at all for the 5 staples, only the location!
Feel free to take it as slow as you want. We've got more than enough
time.
Once that's done we'll move on to the next patient. We'll have to make
another incision, same as the start of the operation. Careful not to
go out of the line! I'm saying because the stapler section might have
rattled you a bit and you might not be in the right state of mind. That
always happens to me. I can do the beginning incision smooth and flawless
but this one? I'm just trembling all over the god damn place. But I
digress. Let's go inside.
Oh jesus! This guy's leg exploded or something. Grab all the bone
fragments strewn about and place them all on the tray to the right.
Doesn't matter in what order you get 'em. When that's done, you'll have
to reassemble the bone. Ok. Now calm down and take it slow. Believe it
or not this is the most dangerous part of the operation. It's extremely
easy to get goods when placing the bones if you're being too fast and
there's absolutely no need to! Also, at this point I recommend holding
your right hand with your left to increase stability as well.
First you need to realign both ends of the fibula which are dislocated.
You'll see the blue circle pop up where you need to grab them. Move
them over to the left and release them when they're aligned with the
silhouette. Be extra careful with the bottom one, it's easy to get a bad
here if you do it too fast. Hold it over the silhouette for a bit if you
have to and only release it once you're sure it's in the proper place.
Also make sure your hand doesn't move when you're releasing the button.
Once that's done we'll begin reconstruction by placing the fragments we
previously picked up. They'll come at you in random order from the tray
on the left so I can't really tell you where each one goes (though you
CAN look at my video to see). Rest assured though that you will never
get a fragment that can't be connected to what's already there. So ALL
you have to do is check whether the fragment will fit on the top or the
bottom. Simple! The fibula has two fragments you need to place and the
tibia has four. Again, take it VERY slow here because this part is
deceptively dangerous. Watch the straight end of each fragment and make
sure it's aligned with the straight end of the silhouette before
releasing it.
After that you'll drill 4 holes in the bone. Same thing as last time.
Treat it the same way. The holes are a little bit smaller and are thus
more lenient but they're still not quite small enough that I would
recommend ramming the drill in as fast as possible. Just do it the same
way as last time.
Next, it's screwing time! These screws are different from the ones on
the previous patient. You'll have to use a different cue to know when
to release the A button on them. Look at the bottom line of the ring the
screw's tip is attached to. To get the cool you have to release the A
button when that line touches the top line of the silhouette cap. If
you're not sure what I mean, look at the picture I took over at
http://bit.ly/cSL2gy
that'll show you where you need to release it.
After that we'll drill again, but this particular drill is loooong and
more similar to the rods that we had to insert on the patient in the
previous Hank operation than anything else. As such, it's also REALLY
easy. Hold down the A button on the blue circle and yank the cursor
downward to start the drill moving. You can do this because you
won't get a miss early on if you go outside the path. You'll only get a
miss if you go out once the drill has been moving for a while. Then once
it's already moving you have plenty of time to adjust your cursor. Place
it far ahead of the blue arrow that appears to keep the drill moving at
full speed but keep it steady in between the two red lines that make up
the path. It's not too difficult, it's all about simply keeping the
cursor steady. You shouldn't have problems here.
Now it's mallet time again! I already told you the basics about this
procedure a few paragraphs back. This first nail is a long one. It
requires THREE full power strikes and a mid power one. The second nail
(yeah, yeah, it's not a nail) requires a full power strike, a mid, and
a weak. The third one only one full power and one weak. In between that
you'll also have to shave the bone twice. It's the same deal as last
time though. Just let the stick go back to neutral position once the
shaver is completely overlapping with the silhouette.
And we're done! Staple the bitch shut using the same technique you did
a couple minutes ago. This operation is too long, clanky. But it's easy
as well. Maybe they were trying to overcompensate after how crazy they
made the last Hank operation?
For my XS video of this operation, go to
http://bit.ly/cSL2gy
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
=======================
=== Tomoe Tachibana ===
=======================
=== The Healing Warrior ===
Special Bonus:
-No Bads
-Gates opened < 6 times
-Operation completed in 200 sec
-Ran into wall < 2 times
As usual for Tomoe operations, this one isn't very hard. However, it is
trickier than the others because the lungs make for quite the confusing
labyrinth. Is all good though. I'll tell you exactly where you have to
go.
As soon as you start, a big sign telling you there's a time limit will
pop up. This is a good time to hit that skip button since that big sign
will stay there for a few seconds and won't let you move. Oh, also it's
a big lie. 6 minutes? No. The real time limit is 3:20. That might seem
like it's not much time at first but it really is. In fact that's 30 to
40 seconds too much. See, Atlus? I'm better than whatever XS requirement
testers you got around there. I'd even do it for free so start firing
some motherfuckers.
Ahem, where was I? Oh right. As soon as the sign leaves, start moving
forward until you get to the fork in the road. Look to the left and
you'll spot a hemorrhage and a blood pool. I recommend treating the
hemorrhage first IF the blood pool isn't in the way so that it doesn't
create any extra pools and you save some time. But treat the pool first
if it's in the way or you already have the drain out anyway. You already
know how to treat these things. Center on the blue circle on the
hemorrhaging area and switch to the hemostatic forceps. Hold Z to stop
the bleeding and release it as SOON as it has stopped to get the cool.
The timing probably takes a bit of practice to get down. What I recommend
is doing it enough times that you more or less have a "feel" for how
much time is required before letting go of the button. On top of watching
of course. If you accidentally let go to soon, it doesn't matter, just
do it again, but make sure to release it almost immediately as soon as
the hemostasis starts again because chances are you'll be very close to
the sweet spot. As always, it's important to try to get those cools but
you can get a good (maybe more?) and still get the XS.
Let's continue. You'll see three gated paths. One of the paths has a pool
of blood on it. That's what will indicate to you the path you should
take. In fact, that's what you should do all the way until you reach the
ruptured bulla. Just keep following the paths with affected areas. You
also don't need to ever raise vitals until you reach the bulla.
Anyway drain the pool and go through the gate. There'll be another
hemorrhage and a pool past it, then a fork in the road. Take the left
path and you'll see a gate as well as more affected areas. Treat them all
and go through the gate. That makes 2 gates we've opened! Remember that
our limit is 6. Treat the pool past the gate, then continue on the path
that goes upwards. The tunnel here is pretty narrow but at least there's
no peristaltic movement like the last operation so it should be fine.
Treat the affected areas here and go past the next gate. That makes 3.
You'll immediately and easily see a blood pool after you go through, so
drain it and go down that path. There'll be another pool followed by the
fourth gate. Past it is a single hemorrhage. Perform hemostasis on it
and then quickly go down the path to the left of it to find the bulla!
The game will tell you to spray it but ignore that. It's a lie. OH GOD
THE LIES! Haha, no, in reality there'll be severe hemorrhaging that'll
prevent us from sealing the thing. So really, it's a waste of time to
even try. However, the game won't let us proceed until we've treated at
least 4 hemorrhages here. As soon as you get here, the first hemorrhage
will pop up. Treat it same as always. You can be more bold than usual
here because these hemorrhages will only give you OKs. It's impossible
to get a good on them. Anyway, after treating that first one, instead of
trying to spray the bulla like the game tells you, take the time to
inject stabilizer and raise vitals. It's pretty much the best time to do
it since we're stuck here for the time being. Make one full injection
in between treating each hemorrhage. Make sure to count them.
As soon as you treat the fourth hemorrhage, press down on the d-pad to
retrace your steps. This is the tough and confusing part so listen up!
Keep retracing as you go back through the first gate...then the second
one... from there, once the path begins curving, stop. Do not keep
retracing past a third gate. Look down from where you are and you'll
spot a hemorrhage. Treat it and keep going down that path past the gate.
That makes five that we've opened! Drain the pool past it, then keep
going until you get to the fork. Take the bottom path and you'll quickly
find the cause of the severe hemorrhaging. A thrombus? The hell is up
with this guy's lungs.
Now, before we begin treating it, raise vitals ALL the way to max. Make
sure they're maxed out, if you don't...well you're going to regret it.
Then switch to the syringe (the bottom one, not the stabilizer) and
inject it with medicine. It's going to need two separate injections to
get enough. I recommend making the first injection small so that the
second injection needs to be bigger and you have more time to see where
you should release the button. To get the cool on this you have to hold
down the button until the bright light above the blue medicine is as
close to the yellow guideline as possible without going past it.
Remember, the one that can't go past the yellow line is the brightest
part at the top. The duller parts below that can go past it.
Once enough medicine has been injected, switch to the scalpel. You'll
see excision dots appear on the thrombus. If you don't see them appear,
it means you're too close! Back. Off. Baby. Switch to the scalpel and
cut along the dotted line. You have to make sure to pass along every
dot. This will rape vitals, so that's why it's important that you
have them at max before you start. Keep cutting (three times) until
it's done. Remember that each time a new line appears, you can't start
cutting immediately! You have to wait a fraction of a second. If you
don't wait, you'll blow past the first one or two dots without cutting
them and will have to go back.
When you're done, vitals will be at turbo critical. Switch to the
stabilizer and do three full injections before proceeding. Then switch
to the snare to excise the thrombus. Move it with the control stick
and get it to overlap with the yellow ring. You can move the angle of
the snare by twisting your wrist (the one grabbing the nunchuck of
course) but truth is you BARELY have to do this. The snare almost always
comes out at or close to the right angle. Just have it overlap with the
circle and if nothing happens twist your wrist to either direction just
a tiny bit. Eventually it'll close around the thrombus by itself. This'll
cause a hemorrhage and a pool to appear. Switch to the hemostatic forceps
and treat it (unless the pool appears on top of it), careful because the
view is kinda crappy. Drain the pool afterwards and pick up the thrombus
with the forceps.
We're done here! Time to go back. Listen up so you don't get lost. Hold
down on the d-pad to retrace your steps. Keep going until you go past
the gate, then when the path begins curving after said gate, stop and
look up. You'll see another open gate. That's where we came from. Move
through that gate and keep going straight through the next gate after
that. Once you get past it, take the left path to get back to the bulla.
There'll be a ton of hemorrhages so perform hemostasis on them all.
Don't be afraid, you can't get cools on these. On the other hand, don't
go overboard with them either. Once they're all dealt with, switch to
the spray and use it on the bulla. Keep holding down the button there
until the operation finishes and that's it!
As long as you took the path I told you you will have opened less than
6 gates and will have easily finished in less than 3:20. As long as you
also got all the cools you'll get the XS, and hell, even if you got a
few goods you still will. Not a tough operation overall.
For my XS video of this operation, go to
http://bit.ly/dmAgcH
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
==============
=== CR-S01 ===
==============
=== Blade of Resolve ===
Special Bonus:
-Miss < 1 times
-Vitals didn't fall below 30
-Burn worsened < 1 times
-Membrane fell off < 1 times
Fffffffuuuuuuuuck. Shit just got real. This operation is extremely
difficult. And I mean EXTREMELY. I'd put it right up there with
Love in the Ground. Hell, maybe even higher than that. Point is, the </pre><pre id="faqspan-5">
gloves are off. This is going to take many tries. It's insaaane. To get
the XS for this operation you not only have to get all the cools,
but you also have to complete it in less than 1:20! (actually, you will
get the XS if you do it in exactly 1:20). That's a ridiculously
short amount of time and it makes even the smallest things like split
second hesitations, or your finger slipping on the control stick or
missing the bottle of stabilizer have profound consequences. You need to
be flash gordon, you need to memorize exactly what you have to do and be
able to do it without even thinking. In addition to that, there is a
very important trick to getting the XS. We'll get to that later.
When the operation starts, don't hit the skip button immediately.
Unfortunately, Unlike previous Trauma Centers, you can't hit the skip
button before the operation has started. The hell is up with that? It's
a problem because having to press that button all the way down there
forces you to change the position of your hand on the wiimote, and it
costs precious seconds to readjust. And those seconds matter with an
operation this difficult!
The first thing we'll do is drain the 3 blood pools. If you see that 2
pools appeared touching each other, then guess what, you are one lucky
bastard because you can place the drain in between them to drain them
both at the same time and save like a second or two. Oh you think it
doesn't matter? Hehe... isn't that cute. BUT IT'S WRONG! I'm not saying
it's NECESSARY, but oh, it matters believe me.
Either way, set your cursor on the topmost blood pool, have the control
stick pressed toward the bottom-right and begin passing the dialogue
with A. When Tomoe says "This'll be a race", press and hold the A button.
You'll now begin draining the pool you have the cursor on. Memorize just
how long it takes to drain a pool so that you can quickly move on to the
next one wasting as little time as possible. Again, the tiniest things
make a difference. Go from top to bottom draining the 3 pools.
When the last one is drained, keep the A button held down and quickly
switch to the forceps. You're going to keep the A button held down so you
can use the forceps with one button, remember, if you keep the A
button held down, you'll be able to use the forceps by only pressing the
B button, which will allow you must greater precision and control than
having to press both A and B! This is important because you'll now want
to place those synthetic membranes on the second degree burn at the
bottom faster than speedy gonzales. Keep in mind that the area where you
can place them is lenient enough that you can do it VERY fast without
much fear of missing. Let me reiterate. You need to place membranes VERY
fast in this operation. This is one of the places where you can more
safely shave off time compared to others.
After you've placed the two membranes, switch to the antibiotic gel and
spread it over them as well as the two rashes on either side. Do it
quickly and then switch back to the forceps. If one of the rashes didn't
go away because you switched back to the forceps too fast, it's fine,
don't worry. We'll get it later.
Now pull out the glass shard on the right. The trick with the shard is
to grab it and then pull it out making as straight a line as possible
the entire way. Of course, said line must be perpendicular to the cut
the shard is lodged in. If you'll notice, the cut on this one is almost
vertical but a bit tilted to the left which means we don't want to
extract it exactly to the right but more or less towards the 2 o' clock
direction. This should get you the cool, then place it on the tray to
the right.
Next, and while we've got the forceps in hand, it's time to extract the
wire. As usual, the wires are not straight. There is literally no time
to check with the ultrasound so you should memorize their shape so that
you can extract them without using it. This particular one is only bent
once, to get it out properly, you should extract it upwards and just a
little to the left. There is no need to change the direction you're
pulling it, just pull it more or less towards the 11 o' clock direction
in a single go. You should be able to do it reasonably fast. Put it on
the tray and then gel both the wire wound, the shard wound, and any rash
you might have left before in one go (you'll have to pass a single line
of dialogue after extracting the wire).
We'll now turn our attention towards the 3 lacerations. These are cunts.
They're deliberately placed in just the right position to screw us up as
much as possible. Horizontal lacerations are just really difficult to
deal with compared to more vertical ones. You just can't be as fast when
suturing them. Furthermore, it's easier to accidentally get goods on
them, especially on the last one that you suture for some reason.
Nevertheless, what I recommend to get cools on these is to make a "w"
shape with the sutures. And I don't mean the capital W (though this can
work too), I mean the squiggly lower-case one. Make them relatively big
so that they cover the length of the lacerations and you'll get the cool.
If you get a good in any place you will definitely not get the XS so just
restart unless you want to practice the rest of the operation.
If you did things correctly and fast enough, the vitals should still be
just above 30. Remember, you can't let them fall below that or you won't
get the XS. Take the time to inject just a single syringe of stabilizer
to get them up to 40, then begin work on the 3rd degree burn. Like
Tomoe says, you gotta inject the coolant from the blue vial into the
burn. Note that the amount you have to inject is absolutely TINY, so
there is no need to waste time filling the syringe. Just get a tiny bit,
inject it, and it'll work. This'll make the scalpel line appear around
it. Switch to the scalpel and begin cutting. You have to pass through
all the dots. It's very important that you do it fast but not so fast
that you start missing dots and have to go back. Do go back if you miss
a dot, but generally speaking it's just plain better if you get them all
in one pass. After you're done, grab the burn with the forceps and place
it on the tray. Here's something to keep in mind: if you did it fast
enough, there will only be a single blood pool when you remove the burn.
If a second blood pool forms, that means you were too slow and you're off
to a bad start. It doesn't necessarily mean you can't get the XS, I mean,
you could save time in other places... theoretically.
Anyway, drain that pool, then place 4 membranes on the burn. Remember,
it's lenient enough that you can place those membranes VERY fast. Once
all 4 are in place, don't gel them just yet. Now that nothing major is
happening yet, take the time to inject three full syringes of stabilizer
and get the vitals close to max. It's important that you do this fast and
that you don't accidentally miss the bottle when refilling. What's that
you're saying? "Who cares if I miss the bottle?" Maaaan you don't get it.
Every tiny seemingly insignificant waste of time makes a difference in
this operation. Use the warping method too.
When filling the syringe or injecting with it, you may notice that as
long as you have the button pressed, and as long as the syringe hasn't
finished filling up/emptying out, you can move the wiimote as much as
you want and the cursor won't move. But as soon as the syringe is done
filling/emptying, the cursor will appear where you are currently
pointing the remote. Using this trick, you can save some time. You
can move the remote over to the stabilizer bottle while the
syringe is injecting, and when it's done the cursor will already be over
the bottle, which means you can immediately fill it up
again. It works the same the other way. While it's filling up you can
move away from the bottle and inject immediately.
Now gel over the 4 membranes. Once this is done, we'll have to move over
to the legs with the magnification tool. At this point you can finally
hit the skip button, but make sure that you have the control stick
pointed towards the ultrasound and begin moving to the left with B
immediately. We'll treat the bottom burn first since it's not so bad and
if we leave it like that it'll turn into a third degree one. First drain
the two pools, then switch to the forceps.
We're going to extract the wire first. This one's tough at first. It
might seem like it has a really weird shape and that you have to extract
it in a funky way, but in reality we can keep it pretty simple. You just
have to extract it in two directions. First to the left, and when it's
halfway out, change the direction you're pulling to the 10-11 o' clock
direction. Don't be recklessly fast with it. Keep the speed down to the
limit where you can reliably make the change of direction. Place it on
the tray to the right and then immediately begin placing the 2 membranes
on the burn while you have the forceps out. Then gel them both as well
as the wire wound in one go.
Next we'll move on to the lacerations. These are actually easier than
the first 3 we sutured before. Maybe because they're slightly more
vertical? Either way, drain the blood pool on them and suture them.
Keep the number of passes somewhere between 4 and 7 and you should get
the cools. Like I said, these seem to be more lenient than the previous
ones so it shouldn't be much of a problem.
Once that's done, switch to the forceps and extract the glass shard.
This is a long one so make sure that you pull straight perpendicular
to the wound and keep pulling until it's ALL out. Don't go jumping the
gun and stopping prematurely. Just pull it really far up to be safe.
Then gel the wound and switch to the syringe.
Vitals should now be in the 40s, which is cutting it kinda close, so
inject a single syringe full of stabilizer to get them up to the 50s.
Then quickly inject the coolant into the burn on the right. If you've
done things fast enough, no blood pool should have formed by now on it.
If a pool did form, it means you're being too slow and you'll get a miss
if you try to inject the coolant. The scalpel line will appear around the
burn. Hey, is it me or does this burn have an African shape? I mean look
at it. Anyway, furthermore, if you are fast enough, you can cut out this
burn and then remove it before the pool forms! If you're too slow, the
pool will form while you're cutting. In that case, just ignore it,
finish cutting, and drain it after you've removed the burn with the
forceps. Don't worry, you won't get a miss from removing it if there's
a blood pool in the way. Once that's done, drain the pool (or pools if
you were too slow), and then place 3 membranes on it, then gel them.
We'll not move on to the burn on the far left. It'll probably have
accumulated 2 pools by now, so drain them both. At this point vitals are
probably in the 30s, which is, again, cutting it kinda close, so inject
stabilizer once to get them back up to the 40s, then inject the coolant.
Remember, the amount of coolant you have to inject is tiny, so don't
waste time filling up the entire syringe or nuthin'. Cut it out same as
last time, then remove it. Drain the single pool that'll form and then
place the 2 membranes. Now, before you gel them, inject 2 full syringes
of stabilizer so that you get the vitals up to 60. This'll be the last
time you raise them. Now gel the 2 membranes and immediately move back
to the right with the magnification tool.
There'll be 2 new burns (HOW?!) as well as a crapload of rashes. When
moving to the right, adjust the screen so that when you arrive, you're
able to see the entire area, from the topmost rash down to the one on
the very bottom.
First, drain the 2 blood pools, then switch to the forceps and place the
4 membranes one right after the other. 2 on each burn. When that's done,
start gelling them as well as ALL of the rashes in one go. The way I
recommend doing this is to first gel the membranes on the top burn but
spread it wide enough that you also get the 2 rashes on each side, then
move on to the membranes on the bottom and gel in a circular motion so
that you get the 4 rashes around it. I also recommend that you memorize
more or less how long it takes to get the OKs so that you can stop
immediately without wasting time.
We're almost done, but there are 3 shadows under the skin that we have
to treat. Two of them are above where the bottom burn used to be, and the
other one is to the left and a bit below. Again, I suggest that you
memorize the locations of the shadows so that you can get them out
immediately. They will always appear in the same spot. Use the scalpel
to open them. Unlike previous Trauma Centers, judicious use of the
scalpel won't cause lacerations, so feel free to keep it active the
entire time while cutting the shadows. Cut all three of them one after
the other, then drain the three blood pools, and then suture them in
the same order that you drained the pools (otherwise a second pool might
form on the first one). To get the cools on these lacerations you just
have to make 3 passes. So all you have to do is make an "N" shape. You
can make more passes if making only 3 is too uncomfortable but it's not
necessary.
And we're done, but there's one final thing to do. The patient will go
into cardiac arrest and we'll have to use the defibrillator. This is
the important trick to getting the XS that you have to be aware of: you
do NOT have to revive the patient. You only have to use the defibrillator
once. That means it's not necessary to stop the gauge in the green part!
So what I recommend doing is this. As soon as you've sutured the final
laceration, pull your arms back so that they're close to your torso and
HOLD DOWN the Z and B buttons! Wait for the nunchuck icon to appear
(do NOT jump the gun please, god), and then extend your arms forward.
If you're already pressing Z and B then the defibrillator will activate
immediately once you extend your arms and the operation will end.
And that'll be it. Again, this operation is real damn hard. If you
get even one good you've failed. But even if you get all the cools you
still have to work TURBO fast so that you finish in 1:20. It's going to
take a huge amount of tries, but don't get discouraged. It's not
impossible! Hang in there and you'll eventually get it. And the more
times you do it, the more consistently you'll be able to XS it.
For my XS video of this operation, go to
http://bit.ly/9IX1qF
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
====================
=== Maria Torres ===
====================
=== Desperate Rescue ===
Special Bonus:
-Miss < 2 times
-All patients transported
-Cool > 25 times
-Defibrillator used < 1 times
Lol. This operation is really easy (or maybe it just looks easy compared
to the previous operation). Mainly because you can be slower than a
snail, do everything totally calm and calculated, or get a couple goods,
hell, even a bad, 2 misses, and STILL get the XS. COME ON guys, kinda
going overboard with the leniency here? Still, it's got some pretty epic
music so I'll forgive them...this time.
Hit the skip button as soon as the operation starts and the patient
you're on will go into cardiac arrest. Like Mournful Hero, this guy will
do this 3 times until he can be stabilized. However, unlike Mournful
Hero, he won't do it during regular intervals. It'll be random, and
depending on when he decides to go into cardiac arrest (fickle bastard),
you'll do things a little bit differently. But like I said, he'll do this
immediately and you'll have to start doing chest compressions. You
already know how to do this from the first mission: Loosen up for this.
Begin smacking down the wii remote as if you were hammering a nail with
it. The way I like to do it is to have my palm facing downward so that
I can snap my wrist more easily. Make sure to begin doing it as SOON as
the hands appear. Hammer down each time the hands on the screen come
down. You CAN simply hammer rapidly with no regards to anything and
still get the cool but that's tiring and there's no reason to do that
when doing it in tandem is so easy. It takes 5 compressions to get the
cool. Count them so that you're ready to switch patients after the
fifth one.
After the fifth compression, press A on the second patient icon to switch
to her. It might take a few presses because the icons don't become
available after a couple seconds when the chest compressions are done.
The screen will pan out and the scissor line will appear. Press A on the
scissors icon to the right. This'll make the scissors appear. We gotta
cut the patient's shirt off now. Move the position of the scissors by
turning your wrist to the right or to the left. You'll have to cut along
the blue lines from one dot to the next. To do this correctly you have
to align the left blade (the one that's glowing yellow) with the line.
It's not too tough, really. You can do this part pretty fast. Not that
you have to. You never have to rush at all throughout this operation.
Once the shirt is off, you'll find 3 wounds. Two of 'em have a blood
pool so grab a single gauze from the right and absorb both pools with it.
Now switch to the forceps and begin placing the synthetic membranes. Two
on each wound. Note that they are smaller and slightly less lenient than
on the previous operation, so you should try not to rush. Just place
them all calmly so you don't get a miss. Once all 6 are in place, gel
over them and then switch to the tape. Now. Be careful in this part. We
are going to apply 3 tapes. The ones on the right are not much of a
problem, but the one on the left can be a little tricky. So tape that
one first. To get the cool I recommend going from left to right. Start
from the left edge, about 1/4 of the way up from the bottom-left corner,
and finish on the right edge about 1/4 of the way down from the top-right
corner. Don't go very far past the edge of the membrane or you risk
getting a good. Not that it would make you fail the operation, but if
we get all the cools it means we can be even slower so why not. After
that, tape the other two. Those are more lenient, so you can do it with
less fear. You should tape diagonally from top to bottom.
Once that's done, the camera will transition to, I dunno, a bit higher
up on the patient? Whatever. More importantly, once that happens the
reinforcements will arrive. All patients' vitals will max out and the
epic music will start! Let's do this thang! Grab a gauze from the lower
right while this is happening and begin absorbing the blood pools. There
are only 2 so you only need to use one gauze. Once they're absorbed,
switch to the forceps and place the two membranes on the wound. This one
is mildly deceptive so you'll want to take it slow. I recommend going
diagonally from left to right. Start on the left edge of the membrane,
about 1/4 of the way up from the bottom-left corner. When you start,
stick closer to being inside it rather than outside the edge. Take the
tape all the way to the top-right corner exactly and end there. That
should get you the cool.
That'll stabilize the patient and we'll move back to the first one. If
you're lucky, he'll go into his second cardiac arrest here. If he does,
go ahead and do the 5 chest compressions. If he doesn't, welp, that's
too bad, we'll just have to move on and come back later. Either way,
switch to the second patient icon now. Yeah, the one with an exclamation
mark. That one.
Oh jesus! This one's ugly. He's got 6 wounds and 4 glass shards stuck
in him. This is actually the hardest part of the operation, so heads up.
And not because of the glass shards. First, hit the talk icon down there.
Then switch to the forceps and begin extracting all the shards. The
trick with these guys is to grab them and then pull them out making as
straight a line as possible the entire way. Of course, said line must
be perpendicular to the cut they're lodged in. As long as you keep it
steady and don't take them out too fast you'll get those cools. Once
that's done, you'll have to place 8 membranes on the wounds. The two
big ones require 3 membranes each, while the two small ones only require
one. The tiny ones just need to be gelled, which you should do along with
all of the membranes after you have placed them all.
Switch to the tape. Now comes the difficult part. Why difficult? Because
those two small wounds are cunts and very likely to give you goods.
They're just not lenient. Fortunately, I'll tell you exactly what you
have to do to ensure those two cools. Unlike all the previous ones, you
should not try to tape these diagonally because the risk of getting a
good is too big like that. Instead, you should apply the tape vertically
from top to bottom. First of all, take this extremely slow. You want to
make sure that you start EXACTLY on the top edge of the membrane right
in the middle and then end EXACTLY on the bottom edge, again, right in
the middle. Do not go over the edges even a little bit. Make sure that
the tape is VERTICAL when you finish placing it. Again, remember to do
it very slowly!
Once those two are done, you can relax because the worst part's over.
Tape the other two series of membranes diagonally from the top-left
corner down to the bottom-right corner. Try not to go too much over the
edges, but don't worry, these aren't as bad as the other two. That'll
stabilize this patient.
You'll go back to the first one. If he didn't have his second cardiac
arrest yet, chances are he'll have it now, so do the 5 chest compressions
same as last time. If he already had his second cardiac arrest
previously, chances are good he won't have the next one right now. A new
patient will also arrive at this point, and this is the next one we have
to treat, so press A on the last patient icon. Now, immediately after
you press it, pull back your arms close to your torso! We're using the
defibrillator! It's very important that you revive the patient in a
single shot by hitting Z and B on the green part of the bar. It's pretty
easy, after doing it a few times you should be getting it every time
without much effort. If you don't, though, then just restart because
you're not getting the XS.
After that, you'll do chest compressions. Wha? I thought we just used
the defibrillator successfully. Why do we need chest compressions.
Whatever man, I ain't no doctor. Do the 5 compressions same as always.
Then we'll have to intubate. This is pretty easy and lenient so you can
do it fast without having to be very precise. Point the cursor on the
blue circle at the top of the tube and hold down A, then move the pointer
in a straight line down all the way to the bottom, then release the A
button, move the pointer again to the blue circle, hold down A and repeat
it. Keep doing this the 3 or 4 times it takes until the tube is all the
way in and you're done with this patient!
You'll now move to the third patient, and a brand new one will get added
to the list! If the first patient had his second cardiac arrest at the
earliest possible, he might be having his third one right now. But, then
again, maybe not. So forget 'im. He can resist anyway. Switch to the
newly arrived patient. The fourth one. Yeah. That one.
Oh another cardiac arrest? This is starting to get ridiculous. Is that
the hip thing to do nowadays? Do the 5 chest compressions it takes.
Then we'll move on to the right arm. There are two wounds but the left
one is bleeding. Bleeding bayud. So we gotta apply a torniquet. If you
try to mop the pools it's just gonna keep on bleeding. Press A on the
torniquet icon and you'll see a white circle appear on his upper arm.
Press and hold A on this circle to make a second circle appear on the
other side of the arm. Just make the pointer touch this circle, then
go back to the first circle and release A while the pointer is inside
it. That'll apply the torniquet. Nothing too complicated. The only way
to muck it up is to release the A prematurely.
Once that's done, grab the gauze on the right side of the screen and
use it on the mass of blood pools. One gauze won't be enough, so just
apply it for a fraction of a second until it begins to get soaked and
then grab another one to finish the job. Next, it's time to place three
synthetic membranes on the wound, as well as 2 on the other wound to
the right, so switch to the forceps and do it, then tape them both
diagonally. These are pretty lenient so don't worry. Just do it the
same way you've done the rest.
Dude isn't stabilized quite yet though, we still have to secure a blood
transfusion. Gel the white dot, then press A on the needle icon that
appears on the right and inject it right on the green dot. Remember that
the dot is small and you have to be very precise or you'll get a miss.
Not that getting one miss matters here or anything, but come on. Besides,
he's almost dead anyway, you don't know if poking him with that needle
will finish him off. So take this part slow and make sure you know where
you're injecting that thing. Either way, once you've put the needle in,
grab the bandage on the bottom right with A, then quickly press and hold
A on the circle that appears to the right of the arm. Don't worry here,
you can't get a miss if you somehow don't hit the circle. When you do,
make circles with the remote. Just go wild and spin it as fast as you
can, you can't get a miss here. My recommendation for doing this is to
make the circles counterclockwise if you're right handed like me and to
make them as small as possible so you can complete them faster. It
should take you less than a second to do it. Alternatively, you can just
shake the wiimote up and down, or, I dunno, diagonally, or however it
feels best to you. Doesn't really matter. Point is, the patient will
now be stable.
We'll now move back to the third patient, but quickly switch to the
first one because this guy's heart stopped beating like a year ago and
he's almost dead. You'll now do chest compressions on him for the third
and final time. After that, you'll have to intubate him. Do it exactly
the same way as the other patient and we're done with this guy. 'bout
fricken time.
Only two left. We're almost done. The left one is actually immortal or
some'n as long as you don't ask him what's wrong, so leave him alone
for now and move to the right one. Cut the pant leg off with the
scissors, same way as last time.
Nothing special or out of the ordinary here. Just two wounds. Drain the
single blood pool with a gauze, then place 4 membranes, gel them and
tape them diagonally. You'll want to go from the middle of the top edge
down to the middle of the bottom edge with both of them. It's pretty
lenient though so don't sweat it. Once that's done, we'll have to
cut the OTHER pant leg. This time there's only one wound but it's a
pretty big one with 3 blood pools so you'll have to use two gauzes and
place 4 membranes. Apply the tape diagonally from the top-left corner
all the way down to the bottom-right corner. We're done here.
Ok! Last patient! Talk to him and we'll find out he has a broken wrist.
Oh that's it? Walk it off, pussy. I regularly break my wrist playing
this game.
Anyway, press A on the broken bone icon, and you'll see the blue circle
appear on his hand. Press and hold A on it, then move it to the right as
far as you can. You'll have to release the button and grab it a second
time to pull it all the way though. Just remember, the second time you
grab it you need to press A on the hand itself and not in the blue
circle. The trick with these dislocations is to move the arm FAST. Don't
hold it for very long or vitals will get pulverized. If you do it right
you should get it done and have vitals still close to 60, whereas if you
hold it for very long it can get to critical in a couple seconds flat.
Don't worry about being gentle. That's a lie.
Once it's back in place, press A on the splint icon to have the splint
appear. The blue icon will appear outside of the splint this time. Press
A on the splint itself and then yank it to the left. This'll cause the
second splint to show up on the other side of the arm. Grab this one and
yank it to the right in the same way, then grab the bandage and apply
two of them on the white dots. You already know how to do this.
We'll not move to the other arm. Oh what, this one's broken too? And
that ain't all, there's actually one more patient left after this. But
we've got it under control. Hit the talk icon, then the broken bone icon
and yank the arm all the way to the right. You can actually get it all
the way in a single shot! But if you don't, no big deal, do it in two.
Apply the splint just like you did a few seconds ago and then bandage
twice to finish with this patient.
The final patient will now arrive. This is the last one for really realz
this time. There's not much to do here but you have to be careful. He
has 2 glass shards stuck on him as well as 3 wires. We can't do anything
about the wires 'cause that's CR-S01's job. Maria's too small-time for
that. So anyway, all we have to do is extract the shards, BUT, you can't
hit the wires while you have a shard grabbed. Why? ...good question.
I guess Maria forgot that she can actually move in 3 dimensions? Who the
hell knows. Anyway, first extract the bottom shard. Same way as always,
making as straight a line as possible perpendicular to the wound. Once
all of it is out, don't just move it to the right like you normally
would to place it on the tray! You'll hit the wire on the right. Instead,
move back down the exact opposite direction you extracted it in and go
below the right wire to place it on the tray. Next, pull out the other
shard, making sure that you move in between the wires and don't touch
either of them, then keep moving down, below the right wire and place it
on the tray. Finally, gel both wounds and we're done! This patient
normally develops blood pools on the wires that we have to absorb but
if you leave him for last like this you won't have to deal with that.
And that's that. If you do things like I told you, you won't even have
to use stabilizer at any point. And if you get all the cools you can do
it soooo slow and still get the XS, which is what I prefer rather than
trying to rush and getting goods.
For my XS video of this operation, go to
http://bit.ly/dac1Fa
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
=====================
=== Hank Freebird ===
=====================
=== I Want To Believe ===
Special Bonus:
-Miss < 1 times
-Treatment halted < 1 times
-Cool > 24 times
-Tore soft tumor < 2 times
Ok, so, this supposedly impossible to extract tumor is actually piss
easy. The hell is up with those Concordia pussies? The other parts of
the operation are harder than that. But anyway, overall it's nothing too
rough, the only thing is that you MUST get every single cool and you
must be somewhat fast. But not fast enough for it to actually be hard.
We'll start by making the incision as usual. Normally I'd tell you to
pass the dialogue manually so that you can make it faster, but the intro
dialogue is kinda long. On the other hand if you skip immediately then
it'll take you a bit of time to readjust your grip on wiimote. Welp,
have I got a dirty trick for you! Memorize where the blue circle is going
to appear and have your cursor there, then press the skip button with
your left thumb! That way you'll be able to make the incision immediately
because you don't have to change your grip.
Anyway, that'll get us in. Ew, this guy's got spinal goop comin' out of
his crushed spine. We'll be cutting it out with the saw. It works the
same as in the previous Hank operation. Just press and hold the A
button and do NOT let go of it until the end. To control the saw you
just have to twist the wiimote to make the turns. You don't even have to
point it at the screen. Overall it's not tough, it's a pretty chill
procedure but one thing you have to understand is that twisting the
remote ONLY makes the saw turn. What I mean by this is that you might be
inclined to think that when you make a turn, you have to keep the remote
twisted to continue going in that direction. But that's not true, as long
as you keep the remote twisted the saw will continue turning indefinitely.
You have to go back to neutral position after making a turn if you want
to go straight. Also, the saw might look really big, but the only part
that matters is that little red arrow on it. That's the part that needs
to stay inside the path. The rest can go off the margins and it doesn't
matter. Still, it helps to look at the entire thing to know where you're
going. A good tactic is to try having the blue guideline in between the
two sticks. But whatevs. This is probably the easiest part of the whole
thing. The only thing that you have to keep in mind compared to the
previous operation is that the saw is upside down. Don't let that
confuse you when it comes to turning left and right.
Next, we're going to drill the spine to open a hole in it. I would say
that this is the most important part of the operation because this is
where you can save (or waste) the most time. You need to drill fast
but still get cools. Press and hold A on the blue circle that appears.
Try to more or less memorize where they will appear so you can do it
immediately as soon as they appear. Then move the cursor away from the
drill to start moving it in. Try to keep it in more or less a straight
line, though don't worry too much because it's pretty lenient in this
regard. Keep in mind that the farther away you pull the faster the drill
goes. To get the cool here you have to bring the tip of the drill as
close to the red line at the end without actually touching it. If you do
touch it you'll get a miss and will have to restart the operation.
Like I said, you need to do this part fast but still get all the cools,
so the way I recommend doing it is to start moving the drill, then
quickly move your cursor to only about an inch past the red line (I
GUESS the distance may vary based on how big your screen is. Check my
video if you need to see more or less where you should place it). What
this accomplishes is that it moves the drill pretty fast, but slows it
down just a tiny bit near the end to make it easier to get the cool.
You COULD simply pull it all the way as far as you can and do it faster,
but it's dangerous because it's easier to accidentally get goods and
misses like that and it's just unnecessary to get the XS. Doing it the
way I tell you will strike a good balance.
After 9 drills you'll open the hole and reveal the...snrk...impossible
tumor. First you'll have to cut around it with the scalpel. Nothing new,
just follow the blue line around it. But don't go fast because you're
not allowed to move past the yellow guideline and it moves pretty dang
slow. Once that's done you'll be able to pick up the tumor with the
forceps. Press and hold A+B over it and begin moving it. It's a soft
tumor so you need to pull it slow or it'll tear. SLOW DAMMIT! Pull it
towards the right and keep the movement steady. It's sudden jerks
(otherwise known as changes in acceleration) that cause it to tear,
even small ones, so stay calm and take it out smoothly. Once it's
removed, quickly throw it on the tray.
We'll now move on to the second tumor. It's the same except bigger. Cut
around it the same way, not too fast, then pull it to the right with
the forceps slowly. You can actually pull this one a little faster than
the previous one. It seems the bigger they are the more lenient they
get, I suppose? Put it on the tray and then you'll have to get a third,
even bigger one. It's still exactly the same procedure though. Since
this one is even bigger you can pull it even faster.
That's IT? THAT was the impossible tumor? What. A dis. Appointment.
Anyway, we'll move on to cutting out the synthetic bone to repair the
broken spine. Press A on the blue circle to start the laser. You have to
go along the path and stay as close to the blue guideline as possible at
all times. If you move out beyond the red lines you'll get a miss. Be
careful because this time the path is really damn funky compared to
previous operations. There are two other things you need to remember.
Do NOT let go of the A button at any point for any reason. Second, do
not go over the lit circle or the laser will stop. Always stay within
this circle and let the camera move the laser forward for you while you
concentrate on staying within the guideline. It's a good idea though to
stay relatively near the fringes of the lit circle because this causes
the camera to move faster. The closer you go back to the center of the
circle the slower it'll go until it stops completely. I would say that
the bottom part of the path is the most dangerous one, so here I'd
recommend letting the camera move the laser forward while you just
move it up and down to stay within the path.
Also, the old machine's giving us static again. If you try to continue
along the path while the static is present you'll get a miss, so what
you have to do is stop moving forward once you hear the static. To stop
moving, simply slowly move the laser back along the path until the lit
circle finishes catching up to you. You'll stop moving as long as you're
right in the middle of the circle. Just wait a few seconds for the
static to go away, then continue moving forward.
There are three areas with static. Like I said before, you will know
they're coming because you'll hear them. The camera isn't moving as
fast as in other operations either so you'll also have fair warning to
stop. Wait until you hear the static noise twice, then you can continue
forward.
Once you're done, twist the remote slightly to the right and have the
cursor pointed on the left side. The synthetic bone will appear on the
tray here and you'll use it to plug the hole we made earlier. Grab it
and twist your remote back to neutral position, then place it on the
hole. Don't worry, this is super lenient. Getting the cool is very easy.
Finally, we'll secure it with two screws. Don't screw up here! Hehe,
get it? Urp, oh god I think I just vomited in my mouth. But seriously,
we're almost done and you're not allowed to get any goods. To get the
cools on these two watch the screw. See the ring the point is attached
to? You have to press and hold the A button and release it when that
ring is just about to touch the yellow silhouette. Not once it's already
touching it. Just BEFORE that point. If you're still not sure where you
have to release the button, check out the illustration at
http://bit.ly/aEOHQs
When that's done, all that will be left is to close up the patient.
Unlike ALL the previous operations, this time the incision was vertical.
While the screen is transitioning, grab the remote with both hands and
hold down the A button so that you can use the stapler by only pressing
the B button. This will afford greater control. Make sure the remote is
completely straight, not twisted to either side. This is the angle you'll
need for all 5 staples, do not change it. Only move the location of the
stapler so that it overlaps with the silhouette.
And that's it for this operation. You don't have to be inhumanly fast to
get the XS, just reasonably so. The two places that make the most
difference in time are the drills and the stapling at the very end.
The rest of the parts can't really be done THAT much faster since you're
limited by outside forces. Also, you NEED to get every single cool if
you hope to get the XS. Just one good means you're outta luck.
For my XS video of this operation, go to
http://bit.ly/aEOHQs
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
=======================
=== Tomoe Tachibana ===
=======================
=== Resolution ===
Special Bonus:
-Video feed disrupted < 1 times
-Didn't reach same survivor twice
-Ran into wall < 2 times
-Operation completed in 180 sec
The only tough part about this operation is knowing where to go. The
place is a labyrinth so if you don't know, you'll end up wandering
around for a while. Once you DO know exactly where you have to go, it's
piss easy. It can be completed in like a minute. Not that you even have
to. The XS is actually really lenient. Something like, I dunno, more
than 2 minutes maybe? Who cares.
Anyway we'll have to find 5 victims throughout the operation. Four
random people we don't give a rat's ass about and Gabriel Cunningham.
It'll start by flashing us the 10:00:00 time limit. REALLY guys? Ten
fricken minutes? Try 1 minute. Bitch. Anyway, hit the skip button while
that time limit sign is out, then wait until it leaves before you start
moving forward.
From where you start, you'll see that there's a fork in the road. You
can either go straight or go left. It's worth noting that every time you
find a patient, you'll automatically return here, and that you have to
alternate between these two paths each time. Just keep that in mind and
it'll make it easier to remember.
Go straight first, past the first gate, then the second one, then the
third one and you'll get to another fork. Take the right path, past the
next gate, and you'll get to yet another fork. This time take the left
path, and follow it all the way through to the end to find the first
person. You'll then be taken back to the entrance.
Like I said, we have to alternate in the first fork, so this time, take
the path to the left. The place will shake just before you go past the
gate. This is a good time to reposition your arm back so that you can
get more distance in the next stretch, which is a long one. Since it's
so damn long though, there is no way you'll get to your destination
without having to retract your arm several times. But anyway, go past
the first and second gates, in the next stretch, be careful with the
rubble above. You have to pass beneath it so make sure you don't move
up or you'll have to stop, move back, and try going through again. Which
is a waste of time. Keep going past the third and fourth gates. After
the fifth one, you'll get to a fork. You can either go straight, or
left. Take the left path and follow it all the way to the end to find
the second victim. You'll then be taken back to the entrance.
This time take the straight path again. The place will shake again. Go
through the first, second and third gates to reach the fork in the road.
We already took the right path when we were looking for the first
victim, so this time take the left path.
You'll start to hear the person groaning. This is useful to lead you to
where they are because every time you get to a fork, you will hear the
groan each time you chose the correct path. If you hear no groan, it
indicates that you chose the wrong path, and you should go back and take
the other one instead. In reality this is all useless though because I'm
already telling you exactly where to go.
Anyway, back to where we were. Like I said, take the left path this
time. This'll be the fourth gate you go through. Keep going past the
fifth gate (watch out for the rubble!), and you'll get to another fork.
You can either go down or to the right. Take the path to the right, but
take note of the down path because that's where Gabriel is. Go past the
sixth and seventh gates to get to the next fork. Take the left path and
keep following it past the 8th, 9th, 10th, 11th and 12th gates. After
the 12th gate, do not keep going straight. Look up and take that path
instead. Follow through to reach the third victim.
We're back at the start. Since we took the straight path last victim,
this time we'll take the left path. Go past the first 5 gates until you
reach the first fork. We've already gone down the left path, that's
where the second victim was. Don't go there or you'll fail the second
special bonus. Go straight past the sixth and seventh gates to reach
the next fork. Here you can either go straight or down. Go straight. When
you get to the next fork, take the path to the right and you'll find
the victim here.
Ok, we're back at the start and we just gotta find Gabriel now! He's the
hardest one. Go straight (the place will shake again), past the first,
second, and third gates to reach a fork. Take the left path past the
fourth and fifth gates to get to the next fork. Remember that we already
took the right path for a previous victim. This time go down.
In a related note, is it just me, or do ALL of the victims' groans
sound retarded except Gabriel's? Also, is it just me, or does Gabriel
sound an awful lot like Ragna the Bloodedge? Seriously! It's uncanny!
..where was I? Oh right. I was telling you to go down. Right. Go past
the 6th, 7th, 8th, and 9th gates to get to the next fork. You can either
go up or down. Go down. Just before you go past the 10th gate, the
place will shake again and the light will go out. Is all good though,
the magical gates will tell us the way. All you have to do is keep
going through the gates. Anyway, go past the 10th and 11th gates to get
to the next fork where you can go either left or up. Go left, past the
12th, 13th and 14th gates and you'll reach another fork. This time
you can either go down or to the right. Take the right path. You'll see
many gates stretching out into the distance. Go past the 15th, 16th,
17th, 18th and 19th gates and you will reach the final fork. The light
will also return here. Just take the right path and follow it through
to the end to find Gabriel and finish the mission!
Since Gabriel is tougher to find than the other victims and you have to
go through a lot of forks, what I recommend doing is just reciting
"down, left, right, right" and know that these are the paths you should
take after you get past the first two forks where you KNOW the paths
you shouldn't take because you already took them previously to find the
other victims.
For the rest of the victims, it's just a matter of doing it a few times
until you memorize where you should go. Or you can just, like, pause
the game and check the directions if that's what you feel like. It's all
the same. Overall though, as long as you don't get lost this mission is
really easy. Running into the walls isn't really a problem because the
tunnels are very wide, and the time limit is way more time than you
can complete it in. I did it in less than 1:20 and I wasn't even trying!
For my XS video of this mission, go to
http://bit.ly/cDt1KX
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
==============
=== CR-S01 ===
==============
=== Waking Heart ===
Special Bonus:
-Miss < 2 times
-Vitals didn't fall below 25
-Membrane fell off < 4 times
-Wound reopened < 0 times
Aright, now we got ourselves a real operation! I wouldn't call this one
difficult, but it's not exactly free either. Generally speaking, as long
as you get every cool and complete it in somewhere under 5 minutes you'll
get the XS. Alternatively, you can complete it in closer to 4 minutes,
get a single good, and still get the XS. So it's not super tough or
anything. Other than that, it just requires a bit of memorization and
knowing how and when to do things.
Hit the skip button as soon as you start and you'll pick up where you
left off last time (using the defibrillator). So make sure you start
by having both your arms pulled back and close to your chest, that way
the sensor bar will easily register the motion when you thrust them
forward. Nothing is gayer than getting the defibrillator stuck because
the motion didn't register. Also wait for the nunchuck icon to actually
show up. Don't jump the gun. Try to revive the patient in a single shot
by hitting Z and B on the green part of the bar. It's pretty easy, after
doing it a few times you should be getting it every time without much
effort. I don't think anything particularly bad happens if you miss the
green part, other than wasting time, but it's easy to get it right so
why not.
Now the view will turn sideways. It's time to go inside the patient.
But before we do that, quickly inject two full syringes of stabilizer
to get the vitals close to max. They're close to 50 at this point and
they should be close to 75 when you're done injecting. Then gel the line
and make the incision with the scalpel to go inside.
Aw man, the music changed? I like the other one better. Oh well. Anyway,
there's some pretty serious damage. The entire ribcage basically
exploded (weak bones if you ask me) and there're wounds everywhere.
Now, what you have to keep in mind throughout the entire operation is
that vitals cannot fall below 25 or you won't get the XS. You'll see
a hugeass wound immediately. We're not going to treat it right now
though. It takes too long and there are other easier wounds that are
also draining vitals, so start by having the control stick pressed
towards the ultrasound as the screen is going inside and have the
cursor pointing upwards with B pressed so that you immediately move
up once you regain control.
You'll spot two lacerations here. Suture them both quickly. Do around
4-8 passes. Don't worry, the lacerations in this operation are very
lenient. Just make sure that you cover most of the length of the cut and
that the lines stay on it and you should get those cools easy. Once both
are sutured, move the view over to the bottom-left quadrant. You'll find
yet another hugeass wound a well as two lacerations beneath it. Suture
the lacerations first. Depending on you luck, there might be a pool of
blood from the big wound covering up one of the lacerations and this'll</pre><pre id="faqspan-6">
prevent you from suturing it. You'll know this because the suture lines
won't appear on it. If this is the case, first drain the pools from
the big wound and THEN suture the lacerations.
When those two are treated, it'll be time to work on the big wound.
Move the view a bit up if you have to to get the entire thing into view.
Drain all of the pools if you haven't already, then switch to the
forceps. First you'll have to close the wounds with the forceps before
you can suture them. However, you have to take them one at a time. If
you try to close more than one at a time they'll reopen and you'll fail.
So first close one shut. You'll see the blue circles pop up. You can
grab with the forceps here yank it to the other side to close it. Or you
can also grab from the opposite end and yank towards the blue circle.
Both ways are good.
When you close it, 4 blood pools will appear. Drain them first, and
then suture the wound you just closed with the forceps. Sometimes you
can suture before draining the pools but often they'll obscure the
field so let's keep it consistent by always draining first and suturing
second. Suture the laceration same as any other. It's impossible to get
this wrong. You can't get a cool, a good or a bad. You'll just get an
OK. So do it without fear. After suturing, switch to the forceps and
close one of the other wounds. Drain the pools that form and suture it.
Then close the other one, drain the pools again and suture it as well.
Now it'll be time to place the membranes. Grab them from the tray on the
right and place 5 of them along the guidelines. When that's done, don't
gel them just yet! Once you do that, some more damage will show up, and
vitals are starting to get pretty low (in the 30s). So take the time
to inject three full syringes of stabilizer and get those vitals back
up to the mid 60s. Once that's accomplished begin gelling the membranes.
Start with the bottom 3 and then gel the top two diagonally left to
right. Keep gelling in this fashion even after you get the OKs because
when that happens 2 rashes will show up here. The gel you're spreading
here will immediately treat them.
Before moving on, switch to the scalpel and cut just below the bone
fragment on the right. A shadow appeared here after you treated the big
wound, and we're already here so might as well take care of it. You can
use the ultrasound to check its location but just memorize it and cut
it without looking. Drain the pool and then suture the cut. This cut
is smaller than the previous lacerations but still lenient. Make around
5 passes. When that's done, move the view over to the top-right
quadrant, where you'll see that a large wound has formed for no reason.
Drain the 3 pools, then grab the end of it with the forceps to close it.
Make sure not to accidentally grab the bone fragment sitting dangerously
close above. Suture it just like the other lacerations, and then gel
the rash above it.
Now we can get to treating the huge wound we saw when we got here. Move
down to the bottom-right quadrant. By now there'll probably be like 10
or so blood pools on it. Drain them all. Place the drain over several
of them at once to drain them at the same time and speed things up. Pools
will continue forming as long as there are other pools, but once you
drain the last one, no more will appear. When that's done, cut to the
right of the huge wound with the scalpel because there's a shadow here.
Drain the pool that comes out and suture the cut. Then gel the rash
above and begin treating the huge wound. Do it in exactly the same way
as the last one. Don't bother raising vitals anymore. Place the 5
membranes and gel them immediately.
Finally, we gotta pick up all the bone fragments. It doesn't matter in
what order you do it as long as you get them all. For the ones that
are stuck inside the organ, make sure that you pull them out in a
straight line perpendicular to the wound they're lodged in to get the
cool. It's pretty lenient to be honest, but getting an accidental good
isn't totally unheard of either. Move in quadrants. First the
bottom-right where you already are. There are 2 lodged fragments and a
a free one. Then on the top-right quadrant there are three lodged ones
and a free one. On the top-left quadrant there are 4 lodged ones and
a free one way up on the top left outside of the organ. Finally on the
last quadrant there are 2 lodged and a free. That makes for 15 fragments.
Remember to gel all the wounds after extracting the bones. You should
have finished here with around 8:25 left in the clock. 8:30 if you're
fast.
Now it'll be time to reconstruct the ribcage with the bones we recovered.
Have the control stick set on the forceps to make the tray appear and
begin placing them. There'll be 3 areas where we can place the fragments,
left, middle and right. You can move between these areas with the
control stick WHILE having a piece grabbed with the forceps. If you do
not have a piece grabbed then you will only switch tools if you try
to move the control stick, so don't forget.
Now this is the part where you can save (or waste) the most time. Mostly
because you can waste a lot of time trying to find where each piece is
supposed to go. They give you the fragments in random order, so the
order can't help you. Honestly, the best way to do this is to just do
it so many times that you can memorize where each piece is supposed to
go and can recognize it even before grabbing it. That being said, there
are a few tricks you can use to remember where the pieces go.
Firstly, there are two pieces that are easy to identify because they have
an odd shape. While most of the pieces tend to be much longer than they
are wide, these two have a closer length to width ratio. The smaller one
goes in the very bottom-right of the middle area, and the larger one
goes in the bottom-left of the right area.
Next, the left area is worth noting because this one is only missing a
measly 3 fragments and they are the smallest/thinnest/straightest ones.
So when you see fragments that looks like this, you'll know to go to the
left area.
For the right area, when you get a piece that has two points like a
V-shape, you'll know that it goes on the top-right. When you get a piece
with a little hook, or pick shape on the left you'll know it goes on
the bottom. The one above that is also very easy to recognize because
it's the biggest, longest fragment of all. The one above that can be
recognized by the fact that it's similar to the top piece that goes on
the left area, except the one on the left area is straight and smaller,
while this one is a bit bigger and rounder.
For the rest of the pieces, you'll know to be in the middle area. Of
those, probably the most easily recognizable is the one that kind of
looks like the half of a yin-yang symbol (or a mitama, if you're
demonically inclined). That one goes in the middle left. The rest of
the pieces also kind of have their quirks that sets them apart, but
they don't jump out nearly as much. You can also memorize where they go
just from doing it many times until they're familiar to you though.
Before grabbing a piece, make sure that you have identified where it
goes WHILE IT'S STILL ON THE TRAY. Don't wait until you already picked it
up to start identifying it. The reason for this is because you should
first recognize in what direction you will have change the angle of
the fragment, and twist your wrist in the OPPOSITE direction before you
pick it up, so that when you change the angle your wrist is closer to
a neutral, more comfortable position. This way you can place the piece
more precisely. If you're trying to place it while your wrist is turned
all the way in some funky way you tend to get pretty shaky.
The angle is actually really lenient, it doesn't have to be close to the
silhouette to get the cool when you place it, unlike in other operations,
but don't push your luck either. The (slightly) bigger problem seems to
be getting a miss from your hand shaking at the last moment when you're
releasing it. But as long as you're careful and remember to keep your
wrist close to a neutral position you should be good.
If you finish placing all the fragments before 7:30 on the timer, then
you're doing good. It'll now be time to gel them. You shouldn't have
bothered using stabilizer at all at this point. Vitals should be close
to 40. Your goal is to get them up to 45 with the gel while you're
spreading it on the bones. Don't go any higher than 45 though because
once you're done gelling all the bones they'll automatically drop to
45 anyway, meaning anything higher than that is just wasted time.
Anyway, now we're in the last stretch of the operation. There's a lot of
damage here. There are two huge wounds, two lacerations, and 3 rashes
(there's also a shadow but forget that). Start by applying gel on the
rashes. First the two on the left and then the one on the right. However,
if you're unlucky, the middle rash might be obscured by a blood pool
from the huge wound. If this is the case you won't be able to gel it.
You will have to drain the pool closes to it before you can gel it. Do
so, but make sure to ONLY drain that single pool that's obscuring it.
Do not drain the rest.
When the rashes are taken care of, move down to suture the 2 lacerations.
At this point the EKG will warn you that ventricular fibrillation is
incoming. Remember that you can't be touching the patient when this
happens or you'll get a miss, so you have to act fast. Gauge how much
time you have left from the warning to when it happens. Quickly suture
the two lacerations the same as previous ones, with around 5 or so
passes. You can do it very quickly because they're in a good vertical
orientation. Then, immediately switch to the stabilizer and inject a
quick one. Depending on how fast you did things, you may only have time
to inject half a syringe, a full one, or maybe even two. Point is,
gauge how much time you have before Alyssa goes into cardiac arrest and
stop just before that. Use the defibrillator in the same way you did at
the very start of the operation. Try to get it on the green bar on the
first try.
From here on out she'll go into cardiac arrest on regular intervals
after a warning from the EKG. It may be a real one or it may be a false
alarm. It doesn't seem to be completely random though. It actually seems
to be tied to how much you're sucking. If you're doing really well,
you'll probably have to deal with all of them being real. If you're
sucking a little bit, one of them may end up being fake. And if you're
deepthroating a massive one, ALL of them may end up being fake.
Regardless, stop what you're doing just before it's about to happen, and
if you see that the organ stops having those crazy spasms, you may
continue.
Anyway, after that first use of the defibrillator, before continuing,
take the time to inject four needles of stabilizer. Remember that you
can't let vitals fall below 25 or you won't get the XS. While you're
doing this, the shadow above the huge wound on the left will burst.
That's good. Continue until you've inject stabilizer four times.
You should be able to get vitals up to like 60 or 70 depending on how
much you injected before using the defibrillator. Drain the blood pool
that formed on the shadow that bursted just now, and suture it shut.
Then begin draining all of the pools on the huge wound beneath that.
Start treating it in exactly the same way you did with those same wounds
during the first part of the operation. The EKG will almost certainly
start spazzing out before you're done. Gauge how long you have and keep
working until just before it happens, then use the defibrillator.
Keep working on the wound. Place the membranes, and then check out the
the vitals. If they're over 40, you're good, gel the membranes and keep
going. If they're below 40, inject stabilizer until they get to 40
(should only take a single injection), then gel the membranes. This'll
be the last time you raise vitals.
After you finish treating the wound, 2 rashes will appear on either side
of where it used to be, so just continue spreading gel to treat them
immediately. Then move the view up to the top-left of the organ where
a large laceration has appeared for no reason. Drain the 3 pools on it,
close it with the forceps and suture it just like any laceration.
Finally, move to the right where the second huge wound is. A single
rash appeared above it, so gel that first, then begin draining the pools.
Your goal should be to at LEAST have drained all of the pools before
the next cardiac arrest happens. If you managed to do even more than
that, great! Now finish treating the wound before another one comes.
Place the 5 membranes and quickly gel them, then pull back your arms
and get ready to use the defibrillator!
You're going to use it three times in a row, but heads up, this time
it's a little deceptive and it's trying to throw off your timing. The
first time you use it, the bar will move SLOWER than usual, so take
this into account. Don't jump the gun when press Z+B and try to get it
in one shot. After that, pull your arms back again. Wait until you hear
the beeeeeeeee~ to extend them forward. The second time, the bar will
move the same speed as usual. Then the third time, it will move FASTER
than usual, so you have to be quicker.
So that's how it'll move. First slow, then normal, then fast. Try to
get them all on the first shot, but if you don't, it's no big deal.
There's no special bonus for it or anything. We're almost done. Time to
close up the patient. This final suture is very lenient and easy because
it's vertical. You should have no trouble getting the cool as long as you
cover most of the length of the opening and make around, I dunno, 8
passes. Then, gel the area, grab the bandage from the left icon with A,
and then calm down. The bandage is harder than the suture and your hand
may be shaky at this point. Hold your right hand with your left to help
keep it steady if you have to, go from the top of the line to the bottom
in a straight, steady line before you release it to get the cool. If
you've been doing very well up to now, you can actually get away with
getting a good here and still get the XS. But it's better to just take
it slow and make sure you get the cool.
And we done. To get the XS, your goal should be to get all the cools
and finish in less than 5 minutes (although you can finish in less than
4). Other than that, the only thing you have to watch out for is keeping
vitals above 25 at all times, which you should accomplish if you're doing
what I tell you. The other special bonuses just fall into place
themselves as long as you're not doing crazy mistakes.
For my XS video of this operation, go to
http://bit.ly/dkpEkP
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
====================
=== Maria Torres ===
====================
=== So Begins Death ===
Special Bonus:
-Miss < 2 times
-Cool > 12 times
-Convulsions occured < 10 times
-Vitals didn't fall below 12
Bahaha. This operation is easy street USA. It's really short and has a
very small number of cools to get. You don't even have to get all
of them (though you can get away with being quite slow if you do).
Well whatever. There will be five patients, but you should know that you
only have to work on two of them. We'll start with the first one. Hit
the skip button as soon as the operation starts and immediately inject
her once with a full syringe of stabilizer. You'll only be able to get
one off before she starts convulsing. The stabilizer bottle will
disappear while this is happening, but keep the cursor exactly where
it should be and keep the button pressed so that when the convulsions
stop and the bottle comes back, you'll immediately begin filling the
syringe. Inject her 3 more times. The goal is to get her vitals up to
60. You should only need 3 injections to accomplish this. When they
reach 60, a new patient will arrive. Leave this one here as is and
switch to the second patient immediately.
While the screen is transitioning, have the control stick pointed towards
the stabilizer and the cursor pointed where the bottle will appear so
you can begin injecting immediately. Only inject this guy twice. Again,
your goal is to make his vitals reach 60. When this happens, the talk
icon will appear on the right. Press it to have the next 3 patients
be brought in. Leave this guy as is. We're also going to completely
ignore the third patient. We will only work on the fourth and fifth ones.
Switch to the fifth one. We'll take care of that one first because he's
quicker.
We'll first have to cut off his sleeve, so have the cursor pointed where
the scissor icon will appear on the bottom-right and press A on it
when it does appear. Move the position of the scissors by turning your
wrist to the right or to the left. You'll have to cut along the blue
lines from one dot to the next. To do this correctly you have to align
the left blade (the one that's glowing yellow) with the line. It's not
too tough but don't rush so much that you get careless and miss.
When the sleeve is off, you'll find 2 innocent cuts. They don't even have
blood pools or nothing. Switch to the forceps and place 2 membranes on
each. No need to rush and get a miss. Remember that these aren't quite
as lenient as CR-S01's membranes. But as long as you're careful they're
nothing to worry about. Gel them when they're in place and then tape
them. All of the tapes in this operation are lenient, so you generally
shouldn't have problems getting the cools on them. Tape these diagonally
from right to left. You can (and probably should) go a bit over the
edges. Tape the top one from the middle of the right edge to the middle
of the left edge, and for the bottom one, go from the top-right corner
to past the bottom-left corner.
Now we'll move on to the left arm, which happens to be broken.
Press A on the bone icon on the bottom right. Now press and hold
A on the arm, somewhere near the blue circle. Not necessarily on the
circle but close. Then move it to the left as far as you can. You'll
have to release the button and grab it a second time to pull it all the
way though. Two times should be enough to get the ok. The trick with
these dislocations is to move the arm FAST. Don't hold it for very long
or vitals will get pulverized. If you do it right you should get it done
without the vitals suffering much, whereas if you hold it for very long
it can get to critical in a couple seconds flat. Don't worry about being
gentle. That's a lie.
Once it's realigned, quickly press the A button the splint icon to the
right. This'll cause the blue circle on said splint to show up. Press and
hold the A button on the top end of the splint (not the blue circle) and
yank it to the left. Don't worry about being gentle, just do it fast.
When that's done, grab the bandage on the bottom right with A, then
quickly press and hold A on the circles that appear to the left of the
arm. Don't worry here, you can't get a miss if you somehow don't hit the
circle. When you do, make circles with the remote. Just go wild and spin
it as fast as you can, you can't get a miss here. My recommendation for
doing this is to make the circles counterclockwise if you're right
handed like me and to make them as small as possible so you can complete
them faster. It should take you less than a second to do it.
Alternatively, you can just shake the wiimote up and down, or, I dunno,
diagonally, or however it feels best to you. Doesn't really matter.
Next we'll move to the leg, which is also broken. Nothing special here,
it works exactly the same as the arm. Grab it from the ankle, close to
the blue circle and yank it to the left until it's realigned. Then
place the splint and bandage twice, same exact deal. When you've finished
with both bandages, that'll be it for this patient. It's time to move on
to the fourth one, but before we do that, make sure to inject two full
syringes of stabilizer. Otherwise this guy is going to die while we're
treating the other one.
Anyway, when you get on the fourth patient you'll see that she has 3
glass shards stuck on her. Switch to the forceps and begin extraction.
This is actually the most dangerous part of the operation, especially the
top shard, which is a deceptive cunt and can easily give you a good or a
bad. Usually the strategy for removing shards is to grab them and then
pull them out making as straight a line as possible the entire way
perpendicular to the cut they're lodged in. But for the top shard, you'll
want to move it just a bit lower than you normally would to get the cool.
The other two can be treated normally. Careful with the one on the left
though, it's a long one.
Gel the wounds and it'll be time to cut the shirt open. Before you do
that though, inject stabilizer once. Just once to get vitals up to the
50s. That's all you'll need to finish. Anyway, open the shirt to reveal
three wounds and 2 blood pools. Grab a gauze from the icon on the right
and use it to absorb the two pools, then switch to the forceps and place
two membranes on each wound. Gel them up and tape them as before. There's
nothing to worry about, these are extremely lenient. You can even go way
past the edges.
You'll then move to the right arm. Again, you have to cut it with the
scissors. There's a wound bleeding profusely here, we're gonna have to
apply the torniquet before we can begin moppin' up the blood. If you try
it's just gonna keep on bleeding. Press A on the torniquet icon and
you'll see a white circle appear on her upper arm. Press and hold A on
this circle to make a second circle appear on the other side of the arm.
Just make the pointer touch this circle, then go back to the first
circle and release A while the pointer is inside it. That'll apply the
torniquet. Nothing too complicated. The only way to muck it up is to
release the A prematurely, so just don't rush it and make sure the
pointer is on the white area when you release it.
Now we can mop up the blood. You'll need to use two gauzes for this.
Then, place three synthetic membranes along the wound, gel over them
and tape over all three membranes in a single shot. We'll then move to
the left arm and it's the exact same thing as the other. Exact same
thing. So just repeat what you already did. Once that's done, the last
thing you have to do is secure a blood transfusion, so gel over the dot,
then grab the needle from the bottom right icon and shove it in the
green circle. Don't rush too much, you don't want to get a miss. Make
sure the pointer is on the dot before pressing the button. Then, just
bandage it up. The vitals should be at around 15 by this time.
And that's all. Quite an easy operation. Like I said, vitals should be
at around 15 by the time you're done, which is just above 12 for the
special bonus. The vitals of all the other patients are irrelevant. Just
the one you're on matters. You should complete this operation in about
a minute and a half. Other than that, not much to say.
For my XS video of this operation, go to
http://bit.ly/9gMzG7
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
==============
=== CR-S01 ===
==============
=== Stolen Memories ===
Special Bonus:
-Miss < 1 times
-Focus regenerated < 2 times
-Foreign objects passed < 10 times
-Collisions < 2
This operation is pretty cool. Not difficult, but cool. Mainly because
the Rosalia bruises look like a god damn demonic claw is clutching the
organ and squeezing it. REALISM. There's not very many cools to get but
you basically have to get them all. In addition, you have to finish in
less than 2 minutes. But in reality you can finish in quite a bit less
than that.
You start the operation with the patient at half vitals. 47 to be exact.
Your gut instinct might be to raise them before starting, but don't do
it. Believe it or not, you can finish the entire operation without ever
raising vitals and you have a much better chance of clearing the time
limit if you don't waste time doing so. Start by immediately gelling the
line and making the incision with the scalpel.
Now we in. We gotsta remove that focus, so have the control stick towards
the drain and place it over the black ball while holding down the
button. It'll take a few seconds before it'll start draining, but
eventually it will. Once you get the ok, switch to the syringe. There'll
be two vials. The blue one is the vasoconstrictor which is what you have
to inject first, and the orange one is the sodium hypochlorite which you
have to inject second. So make sure you remember that! Blue first, orange
second.
Be careful when injecting, make sure you do it on the focus and not on
the organ. The focus isn't small or anything, and it's pretty lenient
so it's not hard, but if you do miss then you'll have to restart. The
vasoconstrictor only requires a small amount to be injected (about
half a syringe), but the sodium hypochlorite requires close to a full
syringe to have an effect, so make sure that you fill it up all the way
and that you inject the entire thing, don't stop before it's done or
you'll have to waste time injecting again.
After you've injected both substances, the excision dots will appear
around the focus so cut around it with the scalpel. The shape is a bit
funky but you can pretty much cut in a circular shape and it'll work out
as long as you touch all the dots. Once it's cut, grab it with the
forceps and place it on the tray to the right.
This'll cause 2 more foci to appear. It's still the same procedure
though, so treat them in exactly the same way. You can either treat them
one at a time or both at the same time, doesn't really matter, just do
it already!
When the second focus is placed on the tray, foreign objects will begin
moving through the blood vessels. They will all start coming out from
the large opening on the bottom right. As soon as you place the focus
on the tray, switch to the ultrasound and place it over this opening.
You'll see a single foreign object coming in. To get it out, you have to
first light it up with the ultrasound by pressing A. Then when it's lit
up, switch to the scalpel and cut a hole on it to bring it out. Switch
to the drain and drain the blood pool that appears, but keep draining
after the pool disappears because you also have to drain the object
itself. After that, gel the cut shut and switch back to the ultrasound.
There will be more foreign objects coming in. After that first one
though, you'll want to start treating them two at a time. Wait until 2
objects come out. They will be close to each other because they're coming
out of the same opening. Light them both up with the ultrasound, and
then cut between them with the scalpel in such a way that you get them
both out with a single puncture. Then drain both pools and both objects
at the same time with the drain (because they will be close to each
other). Switch back to the ultrasound again and wait for the next two.
The first one will come out like an entire second or two before the
second object, so don't jump the gun. Wait until they're both out so
that you can treat them both at the same time.
When you're done with those two, two more foci will appear. In other
words, it takes until you've treated five foreign objects for the next
two foci to appear. Now you'll have to remove them. However, the foreign
objects will continue to move through the blood vessels while you do
this. Here's the thing though: for the most part, you can IGNORE these
foreign objects. Absolutely nothing happens if you let them pass through
the vessels (as long as less than 10 manage to pass through, which is
easily achieved if you treat the foci fast enough). The only thing you
shouldn't allow is for an object to collide with a focus. Since you can
see the objects' shadows even without the ultrasound, what you should do
is concentrate on removing the foci while ONLY stopping to cut out a
foreign object if you see that it's on a path towards the focus and you
will be unable to remove it before it gets there. Note that there's a lot
of branching paths so wait until you're absolutely sure that it's going
to collide with the focus. Otherwise leave them alone.
You should first remove the focus on the right, because that's where
most (if not all) of the first few foreign objects have the highest
probability of going. If you're fast you can probably remove it without
having to cut out any objects. Then once that's done, get to removing
the other one. Hopefully the foreign objects are still moving towards
where the other focus used to be and you can again remove it without
having to deal with anything else. But if you do, no biggie.
When the two foci are treated, the demonic claw will appear. It's nothing
special though. The only thing it does is it changes the direction the
objects are moving when it squeezes the organ. Shouldn't be a problem.
Hell, if you're fast it won't even get to do it ONCE. What a pussy.
Another focus will now appear on the bottom left. Treat it immediately.
Foreign objects will RARELY ever move towards this area so I doubt you'll
have to cut any out, and even if they do, you can probably remove it
fast enough that it doesn't matter.
When that's treated, two more foci will appear in the same place the old
ones did. Again, I recommend removing the one on the right first because
this seems to be where most of the objects go. However, keep an eye on
the actual situation. If you see that an object is currently moving
towards the one on the left, maybe you should treat that one first. It
all depends on what's going on. And if you see that while you're treating
one, and object is about to collide on the other one or on the one you're
on before you can finish, make sure to cut it out. If you're fast you
shouldn't have to deal with very many at all though.
When those two foci are removed, the black claw will disappear. We're
about done, but before we can finish up we have to take care of the
remaining foreign objects. Usually there will be three floating around.
Switch to the ultrasound, light them all up, cut them, drain them and
then gel the wounds.
The dude's probably got one foot in the grave at this point, but hey,
as long as he's not dead it doesn't make a bit of difference guys. It's
not like this is Trauma Center where we had to raise vitals to 99 before
finishing up. Anyway, suture up the opening. It's a pretty easy, vertical
lenient one so it shouldn't be a problem. You should have no trouble
getting the cool as long as you cover most of the length of the opening
and make around, I dunno, 8 passes. Then, gel the area, grab the bandage
from the left icon with A, and then calm down. The bandage is harder
than the suture so take it a bit slower so that you don't accidentally
get a good or miss. Hold your right hand with your left to help
keep it steady if you have to, go from the top of the line to the bottom
in a straight, steady line before you release it to get the cool.
And that's all. Your goal is to get all the cools and finish in less
than 2:00:00. Not that difficult. If it had been 1:30, THEN we'd be
looking at a difficult operation. But as it is, nah.
For my XS video of this operation, go to
http://bit.ly/cbfP5x
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
=====================
=== Hank Freebird ===
=====================
=== Spreading Infection ===
Special Bonus:
-Miss < 2 times
-Drill miss < 6 times
-Cool > 90 times
-Mallet swung < 5 times
Ok. This operation is ENDLESS. Seriously jesus H. christ it just
goes on forever. But because of that, the requirements for XS rank are
incredibly low, so it ends up not being as hard as it should be. In fact,
I believe that as long as you get all 4 special bonuses you'll get the
XS, which means that you can miss twice throughout the operation without
it really mattering. Also, due to how long it is, the time limit is
pretty much irrelevant. You can take as much time as you need.
There's not much introductory dialogue, only one speech bubble, so
instead of pressing skip immediately, pass it with A so that you can
make the incision immediately and then press skip while you're going
inside the patient.
The first thing we're doing is new! We gotta chip out this bone tumor,
and to do it, we have to use the mallet and chisel. The mallet is used
similarly to how it's been used in previous operations, but the chisel
is new. You have to twist your wrist (the one holding the nunchuck) to
rotate the chisel around the tumor and align the yellow line on the
chisel with one of the yellow lines on the tumor before hammering. What
makes this difficult is that the nunchuck is pretty sensitive, and when
you make the hammering motion with the remote you may accidentally move
your other hand a little bit and get a miss.
There are a few things you should understand when it comes to the
mallet in this procedure. It's not like the mallet in previous operations,
it's actually much easier to use (probably because they figured if you
had to keep your other hand steady you wouldn't be able to make the
strong hammering motion previous operations required). Therefore, it's
not necessary to use excessive force when doing the motion. Just a
moderate amount of force will get you the maximum power. The second thing
you have to understand is that you need to keep the pointer on the
screen when hammering, otherwise the game has a hard time registering
the motion. Third, it should also be noted that force is irrelevant when
chiseling the tumor. It doesn't even matter if you achieve full force on
every strike or not! You'll get the cool regardless.
With this information, we can use a simple trick to avoid the problem of
accidentally moving our other hand when doing the hammering motion.
When you've aligned the chisel line with the tumor line, just make a
VERY light tap with the remote. This will minimize how much you move and
will get the chisel in. Once it's already in, slight movements of your
nunchuck hand will not move the chisel out of the line, which means you
can hammer as hard and as fast as you can.
So that's what you should do. First strike should be an extremely light
tap. Once it's in, just go nuts on that bitch. Also, when aligning the
chisel line with the tumor lines, obviously it's best to get it exactly,
but when in doubt, I find that it's best to tend more towards the
counterclockwise direction than the opposite.
There's one last thing you should be aware of. For the lines on the
left hemisphere, you have to twist your wrist counterclockwise, and
vice versa for the lines on the right hemisphere. If instead of doing
this, you twist it the wrong way and simply get there by going the entire
way around, once you strike the first time, the chisel might SUDDENLY
slant completely even though you haven't moved at all, and then you'll
get a miss if you try to strike a second time like this. You'll have
to change the angle to what should have been the correct one. Be careful
about this phenomenon.
Here's a pretty cool tip to help keep your nunchuck steady: place your
thumb to the right of the control stick and press down with it hard.
Not only will this keep it steadier than if your grip is loose, but also,
if you notice, the harder you press down with your thumb, the nunchuk
will move ever so slightly clockwise, and as you release pressure with
your thumb, it will move slightly counterclockwise. In this way you
can make more minute changes to the angle while still keeping it pretty
steady.
When it's all broken off, you'll next have to cut out a synthetic bone
with the laser to replace what you just broke. Press A on the blue
circle to start the laser. You have to go along the path and stay as
close to the blue guideline as possible at all times. If you move out
beyond the red lines you'll get a miss. There are two other things you
need to remember. Do NOT let go of the A button at any point for any
reason. Second, do not go over the lit circle or the laser will stop.
Always stay within this circle and let the camera move the laser forward
for you while you concentrate on staying within the guideline. It's a
good idea though to stay relatively near the fringes of the lit circle
because this causes the camera to move faster. The closer you go back to
the center of the circle the slower it'll go until it stops completely.
Generally speaking, I recommend letting the camera take you forward
during the straight paths but moving forward yourself during the curves.
This one ain't anything special, the only part you should be careful
about is when the path goes down to the bottom and then starts moving
to the left, because you've got quite a bit of downward momentum at this
point and you're going pretty fast, which means you're in danger of
colliding with the bottom wall, so you need to start moving the laser up
as you're nearing this part to make sure you don't go off.
Once you've cut it out, twist your wrist a bit to the right, hold down
the A button and hold your hand with the other one to help keep it
steady. It'll be time to place the synthetic bone and believe me, these
parts are deceptively hard to get the cool in. You need to place it at
just the right angle and location on the hole. Grab it by holding down
B and then twist your wrist a bit back to the left. Now, the part of the
bone that you should be looking at when placing it is the V-shaped
crevice on the top. This is VERY important, because if you're looking at,
say, the bottom part, it won't help you at all and you'll most likely
get a good. This is because the shape of the synthetic bone is NOT
actually identical to the shape of the hole and the bottom part will end
up being completely slanted in relation to the hole. Jeah... told you
they was trying to throw us off. But anyway, seriously, look at the
V-shaped part at the top and try to get it to match with the
corresponding V-shaped part of the hole. That's the only part that
matters when it comes to getting the cool. If you place that part right,
you'll get it.
After that, we'll have to drill some holes in the bone. Press and hold A
on the blue circle that appears, then move the cursor away from the
drill to start moving it in. Try to keep it in more or less a straight
line, though don't worry too much because it's pretty lenient in this
regard. Keep in mind that the farther away you pull the faster the drill
goes. To get the cool here you have to bring the tip of the drill as
close to the red line at the end without actually touching it. If you do
touch it you'll get a miss and will have to restart the operation.
You'll have to drill four holes. I recommend taking it reasonably slow
for this. Pull the drill a lot at first, but once it gets closer to the
end move back a little to slow it down. This way you can get the cool
without much danger.
Next you'll have to apply the screws. Normally these guys are pretty
deceptive, but they seem to be just a tiny bit more lenient in this
operation. Stay alert though, because there will be a lot of them and
it's still not uncommon to accidentally get a good because you weren't
concentrating and your thumb stuck to the button too long or something.
Here's the deal. Watch the screw. See the ring the point is attached to?
You have to press and hold the A button and release it when that ring is
just about to touch the yellow silhouette. Not once it's already touching
it. Just BEFORE that point. This'll be the cue for basically all the
screws throughout the operation unless stated otherwise.
Once all 4 are screwed, you'll have to realign the next broken bone.
This part is pretty easy. Just grab each tip where the blue circle is
and move it to the right, then release it when it's aligned with the
silhouette. It's pretty lenient so don't worry too much.
Again, you'll be drilling holes in the bone (this time three). These
are much shorter than the other ones but I still recommend taking it
reasonably slow. Better safe than sorry. You'll then have to screw the
plate. Same deal as last time, same place you have to release A. Then
only thing is that you should be more careful with these and know that
you'll have to release the A button sooner than the others!
Now we'll have to chisel out another bone tumor. Except this one is
harder than the last one because it has a funkier shape and with the
exception of the top longest line, your chisel will be farther away
and your line will not be touching the tumor lines, making it harder to
align them. You just have to imagine that your chisel line keeps
extending past where it actually ends and align that imaginary extension
with the tumor lines. Other than that it works exactly the same as the
last time. The only one that you should probably watch out for more than
the rest is the line that extends to the bottom-left. I dunno, it's just
deceptive for some reason. When you're about to strike this one, make
sure that your chisel is NOT touching the bone on the left. Move it
until it's just past this bone before striking and you'll get it in.
After that, it'll be time to laser out another synthetic bone. This
works the same as last time, except with an all new gimmick! Now tiny
bone fragments will erupt and fall down the screen, if they touch your
pointer as they're falling down you'll get a miss, which is extremely
bad. You have to manuever your cursor in between these pebbles. These
pebbles are dangerous whores. Not necessarily right now, but later on
they are dangerous as hell.
You can probably wing it for these and just avoid 'em as you see 'em
coming, but it's safer to know where you should be ahead of time. The
first eruption isn't that dangerous and it's tough to get hit by it. As
long as you're moving forward at a good pace and not, like, touching the
fringe of the circle, you'll avoid it. For the second one, which is when
you're going down a straight path, you'll want to be hugging the right
wall (by wall I mean, of course, the red line that makes the border
you're not supposed to go past). Seriously. Because a pebble will be
coming down straight through the left side of your path (unless it
doesn't, in which case that's even better!)
For the third one, you should remember to hurry! Be as close to the
fringe of the circle as you can, and you'll avoid them. The next one
isn't dangerous, just keep going at a normal pace. You're going pretty
slow anyway and you'll be able to see them coming down. The eruption
AFTER that one, though, is SUPER dangerous because they will launch up
higher than the camera can see them! What cunts! Don't worry though, I
gots your back. There's only one thing you have to remember: Slow down!
If you're going too fast and you reach the curve, you WILL get hit. So
what you should do is slow down and make sure that you do NOT reach
that part until after the pebbles have fallen. Got it? Good. That's the
last one. Before we move on, I will say one thing, and this is IMPORTANT.
You MUST move quickly by having the laser relatively close to the edge
of the lit circle. If you're going slow, the pebbles fall in a totally
different pattern, which will throw you off and possibly get you a miss.
So to keep it consistent, you must remember to move at a brisk pace.
The bone will be cut out after this. Twist your wrist a bit to
the left, hold down the A button and hold your hand with the other one
to help keep it steady. Grab the bone with B. For this one, that part
you should be looking at is the finger on top. Man really, look at that
bone shape, it looks like a fricken arm and a hand that is flipping you
off! It's totally giving you the finger! FUCKING SERIOUSLY. LOOK AT IT.
Anyway, yeah. Stay focused on the finger and just make sure that it's
properly aligned and placed on its respective slot. As long as that part
is placed properly, you'll get the cool. This is important because if
you're looking at the bottom part and trying to align THAT, you'll never
get the cool. The bottom part is TOTALLY off of where it has to be when
you're aligning it properly. Only the top part matters.
After that, you'll drill 4 holes. Use the same strategy as usual. Then
you'll screw the plate it. Same strategy as well. Then after that you'll
chisel off yet ANOTHER bone tumor. It's not any different from the last
one though, so just do it in exactly the same way.
We'll then laser off another synthetic bone piece. This time around,
we'll be dealing with static. Which is honestly a LOT less dangerous
than pebbles. In fact, I would even go as far as saying that it is most
definitely not, in fact, shit. If you try to continue along the path
while the static is present you'll get a miss, so what you have to do is
stop moving forward once you hear the static. To stop moving, simply
slowly move the laser back along the path until the lit circle finishes
catching up to you. You'll stop moving as long as you're right in the
middle of the circle. Just wait a few seconds for the static to go away,
then continue moving forward. Nothing too special or difficult.
Once it's cut off you'll have to place it. Again, you should concentrate
on the top part of the piece. Make sure the top protrusion is correctly
angled and fitted into its corresponding place on the hole. As long as
that's correctly in place, you'll nab the cool. After that you'll have
to drill 4 holes and screw the plate it, blah blah we already know how to
do this. It's the same.
Next, you'll be picking up 3 scattered bone fragments and placing them
on the tray to the right, then realigning the broken fibula. Simply
grab each tip where the blue circle is and move it to the right, then
release it when it's aligned with the silhouette. It's pretty lenient so
don't worry too much. After that, you'll have to reconstruct the tibia
by placing the 3 fragments you previously picked up. Watch the straight
end of each fragment and make sure it's aligned with the straight end of
the silhouette before releasing it. They'll come at you in random order
from the tray on the left so I can't really tell you where each one goes
(though you CAN look at my video to see). Rest assured though that you
will never get a fragment that can't be connected to what's already
there. So ALL you have to do is check whether the fragment will fit on
the top or the bottom. Simple! Plus, they're only 3 fragments so it's
even easier. Also, it seems to be more lenient than in other operations.
Probably because this op is SO. DAMN. LONG.
You'll drill some more holes next. These are on the fibula so they're
tiny. Normally I'd tell you to just do them fast because these tiny ones
are more lenient, but this operation has dragged on for so damn long
that this point I'll just recommend you keep playing it safe and go slow
so you don't get a miss. After those two holes are drilled, you'll have
to screw the plate. Now, the cue is the same as usual, but be CAREFUL.
The second screw is a trap! You have to release the button much sooner
than you would think! I mean, like, before the view has even finished
moving. It's really soon. Sooner than all the other screws.
After that you'll drill even more holes. Christ. This will never end!
The strategy remains the same, and the screws afterward are the same as
all the others, although they happen to be even more lenient than
before (or maybe it's just that it takes longer before you have to
release the button), so they're easier to get the cools in.
Oh no you di'n't. ANOTHER bone tumor? It works the same as always.
Only difference, I guess, is that the shape is even funkier now. For the
ultra tiny line pointing up-right, I recommend using the top part of the
tumor (or the hole, if you've already broken the part off) as a guide.
Keep moving the chisel to the right until it looks like it won't touch
that part of the tumor, and that's where you need to strike to hit that
tiny line.
Guess what's next? Oh, we have to laser off a synthetic bone piece? Big
fucking surprise. This time around, we have to deal with BOTH static
and pebbles. The static, as always, is not a problem. But the pebbles
this time are extremely dangerous, so listen up. This is what you have
to do. For the first ones that erupt, you have to move FAST to avoid
them. But not at, like, the fringe of the lit circle the entire time.
Yeah, yeah, I know that sounds vague. To specify, right after the pebbles
come out, you'll get to a curve on the path. At this point you should
not be at the edge of the circle. Keep going, and just before you get
to the next curve, you'll see a pebble zoom by in front of you. As soon
as you see this, move at TOP speed to the edge of the circle to avoid
the pebble that's coming down on top of you. That sounds kind of
complicated, but it really isn't because it's actually extremely hard to
be going so fast that the first pebble actually hits you. So in
practice, all you have to remember is that you have to go fast.
For the second eruption, you must STOP! It erupts just as you get to
a curve, right? Well, you must NOT go past that curve. Stay right where
you are until the pebbles fall and you should be fine. What you need to
remember is that you must be going slow even BEFORE the eruption happens.
Just say near the middle of the circle and when it erupts, stay where
you are. This is important because if you're not going slow enough, the
pebbles will fall in a totally different pattern which will make it
harder to avoid them. For the third eruption, whatever. Just go at
normal speed, this one isn't dangerous. It's easy to avoid. For the
fourth eruption, you must again go FAST. As long as you move fast and
stay near the edge of the circle you'll avoid them. Finally, for the </pre><pre id="faqspan-7">
fifth eruption, you should again go fast, go past the curve when they
erupt, and then go BACK to the curve. Stay there and wait for the
pebbles to fall, then keep going.
We'll now place the synthetic bone in the hole. As always, hold your
remote hand with your other one to help keep it steady. The bone's shape
is TOTALLY not the exact same as the hole so listen up. To get the cool
here, this time you should concentrate on the bottom part of the
fragment. Keep your gaze focused on the two teeth on the bottom, and get
their angle to coincide with their respective place in the hole. As long
as you get this part correctly aligned, you will get the cool. Note that
the top part will look COMPLETELY out of place with the hole. That's how
much of a trap this is. But it doesn't matter.
Once that's done you'll drill some more holes and screw the plate in.
Whatever. We've already done this like, I dunno, a jillion times. Do it
the same. After that, though, we're STILL not done. The hell is up with
this operation. We'll have to reconstruct another bone. This time
around there are 5 fragments scattered about. Pick them all up and place
them on the tray. When they're all recovered, switch your stance. Hold
your remote hand with your other one to help keep it steadier. Yeah, I
like to do this when placing bones. I mean, it's still more lenient than
in other operations, but hey, I'm fricken tired by this point. Don't
judge me. Watch the straight end of each fragment and make sure it's
aligned with the straight end of the silhouette before releasing it.
They'll come at you in random order from the tray on the left so I can't
really tell you where each one goes (though you CAN look at my video to
see). Rest assured though that you will never get a fragment that can't
be connected to what's already there. So ALL you have to do is check
whether the fragment will fit on the top or the bottom. Nowhere else.
Pretty simple.
After that's done, stay in your current stance! Keep both your hands
together! You'll now be drilling a hole through the entire length of
the bone. You've done this before, but this time around it's actually
DANGEROUS, I'm serious. So you REALLY need that extra hand to keep
you steady. Hold down the A button on the blue circle and yank the cursor
downward to start the drill moving. You can do this because you
won't get a miss early on if you go outside the path. You'll only get a
miss if you go out once the drill has been moving for a while. Then once
it's already moving you have plenty of time to adjust your cursor. Place
it far ahead of the blue arrow that appears to keep the drill moving at
full speed but keep it steady in between the two red lines that make up
the path. This used to be easy but this time it's tough. You REALLY have
to keep that pointer steady, and even adjust its position WITHIN the
red lines when the drill is going too far in a direction. Here's a tip:
you should tend more towards the bottom wall than the top. It seems
that the way the camera moves causes your pointer to naturally get
closer to the top margin, so you should compensate by tending towards
the other side. Don't go overboard though!
After that, we'll be driving a nail through the bone with the mallet.
This isn't too tough. We've been using the mallet for a while and it's
not really any different. What IS different, though, is that the power
of your strikes matters now. You have to use the fewest strikes possible,
but if you drive the nail too far in you'll get a miss. The first thing
you have to understand is that the mallet has three levels of power,
indicated by the power meter on the right. You'll notice that there are
5 segments. The number of segments that light up indicate the power of a
swing. There are 5 segments on the meter but in reality there are only
THREE levels of power. The levels are: strong (or full power), which is
indicated by all 5 segments lighting up. Weak (or minimum power), which
is indicated by a single segment lighting up. And mid power, which is
indicated by either two, three, or four segments lighting up.
Now, you're going to have to make hammering motions with the remote to
drive the nail in. I recommend changing your grip. Normally you have your
thumb up on the buttons, but for this it should simply wrap around the
remote as if you were grabbing the hilt of a sword or a hammer. Before
making the hammering down motion, I actually recommend having the cursor
on screen. Not sure why but this seems to help with the motion
registering. Specifically, if you're going to do a full power swing, have
the cursor as far to the top of the screen as you can (while still being
inside the screen), and then swing down so that the cursor moves down
across the screen as fast as possible. It's not just about the cursor
moving fast though. The actual motion has to be strong (though contrary
to what you may think it doesn't actually have to be THAT strong, but
since you can't go past full power, it doesn't hurt to be a bit stronger
than necessary). Snap your wrist when doing the motion to give it that
added oomph.
On the other end of the scale, the minimum power strike. For this one,
you want to make the weakest motion possible. Do NOT snap your wrist
at all when doing it. Keep it locked firmly in place and simply shake
your arm up and then down. The amount that your arm has to move is
minuscule. I'm talking like barely an inch or something. It's actually
pretty easy to do and I recommend tending towards making the motion TOO
slight. Why? Because if the motion is too weak then it simply won't
register, and all you have to do is try again, making it ever-so-slightly
stronger.
For this nail, you don't need to deal with the mid power strike.
It requires 3 full power strikes and 1 weak. So, since the weak strike
is the easiest to do, you should first do the 3 full power ones and
leave the weak one for last. IF you mess up and accidentally get a mid
power strike while you're doing the full power ones, though, not all is
lost. You simply have to change the strikes to 2 full, 2 mid, and one
weak.
Now stay calm, keep the wiimote held with both your hands. Twist your
wrist counterclockwise in preparation while the screen is transitioning.
This is the end, DON'T SCREW UP HERE. You already know how to staple the
wound shut: Press and hold the A button so that you can use it by only
pressing the B button. This will afford greater control. Now watch the
guideline and make minute changes to the angle of your remote until you
match it. Position the cursor so that your remote overlaps the guideline.
There's some leeway, but try to have it overlap as perfectly as you can.
Remember, don't rush on this part! Though I will say one thing. You
actually CAN get two misses and STILL get the XS so if you haven't missed
up to now you've basically got nothing to worry about. Miss as much as
you like, it doesn't make a bit of difference guys.
And we're FINALLY done. Jesus. Too long, Clanky. TOOO LOOOOONG. I don't
approve of such long operations. Not only because of youtube's gay ten
minute limit, but also because how can a man be expected to operate for
this long?! What if my hand gets tired? What if I have to scratch my
nose? What if my eyes get tired and I have to blink a lot? These are
all actual things that have happened! But anyway. This operation is just
long. It's not hard. You can get 2 misses at any point and still get the
XS. You can get a huge number of goods and still get the XS. Probably,
like, in the ballpark of over 10. And let's face it, no one's going to
get that many goods.
For my XS video of this operation, go to
http://bit.ly/brA7XG
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
=======================
=== Tomoe Tachibana ===
=======================
=== Chloe's Change ===
Special Bonus:
-Cool > 15 times
-Ran into wall < 2 times
-Blood pool formed < 30 times
-Stabilizer used < 25 times
Wait, we're operating on a cat now? It's a fricken cat, man. Just let it
die. No one cares. Bitches swallow crap all the time. We deal with this,
it's just gonna find something else to choke on.
Ok, no, we gotta do it. First off let's go over technique:
Have your arm pulled all the way back so that your wrist is touching
the side of your torso. Lean back on your chair. That's the neutral
position. When moving the endoscope forward, you want to do it as fast
as you can and without having to back into neutral position midway if
you can help it. From the neutral position, to go forward simply hold
down A+B and extend your arm out in front of you. You can get a lot of
distance this way and very fast. Once your arm is completely extended,
you should begin leaning your entire body forward to get even more
distance. If you do this, you'll be able to get to a lot of destinations
without having to waste time retracting your arm, as we'll soon see, but
this is also helpful during the parts with peristaltic motion, where it
can be very dangerous to stop moving long enough to pull your arm back if
you're in a bad spot. Just remember that you're supposed to lean towards
the sensor bar and not the TV. Seems obvious but sometimes we may forget.
Anyway, hit skip as soon as the operation starts and move forward as fast
as you can without moving the camera. You'll get to the first affected
area without having to retract your arm midway. It's a hemorrhage and a
blood pool. Pretty standard stuff. First drain the pool since it may be
obscuring the hemorrhage. Then center on the hemorrhaging area's blue
circle and switch to the hemostatic forceps. Hold Z to stop the bleeding
and release it as SOON as it has stopped to get the cool. The timing
probably takes a bit of practice to get down. What I recommend is doing
it enough times that you more or less have a "feel" for how much time is
required before letting go of the button. On top of watching of course.
If you accidentally let go before the hemostasis is complete, don't
worry, just do it again. You can still get the cool, but you should make
sure to release the button pretty much immediately after the
cauterization has started (since chances are good that only a minuscule
amount more is needed for the cool). It's important to get cools
throughout this operation. It's not actually necessary to get ALL of
them, but if you get more than 4 you should just restart.
After those two are treated, keep moving forward until you get to an
inflammation. This one requires the syringe, so center the camera on the
blue circle and choose the needle. To get the cool on these you have to
hold down the button until the bright light above the blue medicine is
as close to the yellow guideline as possible without going past it.
Remember, the one that can't go past the yellow line is the brightest
part at the top. The duller parts below that can go past it. There's
going to be a lot of these throughout this operation. Here's my
suggestion. When in doubt, tend more towards releasing the button
earlier. This is because if you go past the line even a tiny bit, you'll
get a good, but before the line there's a bit of leeway where even if
you're not touching it you'll still get the cool if you're close enough.
Keep going forward a little bit to get to a blood pool. Drain it and
then keep moving forward until you get to the valve. Careful with this.
Stop just in front of it and wait until it opens to go through. If it
closed just as you got there and it looks like you'll end up waiting a
couple seconds for it to open, you can inject stabilizer once while you
wait, but go through quickly once it's open.
You'll be able to see the fragment clearly on the opposite wall as
you're going in, so keep moving forward without stopping until you get
to it. Once you do, inject stabilizer once to get the vitals back up.
Note that you can only use stabilizer 25 times on this operation. It's
a large number, but it's not impossible to go over it if you're not
careful, so whenever you inject, try to empty the entire syringe so as
to maximize your returns on each use.
Pick up the fragment with the forceps (not the hemostatic ones) to
reveal the Rosalia colony underneath. The music that starts when you do
is pretty nice too. Immediately pick at it again with the forceps. When
you do, it'll burst and blacken the whole area and cause major damage.
Vitals will drop by 30. While it's bursting there's some time before the
affected areas appear, so immediately after picking it, switch to the
stabilizer and inject once until the syringe is empty. This'll get vitals
back up to the 50s and the affected areas will appear by the time you're
done. We'll have to treat them all. A hemorrhage and a blood pool
appeared to the left. Treat those first since the hemorrhage is dealt
with pretty fast and does a lot of damage. Then check the lower right
to find a polyp. center the view on the blue circle, switch to the snare
and hold Z to bring it out. Move it with the control stick and get it to
overlap with the yellow ring. You can move the angle of the snare by
twisting your wrist (the one grabbing the nunchuck of course) but truth
is you BARELY have to do this. The snare almost always comes out at or
close to the right angle. Just have it overlap with the circle and if
nothing happens twist your wrist to either direction just a tiny bit.
Eventually it'll close around the polyp by itself. When this happens,
let go of Z, open up the toolbox again and switch to the forceps to pick
it up.
Finally, there's a single blood pool above. Before draining it, though,
take some time off to inject a full syringe of stabilizer to max out
the vitals. We've still got quite a few areas to treat and it's not
farfetched to think that they might get dangerously low if we don't max
'em out now. Once that's done, switch to the drain and take care of the
pool. The black area will become smaller and more affected areas will
appear. Specifically, 2 blood pools, a hemorrhage, and an inflammation.
Since we've already got the drain out, deal with the 2 pools first. When
those are out, treat the hemorrhage, and then the inflammation with the
medicine.
The black area will get even smaller and another wave of affected areas
will appear. Since we've already got the needle out, move the camera to
the left and treat the inflammation first. Next treat the hemorrhage
above, then move down to start working on the polyp. This polyp is worse
than the other one and requires an injection of medicine before we're
able to excise it with the snare. The reason we didn't treat it after
the first inflammation is because once you snare it, it'll cause another
hemorrhage and blood pool to appear. Since the hemorrhage will appear
exactly where you're pointing the camera, immediately switch to the
hemostatic forceps and treat it right there. The only exception to this
is if the blood pool appears right on top of it. In which case you will
have to drain it first. Drain the remaining pools and pick up the
excised polyp. We're done with this colony, but turns out there was
another one, so we ain't done. You'll automatically get moved to the
intestine, where you'll immediately see a blood pool on the right, an
inflammation on the left, and a polyp above. Drain the pool first, then
the inflammation. You'll have to move forward a tiny bit to get in
range of it. Then snare the polyp and pick it up.
Vitals will be stupidly low at this point, but if you did things
correctly you won't have had to raise them yet. Now that we're outta the
woods (for now), though, take the time to inject two full needles of
stabilizer and get them back up. When that's done, it'll be time to move
forward. Now you'll have to start being really careful because the parts
with peristaltic motion begin here, and it's even MORE dangerous than
before since this damn cat is so damn small. What you have to keep in
mind during these parts is that the walls move forward, therefore you
move back because your movement is independent of them. Ok, that's not
really how peristaltic movement works but shut up. That's how we're going
to look at it. So because of this, when you stop moving for a second or
two (i.e: when you're retracting your arm to go back into neutral
position), you should understand that you've moved back slightly.
Therefore, before you continue moving, you should compensate for that
loss of ground by moving slight forward again before continuing. What
happens if you don't do that? Well, let's say you stop just before a
curve. While you're retracting your arm said curve moves forward a bit,
and if you're expecting it to be in the same place, you may end up
hitting the wall when you make the turn. And then you're screwed. 'cause
you gotta restart. Anyway, other than that, I also recommend getting
used to moving forward while turning at the same time. At first we may
instinctively stop moving while turning and only move forward in
straight bursts. But again, stopping isn't a good idea in these
stretches.
But that's not all, like I said, the peristaltic movement is even worse
in this cat, so unlike before, now it's not just a matter of you hitting
the wall, but that if you stay still the wall will slam into YOU. So it's
even more important than ever that you stay moving. Do not stop for more
than a second at a time. In this one, you can actually get through the
entire part with peristaltic movement without retracting your arm if you
use proper technique. Also, for the curves, don't make sharp turns
through them. I recommend that you keep going forward for a bit before
turning. Note that you can actually bump into the walls twice and still
get the XS. But obviously this isn't recommended.
Once you're past that area keep going and you'll arrive to the next
affected area. There's a hemorrhage, a blood pool, and an inflammation.
Pretty standard stuff. Drain the pool first, cauterize the hemorrhage
and inject medicine on the inflammation, then inject stabilizer once
before proceeding. You'll have to get through another area with
peristaltic movement. This one's short and not too bad though. Be careful
and use the same strategy to get through it. When you're past it, you'll
reach the next affected area. There's a hemorrhage, an inflammation, and
a tumor. First drain the pool(s), then perform hemostasis on the
hemorrhage, then treat the inflammation and leave the tumor for last.
Before you begin removing the tumor, make sure that vitals are at least
at 50. If they're not, inject once to get them back up there.
When they're up to 50, it's tumor time. Inject medicine the same way
you'd do to an inflammation, although keep in mind it requires a bit
more dosage. Then switch to the scalpel. Resist the urge to center the
view on the ends of the excision line. Just center it on the blue
circle then hold down Z. Move the scalpel with the control stick. Go up
till you cut through the dots, then go down again to go through the
remaining ones. Don't let go of the Z button. A new line will show up.
Wait just a bit to let it set in. If you move too fast you won't cut the
first few dots. Wait a second, then begin going up through the dots.
When you cut them all, a third line will appear. Do the same thing for
this one, just wait a sec, then go down through them. This will have
destroyed vitals, but as long as they're above 50 you can finish the
procedure. Finally switch to the snare to excise it and pick it up with
the forceps.
Move a bit down and to the right to find the valve you have to go
through. Be careful with this one. Position yourself right in front of
it before you attempt to go through and wait until it's open before
you move. Once you're through, inject stabilizer once and keep going
through another stretch with peristaltic movement. It's longer than the
last one, but the same strategy applies. When you're through, raise
vitals again and keep going to the next affected area. It's just a
hemorrhage, some pools and a polyp, although it's one of the worse ones
that require some medicine before you can snare it. Treat them all, same
as always, then inject stabilizer once to get the vitals back up.
Keep going forward. You'll get to the last area with peristaltic
movement. This is the last and worst one. It's much, much longer than
the previous ones so you'll have no choice but to retract your arm
mid-way. Just make sure that you don't do it in a bad spot, and that
after you have done it, you account for the amount of time you spent
still by checking that a wall didn't suddenly move in your way.
When you're through, keep going a bit to reach the last area. There's
an inflammation to the right, so treat that with medicine first, then
move forward towards the foreign object, and look to the left of it to
find a hemorrhage and some blood pools. Treat all of those first, then
move back to the fragment. You know what to do. This'll be the same as
when we removed the first one. There'll be a colony under it, and when
we pick it, it'll burst, blackening the whole area and deal 30 hit
points of damage. That's right, I just called 'em hit points.
Anyway, raise vitals, then make it burst. Remember to inject stabilizer
immediately after it bursts because it takes a second for the affected
areas to appear. When you've done that, start treating them. Note that
at this point, all of the hemorrhages, inflammations etc that you treat
will only give OKs, meaning it's impossible to get goods. So if you've
reached this point and have gotten all the cools, then you're pretty
much homefree unless you do something really stupid. Point is, there is
no longer anything to worry about. Perform hemostasis on the hemorrhage
below, then excise the polyp on the top left. Note that once you do,
it'll create another hemorrhage, so immediately switch to the hemostatic
forceps and treat it before picking up the excised polyp. There's a
lone blood pool up above. You might have to back up a bit to see it.
Before you drain it, take some time off to raise vitals to max. When you
do, the black area will decrease and the next wave of affected areas will
appear.
There'll be two inflammations and a hemorrhage. Just treat them quickly,
same as always, it's impossible to get goods so no need to be afraid.
It'll become even smaller. Another inflammation and a blood pool will
appear as well as a tumor. Leave the tumor for last. Treat the two other
things first. At this point vitals are most likely below 50. You can't
treat the tumor unless they're above 50, so inject stabilizer to get
them up (ideally to 60). Inject medicine on the tumor and begin removal
the same way you did previously. When you're done cutting with the
scalpel vitals will be red again, but don't worry, we're almost done.
Use the snare on it, and get ready because once you do that, a
hemorrhage and a blood pool will appear. Since the hemorrhage will appear
exactly where you're pointing the camera, immediately switch to the
hemostatic forceps and treat it right there. The only exception to this
is if the blood pool appears right on top of it. In which case you will
have to drain it first. Once those are dealt with, simply pick up the
tumor with the forceps to end the operation.
And that's it. Decent operation, although not very difficult. The only
thing you have to be careful about is that you don't run into the walls
(and even then you can do so once), and that you don't abuse the
stabilizer. You don't have to be super fast or anything either. Try to
finish in less than 7 minutes and the XS is easily yours.
For my XS video of this operation, go to
http://bit.ly/9tDfdG
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
====================
=== Maria Torres ===
====================
=== Missing Girl ===
Special Bonus:
-Miss < 3 times
-All patients transported
-No mistakes with antiviral drug
-Convulsions occured < 5 times
This operation is cool. Awesome music, lots of patients, and it can seem
pretty tough to keep them all alive at first.
Throughout the operation, we'll be injecting antiviral drugs into the
rosalia bruises to suppress them. There are three vials; red, blue and
yellow. Each patient with a bruise requires a specific color to be
injected into them, and if you inject the wrong one they'll die. The
white vial is the immunoglobulin reagent which tells us which drug to
use once we inject it, but it's irrelevant because the trick to XSing
this operation is first and foremost to memorize which drug to inject on
which patient. There's no time to waste using the reagent and waiting
ages for it to work. Fortunately the type of drug required for each
patient isn't random so if you know what to inject, you don't need it.
Hit skip whenever you want. The patient you start with has a rosalia
bruise on the neck, and that's it. She requires 3 shots from the red
vial to be stabilized, but the next patients coming in depend on you
finishing with the current ones, so let's not stabilize her immediately.
Inject her with the red drug just once, then immediately switch to the
last patient. From here we'll begin stabilizing each patient one by one
in backwards order (the game will automatically take you in this order
so no need to manually switch).
This guy isn't infected, he only has a broken arm and that's easily
taken care of. You already know how to do this. Press A on the bone icon
on the bottom right. Now press and hold A on the hand, somewhere near
the blue circle. Not necessarily on the circle but close. Then move it to
the left as far as you can. You'll have to release the button and grab
it a second time to pull it all the way though. Two times should be
enough to get the ok. The trick with these dislocations is to move the
arm FAST. Don't hold it for very long or vitals will get pulverized. If
you do it right you should get it done without the vitals suffering much,
whereas if you hold it for very long it can get to critical in a couple
seconds flat. Don't worry about being gentle. That's a lie.
Once it's realigned, quickly press the A button the splint icon to the
right. This'll cause the blue circle on said splint to show up. Press and
hold the A button on the blue circle (yes, right inside the circle) and
yank it to the left. Don't worry about being gentle, just do it fast.
This'll cause a second splint to show up. Do the same thing with this
one, except this time you're yanking it to the right. When that's done,
grab the bandage on the bottom right with A, then quickly press and
hold A on the circles that appear to the left of the arm. Don't worry
here, you can't get a miss if you somehow don't hit the circle. When you
do, make circles with the remote. Just go wild and spin it as fast as
you can, you can't get a miss here. My recommendation for doing this is
to make the circles counterclockwise if you're right handed like me and
to make them as small as possible so you can complete them faster. It
should take you less than a second to do it. Alternatively, you can just
shake the wiimote up and down, or, I dunno, diagonally, or however it
feels best to you. Doesn't really matter. This'll stabilize the patient
and automatically send us to the fourth one. Have the control stick
held towards the syringe and the pointer close to the vials.
This one is infected on the arm. He requires the same drug as the first
lady. The red one. Inject it first, then grab a gauze from the icon on
the right to begin treating the blood pools. If you've worked fast up to
now, he should only have 2 pools on the right and 1 or 2 on the arm.
Drain the 2 pools on the right by placing the gauze between them and
holding A, then get a fresh one and drain the ones on the arm. There's
a small wound there, so switch to the forceps and place a synthetic
membrane over it, gel it and then tape over it. To get the cool on this
you'll want to tape from the edge of the top-right corner to the edge of
the bottom-left corner. That'll stabilize this patient and we'll move on
to the next one. Have the control stick held towards the syringe and the
pointer close to the vials.
Before you can do anything, 2 new patients will get wheeled in. But don't
worry about 'em for now. This guy we're on is also infected in the arm.
As soon as you regain control inject some of the yellow drug on him, then
switch to the forceps and begin extracting the glass shards on his
torso. At this point he'll begin convulsing and his vitals will drop,
but don't worry about that. You can extract the shards while he's shaking
and still get the cools (or you can wait a second for the shaking to
stop if you don't feel confident about it). As always, the trick with
these guys is to grab them and then pull them out making as straight a
line as possible the entire way. Of course, said line must be
perpendicular to the cut they're lodged in. As long as you keep it steady
and don't take them out too fast you'll get those cools. Gel the wounds
after all three are extracted and that'll stabilize this one. We'll
automatically move on to the next patient we gotta treat, who happens to
be almost dead, but is all good. Also another one will arrive.
This guy isn't infected, he's only got two wounds, one of which has 4
blood pools on it. His vitals will be critical, but there's no need to
raise them, we can stabilize him before he dies. Grab a gauze from the
icon on the lower right and absorb the blood pools first. You'll need
to use two gauzes so grab a fresh one after the first one gets soaked.
When the pools are gone, switch to the forceps and place 3 membranes on
the left wound and 2 on the right. Gel and tape them. To get the cools on
the tapes for these, for the left wound you'll want to take the tape from
the middle of the top edge down to the middle of the bottom edge, without
going over too much. For the right wound you'll want to take it from the
top-left corner over to the bottom-right corner, again without going over
the edges too much. When you finish doing this, the patient will go into
cardiac arrest and you'll have to use the defibrillator. So make sure
you start by having both your arms pulled back and close to your chest,
that way the sensor bar will easily register the motion when you thrust
them forward. Nothing is gayer than getting the defibrillator stuck
because the motion didn't register. Also wait for the nunchuck icon to
actually show up. Don't jump the gun. Try to revive the patient in a
single shot by hitting Z and B on the green part of the bar. It's pretty
easy, after doing it a few times you should be getting it every time
without much effort. Besides, he'll be so close to death by this point
that you don't want to waste more time than you have to.
Before he'll be stabilized though, you have to secure an airway. This is
pretty easy and lenient so you can do it fast without having to be very
precise. Point the cursor on the blue circle at the top of the tube and
hold down A, then move the pointer in a straight line down all the way
to the bottom, then release the A button, move the pointer again to the
blue circle, hold down A and repeat it. Keep doing this the 3 or 4 times
it takes until the tube is all the way in and you're done with this one!
Now we automatically move back to the original patient. She's almost dead
but still holding it down. We can go ahead and stabilize her now. Inject
two full syringes of the red vial on her bruise and she's done.
Alright, we've finished treating the first wave of patients. We're far
from done yet, but as I said, the key to this operation is simply
memorizing which drugs to use. For this first wave, it's pretty easy to
remember. Just repeat in your head "Red, red, yellow". That's all.
Simple.
Anyway, now we move on to the next wave. When you've stabilized the
original patient, you'll automatically move on to a guy with a bruise on
the neck and nothing else. Forget this guy though, he can resist for now.
Switch to the second patient, who is the one most likely to die right
now. She has a rosalia bruise on the neck moving up on to her face.
First of all, you'll see a talk icon on the lower right so hit that
immediately, then switch to the syringe and inject a shot of the blue
vial on her neck. She also has two small wounds on the chest so place
membranes over them and gel them. Be careful with the tape though! These
are deceptive and it's easy to get goods on them accidentally. To make
sure that you get the cools, do NOT tape them diagonally like the arrows
would have you believe. Also, it might LOOK like they're in a good
position to be taped both in one diagonal shot, but don't do it. It's not
a good idea. Take them individually. For the one on the right, take the
tape from the middle of the top edge to the middle of the bottom edge.
Make sure that the tape stays as vertical as possible (not diagonal),
and do NOT go over the edges of the membrane. Keep the length of the
tape the same as the membrane. For the one on the left, do it the same
way but HORIZONTALLY. Go from the middle of the left edge to the middle
of the right edge. Again, do not go over the edges. Keep the length of
the tape the same as the membrane. That'll stabilize this one and a new
patient will arrive.
You'll go back to the guy with no wounds but he's still doing good so
forget 'im. Two more patients will arrive now. Switch to the third one.
We'll treat this one first because she's a bit of a cunt in that after
we treat her wounds she can spend a long time crying wolf with the EKG
and making us waste time. This means if we leave her for later we may
end up wasting a lot of time just waiting for her to hurry the hell up
and fibrillate already. So towards that end, first gel her three burns
until you get the OKs. It'll take quite a bit of spreading. Then place
the membranes on them and gel again. Getting the cool on these tapes is
very easy, so you have nothing to worry about. Just tape them all
diagonally and it'll work out. Now stop wasting time here. We'll come
back later when she makes up her damn mind about whether or not to go
into cardiac arrest. Switch to the fourth patient. I think this one's
pregnant or some'n. Anyway it's easy and fast, only two burns and
that's it. Gel over them, place the membranes, gel again, and then
tape over both of them in a single shot diagonally to get the cools.
You'll now switch back to the previous patient. She might have finally
gone into cardiac arrest by now, if so use the defibrillator, same as
the last time to stabilize her. If not, just switch to the second
patient and come back later. This second guy has three glass shards
stuck on him. Extract them with the forceps the same way you did last
time, then gel over the wounds. This'll cause scissor lines to come up.
We'll have to cut open his shirt. Move the position of the scissors by
turning your wrist to the right or to the left. You'll have to cut along
the blue lines from one dot to the next. To do this correctly you have
to align the left blade (the one that's glowing yellow) with the line.
It's not too tough but don't rush so much that you get careless and miss.
Turns out this guy is infected too! Switch to the syringe and put a shot
of the yella paint into his bruise, then grab a gauze from the lower
right and absorb the blood pools. Place the membranes on the wounds,
gel and then tape them. To get the cools on these, for the top wound
just tape from the middle of the left edge to the middle of the right
edge. For the bottom wound take it from the top-left corner to the
bottom-right corner. That'll stabilize this guy and we'll move back to
the guy with no wounds. His vitals will be much lower now, but he'll
still be alive. Put a shot of the blue vial into his bruise and he'll
flatline. Use the defibrillator same as usual to stabilize him.
When you move on to the last patient, four more will get wheeled in!
Let's take care of the one we're on first. He's easy. Just two wounds.
Place membranes on them, gel them and tape them. These are pretty
lenient so getting the cools won't be a problem. Tape the top wound
diagonally and the bottom one vertically. That's it for this guy.
And we're done with the second wave. Remembering which drugs to inject
on this wave is pretty easy, all you have to do is repeat to yourself
"Neck = blue, body = yellow". That's it. Both of the ones who have the
bruise on the neck require the blue drug, and the other one requires
the yellow one.
Moving on, only 4 more patients left to go. First off, switch to the
third one. We'll be treating this one first because if we leave him
alone for a bit he'll go into some pretty nasty convulsions, which is
a bad combination with the fact that he'll require a lot of treatment.
Anyway, he has a bruise on the arm. It requires a shot from the yellow
vial. The way to remember that you need to inject the yellow one here
is to remember the guy on the first wave that also required the yellow
drug. He had the EXACT same bruise on the EXACT same place on the EXACT
same arm and he had the EXACT same shirt. In fact, he's probably the
same fricken guy for all we know! But yeah, if you think about it that
way, it's easy to remember. Once you've injected him, place membranes on
all 3 wounds and gel them. To get the cools on the tapes, for the top
one go from the top-left corner to the bottom-right corner. For the
left wound, go from the top-right corner to the bottom-left corner.
Finally for the other one, just tape horizontally through the middle.
When you finish this, he'll flatline and you'll have to do chest
compressions (what, did the defibrillator stop working?). Oh well, this
is easier than using the defibrillator anyway. Loosen up for this. Begin
smacking down the wii remote as if you were hammering a nail with it.
Make sure to begin doing it as SOON as the hands appear. Hammer down
each time the hands on the screen come down. You CAN simply hammer
rapidly with no regards to anything and still get the cool but that's
tiring and there's no reason to do that when doing it in tandem is so
easy. After 5 compressions you'll get the cool. Finally you'll have to
intubate him. It works the same as last time. Get that tube in and he'll
be stabilized.
Three more patients left to go. Switch to the first one, who is in
slightly worse condition than the second one. Cut open his shirt with
the scissors and check inside. Yep, he's infected. He's got a huge
bruise on the torso. This one requires the red drug, so inject it first,
then treat the 3 lacerations. To get the cools on the tapes, take it
from the top-right corner to the bottom-left corner for the wound on
the bottom. For the one on the left take the tape from the top-left
corner to the bottom-right corner, and for the other wound take it from
the middle of the top edge to the middle of the bottom edge. Before he'll
be stabilized we have to secure a blood transfusion though. Gel the
white dot, then grab the needle from the bottom right icon and shove it
in the green circle. Don't rush too much, remember that the dot isn't
as lenient as other things. Or do whatever you want. I mean, you can
miss thrice throughout this whole operation and still get the XS so
whatever. once you've put the needle in, grab the bandage on the bottom
right with A, then apply it the same way you did to the broken arm at
the start.
Two more patients to go. Ok, this guy's vitals are a bit too low at this
point, so before you cut his shirt, inject a single shot of stabilizer to
get him back up to 20. Anyway, go inside and let's see what we got here.
Oh, another bruise on the torso. This one requires a shot from the
yellow vial, so do that, then mop up the blood pools with a gauze
(or two if necessary), and treat the single laceration he has. To get
the cool on the tape just take it from the middle of the top edge to
the middle of the bottom edge. Finally, secure a blood transfusion on
him in exactly the same way you did for the previous patient to finish
up.
Welp, final patient! This one...seems to be going pretty good actually.
High vitals, no wounds. Just a bruise on the neck. Well. Remember what
I told you? Neck = blue. Always. For this one, though, you'll have to
inject twice with the blue drug. Just once won't cut it. Once you do,
though, she'll flatline and you'll have to punch her in the tits.
This is... slightly harder than the chest compressions. You have to hold
down the A button while doing it, there's no rhythm to it, and it seems
to be harder for the motion to register. For this I recommend making the
motion much stronger and bigger than with the chest compressions. Also
do them repeatedly until you get 2 strikes. That should be all you need.
Finally, intubate her and we done!
To help remember which drugs to inject on the last wave, just think of
it like this. Neck = blue, always. For the two guys with the bruises on
the torso, the first one requires red, the same as the first patient of
the operation, and the second one requires the other color.
That's it for Maria's last operation. Those were a lot of patients, but
it's actually not quite as long of an operation as you might think at
first. You can complete it in less than 3 minutes and you can even miss
more than 3 times. Talk about lenient. You can also get away with a few
goods, and as long as you memorize the drugs you need to inject and do
things like I told you, you'll save all the patients and get less than 5
convulsions, which means getting that XS.
For my XS video of this operation, go to
http://bit.ly/cO9aAm
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
=====================
=== Hank Freebird ===
=====================
=== Friends ===
Special Bonus:
-Miss < 4 times
-Treatment halted < 2 times
-Tore soft colony < 2 times
-Blood vessel readhered < 4 times
Oh man, this operation is awesome. Probably my favorite one in the game.
The big key to this entire operation is the fourth special bonus. That
is the big decider. Whether or not you can get the XS revolves around
this. At first it might seem insane. It might even seem impossible.
But it isn't. We'll get to that later.
Most of this operation is actually extremely similar to Love in the
Ground. As such, we're going to be using a lot of the same strategies
at first. Anyway. We'll start by making the incision as usual. Normally
I'd tell you to pass the dialogue manually so that you can make it
faster, but the intro dialogue is kinda long. On the other hand if you
skip immediately then it'll take you a bit of time to readjust your grip
on wiimote. Welp, have I got a dirty trick for you! Memorize where the
blue circle is going to appear and have your cursor there, then press
the skip button with your left thumb! That way you'll be able to make
the incision immediately because you don't have to change your grip.
Alright, now we're in. We're gonna cut the vertebral arches with the
laser, and you should do it pretty fast. To do this, you should memorize
the general location of where each blue circle is going to appear so that
you can have your cursor already pointing there BEFORE it appears. When
it does, press and hold A, then move it down the line. But I think "move"
is the wrong word to describe how fast you should do it. I think it's
basically more like you're snapping that thing down. You can do this
that fast because the line isn't that long, so there isn't as much room
to go out of it as later on. Not to mention, the operation has just
started, so even if you miss, big deal. Just start over. Keep cutting
those guys up, moving your cursor to where the next line will appear
before it does so you can cut it as fast as possible. You have to do it
6 times. After that, you'll have to make a big incision along the dura
mater. Make this incision very fast as usual, but perhaps just a tiny
bit slower than the previous ones because it's so long and thus there
are higher chances of getting a miss.
After this happens we'll be cutting out the ependymoma. Again, memorize
where the blue circle appears so that you can begin cutting almost
immediately without wasting time. Don't just memorize the location of
the first one, memorize the locations of ALL of them. Unlike the one in
Love in the Ground, you'll only be cutting this guy 4 times. First time
starts on the upper-right, after that you start on the lower-right, then
on the left, and finally on the lower-right.
Something that's strange about this tumor is that it causes the pointer
to become VERY slippery and move in a slightly jerky fashion while you're
cutting. This is different from how it moves when you're cutting
basically anything else or using the laser or whatever so watch out.
Overall it's not so bad though, after doing it a bunch of time you'll
get used to the new movement. Also, the camera will be moving throughout
this procedure, which will also move the location of your pointer, so
take that into account. A lot of times you'll want to let the camera move
you forward while you simply move laterally to get through curves without
hitting the walls.
The way you want to do this part is to always be hot on the heels of the
yellow line but never go past it. The reason is because if you are close
to this line it will move just a tiny bit faster, whereas if you stray
too far from it, it'll go slower and eventually stop. On the other hand
if you go PAST the yellow line you'll get a miss which is bad, so you
don't want to be too fast either. In conclusion, stay close to the
yellow line. You can save a little bit of time by going extremely fast
for the first few inches each time you begin cutting because the yellow
line starts a ways out in front of you, and also by going extremely fast
at the last few inches because once the trail has ended there's no danger
of hitting the yellow line.
When you've fully removed the tumor, the black bruises will appear as
well as the virus colony. This is the critical part of the operation.
You'll be cutting the veins, and you have to do this for three colonies.
Now, the first one is easy. It has stationary paths and no surprises.
Once the second one comes out though...woah. Ok. Shit just got real.
Not only do the paths start moving in a wavy pattern, which makes it
harder and more dangerous, but also it will start secreting mucus,
which after a while will cause all of the vessels you severed to
readhere, making you start over.
Now here's the deal. Each time the blood vessels readhere, the time it
takes for them to readhere the NEXT time increases. The first time you
begin cutting the vessels, it's absolutely impossible to finish. Go ahead
and cut them just for practice but don't expect to finish.
Now look at the fourth special bonus. It says that you're only allowed
to have the blood vessels readhere 4 times at most. That is NOT a typo.
That's 4 time TOTAL. You know what that means right? It means they
can only reattach twice on this one and twice on the next one! And what
this means is that you have to be EXTREMELY fast in cutting them. At
first it might seem insane. It might seem like it's too little time
to finish and that there must be some mistake. But there isn't. That's
really what you have to do and it's not impossible.
To that end, there are a few things I recommend. Firstly, I'm going
to recommend that you use your other hand to support your remote hand.
Yeah, seriously. The problem is that getting misses is totally out of
the question here because they make you waste too much time, but at the
same time you have to go so fast that it's not easy to avoid them. This
is why I recommend using both your hands, because this way you'll be
able to keep the remote steadier and have greater control over it. You
don't have to let go of the nunchuck, you can still hold onto it with
your thumb, but just place your 4 fingers underneath your remote hand
as a support. Ideally the index finger should be on the remote itself
(touching the underside, of course), directly in front of your other
hand's index finger (the one you use to press the B button).
Next, it's of UTMOST importance that you memorize where you need to
start cutting each vessel so that you can do it without wasting any time.
Note that it's actually the same for all 3 colonies, so you don't have
to memorize that much. You can more or less tell where you're going to
have to cut by looking at the web-like paths beside the veins. You'll
be cutting 5 times. The first one starts on the right side. The second
one starts in PRETTY much the exact same place as the first one, but
the camera will move so now it's more on the top-right so watch out for
that, but it's really the same place. The third one starts on the
top-left, in the same place where you finished the first one. The fourth
one starts in the bottom-right where you finished the second one. The
last one starts in the same place you finished the fourth one, except
on the other side. KNOW this information. It's important.
Other than that you have to be plain fast when cutting them and to build
up that speed you'll need to do it a lot of times to acquire the
familiarity and muscle memory. You have to understand that once the
vessels reattach for the second time, that is your LAST chance to cut
them all out. If you fail, then you must restart. When you finish
cutting it out, have the cursor pointed on the thing and hold down
A+B so that you'll grab it immediately after you regain control. The
vessels can still readhere even after all of them have been cut, so you
shouldn't let it sit for even a second. Once you have it in your hand
it's good. Place it on the tray and get to work on the third one.
The third one is the same except it's soft tissue so removing it will</pre><pre id="faqspan-8">
be even more difficult. To compensate, though, the vessels will take
slightly longer to readhere. You still need to wait until they've
reattached twice though, the first two times you attempt to cut it,
it's impossible. You can actually finish cutting all 5 times on the
second try, but you definitely won't have enough time to pick it up
with the forceps, so you must wait until the third try. The cutting
part works exactly the same as the previous colony, but once it comes
time to remove it with the forceps you must be careful.
Press and hold A+B over it and begin moving it. It's soft tissue so you
need to pull it slow or it'll tear. SLOW DAMMIT! Pull it towards the
right and keep the movement steady. It's sudden jerks (otherwise known
as changes in acceleration) that cause it to tear, even small ones, so
stay calm and take it out smoothly. That's why it's a good idea to use
both your hands, because this'll reduce the chances of any jerky motion.
You don't have much time until the vessels reattach but you must still
take it reasonably slow because if it tears then you DEFINITELY won't
make it in time. Probably the best thing you can do is finish the
cutting part so fast that you still have a good amount of time left (at
least 5 seconds) to slowly pull the tissue. When it's off, place it on
the tray and the cool music will come back.
Whew. The worst part is over. We're not done, but if you finished up
to this part successfully there's basically nothing more to worry about.
It'll be time to place eight screws. These are different from the screws
we usually do, but we've done this type before in Love in the Ground.
Stay focused and try to get all the cools. To do this, look at the
silhouette. See that there's a line just above where the silhouette
meets the bone? You need to release the A button when the part of the
screw that is attached to the spike is just about to overlap with that
line. Now, if that's not totally clear, then look at the drawing I've
made to show you at
http://bit.ly/dbluRF
That's what you have to do to get the cool. Hold down A and release it
JUST when those two lines are about to meet. Do this for all 8 screws.
The last 4 are with a different view, but the same rule still applies.
After that you'll have to pass two rods. Hold down the A button on the
blue circle and yank the cursor downward to start the rod moving. You
can do this because you won't get a miss early on if you go outside the
path. You'll only get a miss if you go out once the rod has been moving
for a while. Therefore, your top priority at first is just to get that
thing moving as fast as possible. Then once it's already moving you have
plenty of time to adjust your cursor. Place it far ahead of the blue
arrow that appears to keep the rod moving at full speed but keep it
steady in between the two red lines that make up the path. It's not too
difficult, it's all about simply keeping the cursor steady. You
shouldn't have problems here. Do the same for the second rod.
Once the two rods are in place we'll almost be done. It'll be time to
staple the patient shut. twist your wrist counterclockwise while the
screen is transitioning and hold the A button so that you can use it by
only pressing the B button. This will afford greater control. Now watch
the guideline and make minute changes to the angle of your remote until
you match it. Position the cursor so that your remote overlaps the
guideline. There's some leeway, but try to have it overlap as perfectly
as you can. Remember, don't rush on this part! Although, if you haven't
missed up to now, you can get 4 fricken misses and it won't matter, so
whatever. Do what you want.
And we're done. Like I said, the only tough part of this operation is
getting that fourth special bonus. It can seem really hard at first but
if you practice you'll see that it's not so bad.
For my XS video of this operation, go to
http://bit.ly/dbluRF
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
=======================
=== Tomoe Tachibana ===
=======================
=== Despair ===
Special Bonus:
-Gates opened < 22 times
-Injected gigantic colony < 15 times
-Drain not used on gigantic colony
-Virus colony exploded < 0 times
As usual for Tomoe's operations, this one is only difficult when you
don't know what to do. The only stumbling block is figuring things out,
but once you do it goes pretty smooth.
We'll be navigating through the lungs searching for virus colonies. As
always, the lungs are like a labyrinth and it's possible to get lost
and wander aimlessly searching for the next one, but if you have a clear
picture of the structure of the place which I'll paint for you right now,
you'll always know exactly where to go.
Press the skip button as soon as the operation starts and move forward.
You'll spot the first virus colony on the floor below. Get close enough
to it that the blue circle comes up. To treat it, first spray it until
you get the ok. If you keep holding down the button you'll get several
OKs and the effect will last longer. It only takes a second to get the
rest of the OKs so it doesn't hurt to go for the increased duration
every time. After spraying the colony you'll be able to inject it with
medicine to make it swell. If you inject it without spraying it first,
the colony will explode and you can say goodbye to the XS, so whenever
you get to a colony, first make sure that the spray is highlighted
before pressing the button. I'm saying because sometimes the control
stick may slip and you might accidentally end up with the syringe when
you thought you'd chosen the spray. So be careful about that.
The dose of medicine necessary is big, so you'll need to inject twice.
To get the cool on injections you have to hold down the button until the
bright light above the blue medicine is as close to the yellow guideline
as possible without going past it. Remember, the one that can't go past
the yellow line is the brightest part at the top. The duller parts below
that can go past it. However, the dose needed for this one is big, so
you'll actually have inject twice. Note, though, that it only requires
one full injection and a little bit more, so it's a good idea to only
inject a little bit the first time so that you have more time to see
the yellow line on the second injection. Once the colony has protruded,
the scalpel line will appear. For this part, it's better to be far
away because the farther you are, the less you have to move the scalpel.
When you've finished cutting through the line, don't let go of the Z
button. A new line will show up. Wait just a bit to let it set in. If
you move too fast you won't cut the first few dots. If you're far away
and still holding the Z button at the end of the line, a lot of the time
when the line becomes cuttable the scalpel will automatically cut the
first few dots, alerting you that it's safe to start moving it. Either
way, wait a second, then cut the second line, and then cut the third.
Vitals will go down the drain when you do this, so before you pick up
the excised colony, take the time to inject stabilizer 3 times to get
vitals back up to max. You can pick up the colony first and raise vitals
after, but it's better to do it before because that way the cool music
sticks around longer. Once you pick it up it goes away. Lame.
Anyway, movin' on! Now's when the operation starts. First of all, the
path will fork into two. Each path leads to a different lung. On the
left path there are two colonies to be found, and on the right path
there are three. You can deal with them in whatever order you want, but
I say let's take care of the one with the fewest first. So take the
left path. You'll notice that there's a blood pool just before the gate.
Drain it before proceeding. When you get past the gate, you'll see that
the path branches out into many. Specifically, you'll see three gates.
The one to the right is irrelevant, there's nothing there. The ones we
care about are the other two on the left. Each path has a virus colony
at the end, so we'll have to go down both of them. Not...at the same
time, obviously. I mean first one and then the other. So let's go with,
say, the bottom path first.
There's a hemorrhage just before going through the gate so switch to
the hemostatic forceps and treat it before continuing. Hold Z to stop
the bleeding and release it as SOON as it has stopped to get the cool.
The timing probably takes a bit of practice to get down. What I
recommend is doing it enough times that you more or less have a "feel"
for how much time is required before letting go of the button. On top of
watching of course. If you accidentally let go before the hemostasis is
complete, don't worry, just do it again. You can still get the cool, but
you should make sure to release the button pretty much immediately after
the cauterization has started (since chances are good that only a
minuscule amount more is needed for the cool). Note that these affected
areas will always guide you towards a virus colony, so as long as you
follow them it means you're on the right path. Naturally, this also
means that the radar can help guide you as well, since the affected
areas will show up as dots. It's a good idea to eye the radar every now
and then, though it's definitely not necessary or as effective as
simply knowing where to go.
Anyway, after treating the hemorrhage, go through the gate. Keep going
downward through the gate after that. You'll get to an inflammation, so
inject medicine into it, same as before. The path then branches into
two, but you can clearly see another inflammation on the right one, so
go down that one. Go through the next gate, and then the other one you
see right after that. Drain the pool you see here, then take the path
upwards to find the first virus colony. Well, technically the second
one. But the first one didn't count 'cause it was a freebie. Y'know what
I mean. Anyway, you're supposed to remove it in exactly the same way you
did the first one. By now vitals are probably pretty low though, so make
sure to inject stabilizer several times before you begin to work on it,
and then AGAIN after you've cut it with the scalpel. Pick it up and we're
done here.
Hold down on the d-pad to automatically retract the endoscope. Just
hold it without fear, you'll know when to stop retracting because the red
seal symbol will appear in front of you. When that happens, it means
you're back in the spot where I told you there were two paths we had to
go down. Welp, time to go down the second one. It's the top one on the
left. There's an inflammation past the gate. Treat it and keep moving.
The path will fork. Take the left one where you'll find a pool. Drain
it and keep going through the next gate and you'll spot another
inflammation, which means you should follow it. Keep moving through the
gate after that and then take a left on the fork to reach the second
virus colony. Raise vitals again and remove it same as always, then
raise them again.
That's it, we're done with the left lung! The right lung has 3 colonies
though. Hold down on the d-pad and backtrack alllll the way to the very
first fork in the road. When the red seal appears, keep moving backwards
past one more gate and you'll be there. Now this time take the right
path. There's a hemorrhage here so treat it first, then move through
the gate. The path will fork again. On the left one there is a virus
colony, and on the right one there are two colonies. So let's go down
the left one first and take care of that. Drain the pool and go through
the gate. You'll see an inflammation, so follow the path it's on, and
when you reach the fork take the bottom path. Keep following the clearly
visible affected areas. After the hemorrhage, go through the next gate
and then take the right path to reach the virus colony. Treat it and
that's it for this place. Hold down on the d-pad and go back until the
red seal appears. This time take the gate on the right.
Alright, only two more colonies left. When you go through the gate
there'll be an inflammation to take care of. Now, here it's going to
branch off into many paths. First let's take the one that tends to be
a bit harder to notice. You know how after you pass through the previous
gate, you can see a path with another gate straight ahead, and then
there's also another path below that one and another path above? Well
the one you need is the hidden fourth path that is ABOVE the above path.
Well it's kind of above and to the right. You know what I mean though.
You'll see a pool past the gate here. Drain it and keep moving forward
to get to a part that branches into several paths again. You can
clearly see a hemorrhage on the one to the left though, so it's easy to
see which one you should take. Then after that a clearly visible
inflammation will tell you to take the right path, after which you
should take the left path on the next fork to reach the virus colony.
Remove it and then go back until the red seal appears.
Only one more colony left. There are four paths right? Well. Three now
that one of 'em is sealed. The one you want to go down is the leftmost
(or bottom-most) one. There's a hemorrhage past the gate. Treat it, then
take the right paths on the next three consecutive forks, and finally
a left on the one after that to reach the virus colony. Remove it, and
then raise vitals to max. Now hold down on the d-pad and backtrack to
the very start. Eventually you'll be stopped automatically because a
giantass virus colony appeared for no reason.
Alright. Now before we can finish this operation we have to deal with
it. This gigantic colony can be a little confusing at first. Here's how
it works. It consists of five bulbs in a pentagon formation. First you
must spray them, same as the other colonies (make sure to spray ALL of
them). However, when it comes to injecting them with the medicine, it's
a bit different because the bulbs are connected. When you inject one,
you will also be injecting the same amount into the 2 other bulbs on
each side of it. Furthermore, you have to make all 5 of them protrude
before you can excise them. If even one of them hasn't been injected
with enough medicine, or has been injected with too much, then it won't
work. You need to inject only as much as it needs for the bulbs to turn
green. Any more than that and it will turn orange, in which case you're
screwed. Because then you won't be able to excise it unless you drain the
excess medicine. But if you use the drain you won't get the third special
bonus, which means no XS. So you have to inject the right amount the
first time.
Don't worry though, it's very easy to do once you've figured it out.
Here's the deal, straight up. Each bulb requires exactly one and a half
injections to turn green. You can go a little bit above that but not too
much or it'll turn orange. The second special bonus says you're only
allowed to inject 15 times, but in reality you only need to inject 5
times, and I will tell you how. It's very simple. The trick is that you
need to inject only HALF of a syringe each time. Got it? Now, the order
you need to inject the bulbs in is like this: first choose any bulb. Say,
the top one, and inject it. Second, move two bulbs over, say, clockwise,
and inject that one. Third, inject the next bulb still going clockwise,
fourth, the next bulb after that still going clockwise, and finally the
remaining bulb. That's all you need to do. If they start flashing midway,
that means the spray is wearing off so spray them again before
continuing. Also when injecting, it's probably a good idea to go just a
tiny bit farther than half the syringe to be safe, since if you inject
just a little bit more than necessary it's still good, but if you don't
reach the green point then you can't excise it.
I've got an illustration of the order over at
http://bit.ly/a5ebiN
in case you wanna see it.
Once all of them are like big green watermelons the scalpel circle will
appear in the middle. You'll have to cut it, but be careful because doing
so will totally annihilate the vitals. You should only cut about half
the circle (less to be safe), then switch to the stabilizer, raise them
up to max, and then cut again. When it's all cut just pick up each
melon with the forceps and we're done!
But yeah, this operation's pretty chill once you know where to go and
how to deal with the gigantic colony. And if you get all the cools,
which is pretty easy, you can be pretty dang slow and still get the XS.
For my XS video of this operation go to
http://bit.ly/a5ebiN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
=======================
=== Tomoe Tachibana ===
=======================
=== Time For Rejoicing ===
Special Bonus:
-Cool > 4 times
-Antiserum used < 10 times
-No outbreaks from Rosalia bruise
-Blood pool formed < 10 times
This is a really short operation. Pretty easy too, and nothing too
special about it. Now that we got the antiserum it's just a matter of
using it. Perhaps the only problem area (not really) is getting less
than 10 blood pools to form. Luck can play some part in this, since
the types of wounds that appear are random, so you can end up getting
really lucky and not seeing many pools. Even if you get unlucky though,
it's still not a problem to XS it. You don't need New Blood levels of
luck or anything like that.
When the operation starts, move forward a bit until you reach the wall.
All of the operation will take place in this area. What you're going to
do first is treat all of the affected area. They will be random, as well
as randomly placed so you need to keep an eye on the radar to tell you
where they are. It's not difficult to find them since they will all be
in this room.
The types that will appear are all stuff you already know how to deal
with. The important thing is that you must make the hemorrhages your
priority above all else. The longer a hemorrhage is active, the more
blood pools it will create, and remember that your blood pool limit is
10, so you should always treat them first. If possible. Sometimes there
will be a blood pool obscuring the hemorrhage and in that case you'll
have to drain it first.
Then there's also inflammations which you have to inject with medicine
to treat. All of the affected areas here will be giving you OKs so it's
not even possible to get goods, which makes it even easier. There's
nothing to worry about.
There's also the occasional tumor, which will take a bit longer to
treat but it's still nothing we haven't done before. One thing you need
to remember is to raise vitals to max before you start treating it. And
even when they're at max you'll still have to raise them again midway
because the damage to vitals is severe. Inject medicine the same way
you'd do to an inflammation. Then switch to the scalpel. Resist the urge
to center the view on the ends of the excision line. Just center it on
the blue circle then hold down Z. Move the scalpel with the control
stick. Move it along the line till you cut through the dots, then wait
a bit for the second line to appear, then cut that one. Now switch to
the stabilizer and inject at least once before cutting the third line.
When that's done, just pick up the tumor with the forceps.
Now, keep treating all the areas but when you see that there is only
one left, stop. Center on it, but before you deal with it, inject
stabilizer until you've raised the vitals back up to max. When they are,
treat the last remaning wound, and then immediately switch to the
anti-serum, which has taken the place where the snare used to be.
Inject it into the creep fast. The dosage it requires is pretty high.
Around more than 1 and a half syringe's worth. So the first time inject
about 3/4s of the syringe, and then do it again immediately after. This
is the only part of the operation where you can get cools, so make sure
you do. To get the cool on these you have to hold down the button until
the bright light above the blue medicine is as close to the yellow
guideline as possible without going past it. Remember, the one that
can't go past the yellow line is the brightest part at the top. The
duller parts below that can go past it. I recommend that you tend more
towards releasing the button earlier because there's a tiny bit of
leeway above the guideline where you'll still get the cool even if you're
not exactly touching it, but if you go past it even a nanometer you'll
get a good for sure.
When you do that, the creep (yeah, I am totally calling it that now.
This is some zerg shit up ins) will get smaller and vitals will drop to
the 30s. More affected areas will appear. Before you do ANYTHING,
search around for any hemorrhages and treat them immediately. When they
are taken care of, you can raise vitals. Then simply treat the remaining
wounds and when there's just one left, raise vitals to max, treat it
and inject the anti-serum again.
You need to repeat this loop 5 times to fully kill the virus. It's the
same the entire time though. Do it and the operation is over. That's
literally all there is to it. Nothing more to say.
Try to get all 5 of the cools, and always treat the hemorrhages as soon
as possible. If you do this, there shouldn't be any problems. You can
complete this operation in like 2 minutes and something, but you can be
much slower than that and still get the XS.
For my XS video of this operation, go to
http://bit.ly/aYG7Hm
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
==============
=== CR-S01 ===
==============
=== Twisted Rosalia ===
Special Bonus:
-Miss < 1 times
-Colony shell regenerated < 4 times
-Colony / tumor collisions < 0
-Bruised formed < 2 times
Welp, we're here. The final boss. And it's a god damn disappointment.
Fuck me. What is this shit? I dunno what it is but it definitely ain't
no Savato, that's for sure. And it ain't no Cardia either. And it
DEFINITELY ain't no Aleteia. It's just some god damn pussy who can't even
defend itself. Twisted Rosalia? Moar liek Twisted Pussy m i riet gaiz?
Not even the music is up to par (though it's still good). God dammit
Atlus! Why do you do this to me? I thought we had something special!
Whatever. Let's just rape this bitch. We'll start by making the
incision. Vitals aren't at max but who even cares? Just leave them like
that, don't raise 'em. Gel the line from right to left and then move the
scalpel from left to right to open her up. Press the skip button after
you've made the incision.
Alright, we're in now. The little bastard's created a shell to hide
inside and we're gonna have to crack it first. We'll start by going
into the left atrium. The camera will zoom in automatically and the
incision line will appear. Gel it and open it up same as you did before.
See, I told you he had a shell! There's a new colony growing on top of
it, and some small spore-like colonies will begin floating in from the
right slowly. If the spores touch the new colony dangling off the shell,
well, let's just say that's really bad. You can drain the spores to get
them off, but guess what? They are 100% irrelevant. That's right, you can
completely ignore them and it won't make any difference because we can
remove the new colony before they even get near it.
As soon as you go in, have the control stick set towards the drain, and
the pointer on the dangling colony. Drain it until you get the OK, then
switch to the syringe. Fill up the syringe with the blue vasocontrictor,
and then inject it into the bulb. It's actually pretty lenient, but make
sure you don't miss. Not only when injecting the colony but ALSO when
filling the syringe. You can get a miss if you don't hit the vial too.
Notice that it's swinging up and down like a pendulum? I recommend
injecting it when it's at the lowest or highest part of its swing because
at this points it stops for a fraction of a second. This makes it easier
to avoid accidental misses.
Immediately afterwards, fill up the syringe with the orange deactivator
and inject it the same way you did the vasoconstrictor. This'll cause
scalpel lines to appear in a tight cluster, which means we can cut it
out now! Switch to the scalpel and cut in a zigzag pattern or circular
or however you want, just make sure you get all the dots in the cluster.
When you've got them all, switch to the forceps and pick it up, then
drag it and drop it on the tray to the right. Do it fast but make sure
you don't drop it outside the tray or anything stupid like that.
Now that the new colony is gone, the spores can't do nothin' to us. Keep
ignoring them. Immediately after placing the colony on the tray, switch
to the laser and begin burning the shell with it. Just hold down the
button over it. Unlike previous Trauma Centers tools don't run out, so
you can just hold it there indefinitely. The shell will begin to turn
red and then crack. Keep burning it. It needs to turn red and crack 3
times before it gets destroyed. As soon as it does, switch to the
syringe and fill it up with the purple gelator, then inject it into the
now unprotected colony.
We're done with the left atrium. We'll have to suture the incision up.
It's laughably easy and lenient though. Hell, you only need to do 3
passes to get the cool. That's it! You can seriously just draw an N shape
and you will get the cool here. Or you can do a few more passes, it's
all good (but not TOO many). Just make sure you cover at least most of
the length of the opening and that you make the passes about as wide as
the guideline.
Next we'll move on to the left ventricle. Again, you have to gel and
make an incision, same as last time. When you go in, it's the same as
the previous time, except this time there are two new colonies dangling
off the shell. Doesn't matter though! You just have to remove them both.
Drain one first, then drain the other one. Then inject the first one you
drained with the vasoconstrictor, and then the second one. Then inject
the first one you injected with the deactivator, then the second one.
Next cut the first one out, and then cut out the other one, then pick
them up and put them on the tray. Get it? Both at the same time. You
can still completely ignore the spores.
After the colonies are taken care of, immediately start lasering the
shell. You'll notice that this time only half of it will be turning
red. That's because the shell must have been divided by the presence of
two new colonies. You'll have to break each half individually. They
both need to be cracked three times to be destroyed. Laser one of them,
and when it cracks, start lasering the other half. When that one cracks,
go back to the other one. Crack that one a second time and then the
other one. For the third time, keep lasering one half until it's red
and ALMOST about to crack, then switch to the next one. That way when
that one gets destroyed, you can destroy the other half almost
immediately because it was close.
When both halfs are gone, quickly switch to the syringe. Fill it up
with the purple gelator and inject it into the unprotected colony.
Remember it's divided now, though, so you actually have to inject it
twice. Once on each half. Don't inject the same half twice or you'll
get a miss! Note that when you burned off both halfs of the shell, they
created one laceration each on the heart. You have to suture them after
injecting the gelator. Don't worry though, they're easy and it's not
even possible to get goods on them so just suture them as fast as you
can. Once you do that, we're done with the left ventricle. Suture
up the incision area in the exact same way you did previously. Really,
you can just do an N shape. It's so lenient it's funny. We'll move on
to the right atrium now. Make the incision same as always.
Again, inside it's exactly the same except this time there are 3
replicated colonies. Everything works exactly the same though. Treat
them all at the same time just like you did previously but this time
with three. Drain one first, then the second, then the third, then
inject the first one you drained with vasoconstrictor, then the second
one, then the third, etc etc etc. Since you'll be doing a lot of
injecting, you can do it a little bit faster by using the warping
technique:
When filling the syringe or injecting with it, you may notice that as
long as you have the button pressed, and as long as the syringe hasn't
finished filling up/emptying out, you can move the wiimote as much as
you want and the cursor won't move. But as soon as the syringe is done
filling/emptying, the cursor will appear where you are currently
pointing the remote. Using this trick, you can save some time. You
can move the remote over to the vial while the syringe is injecting, and
when it's done you can immediately fill it up again. It works the same
the other way. While it's filling up you can move over to a colony and
inject it almost immediately. Still be careful though, because you don't
want to miss.
Also, now for some weirdass reason there's a fourth vial. A pinkish
purple one. I have no fricken idea what that thing even is man. And I
don't care. And neither should you. Just ignore it because we don't even
have to use it. (I'm kidding. The pink vial is actually used if the
spores collide with fragments from the shell. But that should NEVER
happen if you're doing things fast and correctly, so still ignore it).
When they're all excised and placed on the tray, begin burning off the
shell with the laser. Now it's divided into three, but it still works
exactly the same. Use the same strategy as last time, make sure that you
manage to destroy all 3 parts at roughly the same time to lessen the
damage. When you destroy them, they'll cause a laceration and will
shoot off a fragment. Ignore that for now and inject the gelator on
each of the three parts. When that's done, you can suture the lacerations
and pick up the fragments with the forceps. Place them on the tray to
the right and we're done here. Suture the incision area same as always.
Ok, last one. The right ventricle. Vitals will be pretty low at this
point. We won't be able to treat the next area with them this low, so
before you go in, inject stabilizer about 4 or 5 times to get the vitals
back up to max. When that's done, gel the line and make the incision.
The inside is exactly the same, only this time there are FOUR replicated
colonies dangling off the shell. Don't let this intimidate you though.
The procedure is still the same and you can still completely ignore the
spores because they still will not get to the colonies before you remove
them. Take them all at the same time, then place them on the tray to
the right.
When you do that, begin lasering the shell immediately. As you probably
guessed, it's divided in 4 now. But nothing has changed. Use the same
strategy as last time and try to destroy all 4 parts at the same time.
They will create an assload of lacerations and throw fragments all over
the place. Vitals will still be good though. Ignore the extreme damage
for now and inject the gelator 4 times into each part. Once that's done
you can begin suturing the gaggle of lacerations. There's a LOT of them
and it's impossible to get goods on them. You know what that means don't
you? That's right, go CRAZY. Just turn your wrist to the side
to make snapping it up and down fast easier and treat them all. When
they're all gone, pick up all the fragments with the forceps and place
them on the tray. That's all. Suture the incision area same as always.
Ok, time to end this. Before you make the last incision, make sure to
raise vitals to max, or close to it. 80-90 should work fine. When it's
there, gel the line and go inside.
Well if it ain't the sorry excuse for a final boss. All you have to do
now is inject the gray cardioplegic solution to stop Naomi's heart.
As soon as you do that, a huge circular scalpel line will appear around
the rosalia membrane. You have to excise this fast because Naomi's
vitals will drop like a rock after you inject the solution. Make sure
you inject it close to where the line will appear so you can begin
cutting it immediately. Move fast but steady through it. Steady is key
because you don't want to miss dots and have to go back to get them.
It's just plain better if you get them all in one pass even if you're
not moving insanely fast.
When you've cut it all, immediately switch to the forceps and pick up
the membrane. Place it on the tray to the right, then switch to the
syringe again. Naomi's vitals are still dropping. There'll be a new
vial. Fill the syringe with it and inject it right into the Rosalia
body. You need to fill and inject twice. Once you do that, bam. It's
dead. That was easy.
Its death animation is looooong and you can't skip it, so use that time
to rest your hand and wrist for a bit. Put your arm down, open and close
your hand a few times, all that good stuff. When the defeat text appears,
get back in there. We still haven't closed up the patient. Suture the
incision area. This one is bigger than the others so it probably needs
more passes but it's still pretty lenient. Keep it around 10 or so.
Then suture the original incision. The opening is horizontal so it's a
bit more awkward and you'll probably have to do it a tiny bit slower,
but it's still lenient and essentially the same. Keep it around 10
passes just like the previous one and keep the width the same as the
opening.
Finally, gel the area, grab the bandage from the right and apply it.
The trick to getting the cool here is to make sure the bandage
covers the whole line BUT don't go any farther than that. That is to say,
start from the left point where the line begins, and then end it at JUST
the very end of the line without going too much past it. You can do it
vice versa if you want but whatever.
And we're done with XSing all the operations! You can complete this in
less than 4 minutes, but you can do it way, way slower than that and
still get the XS anyway. You can also miss once and still get the XS.
And the special bonuses fall into place without doing anything special.
I mean the shell regenerating? That only happens if you laser it before
removing the colonies, and who would do that? The collisions and bruises
will also never happen if you're doing things even reasonably fast.
Anyway, this operation is a joke. Plain and simple. It is way, way too
easy and not even close to epic enough to compete with previous Trauma
Centers. Pisses me off. If I had been the one designing this op...
oh, bitches would fall to their knees and cry. You better believe it.
None o' this candyass shit. They'd need prosthetic butts after the unholy
amounts of asskicking they'd get from my operations. And best of all? It
would actually be fair. But whatever. Man I'm hungry. Think I'ma eat
some tuna sandwiches or som'n.
For my XS video of this final boss, go to
http://bit.ly/bBXm1g
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
==========================
=== Gabriel Cunningham ===
==========================
=== Signs of Anguish ===
Alright, so now that we're done with the part of the game that actually
matters, I guess I might as well go all the way and cover the filler
missions too. These are really easy, are unaffected by difficulty and
there are no ranks, so... aside from searching for the medals there's not
a whole lot to 'em. The one good thing about Gabriel's missions is that
he's a cool guy though.
So alright, let's start! For the first patient we get a cute girl. Woo.
Speaking of cute, why don't more schools force girls to wear ties like
that? It's a crime I tell you. Ties are always win no matter the situation.
The first thing you need to do is question her. When hearing people's
stories they'll be spewing a lot of useless crap. The only thing you need
to watch out for is when they say something is wrong with them. When
you see that, click on the speech bubble to record the symptom.
Click on "Um... it's kind of hard to inhale, and I can't really catch
my breath between notes." to get the dyspnea symptom. You can also click
on "I was getting short of breath just sitting still, and my heart would
start pounding..." and Gabriel will decide he has to auscultate her.
Then, click on "But lately I've been able to lose weight, no matter what
I eat!" to get the Decrease in Weight symptom.
Next we'll have to use the stethoscope. Like the game says, you move
the area you'll examine with the control stick, hold Z to hear and the
sound will come outta your remote. Then you compare the sound to the
standard. If you hear some crackling, it's not a difference. It's just
that the wiimote speaker is MAD ghetto. What, you think Nintendo is
actually going to put good quality speakers into their gimmick? Get
outta here.
Anyway, listen to her heart and press A when asked if something is
wrong with it. It's clearly different from the sample, so you'll get the
Increased Heartrate symptom. Next, listen to either of her lungs to get
the Tachypnea symptom. That'll be all.
Next we'll do a visual exam. Just press A on any part of the patient and
try to find something abnormal. The first thing is obvious. Her jittery
hands. Clearly she played too much Trauma Center. Those things are bad
for you! You'll get the trembling fingertips symptom. Next, look at her
neck. She's got a bruise on the left side. You'll get the swollen neck
symptom and the CT exam.
That's all. Press A on the door to get out of the room and move on over
to the image analysis lab. Click on the computer to bring up the two CTs.
You'll have to compare each image to the standard and then see if there's
any differences. It's like those spot the difference games on the back
of your cereal box! Wait, whaddya mean you don't eat those kiddie
cereals? Whatever, screw you man. You got no soul if you don't like
Cap'n Crunch.
Anyway, open up the second image and look at the top-left. The white
part is way bigger than on the normal image. Click on it to get the
swollen thyroid gland symptom. That's all we need. Get out of there and
head over to the office next. Click on Roni to bring up the likely
candidates.
She's got Plummer's Disease, so bring that candidate up and then click
and drag all the symptoms on the left towards the box on the right.
They'll all match. The game still wants you to eliminate all the other
possibilities before we can move on though, since in reality we don't
have enough information to say it's that for sure. So you'll have to do
the same for the other candidates. Bring up Painless Thyroiditis and
Graves' Disease and drag all of the symptoms to them. They'll all match
as well.
Once you do that for those three candidates the MRI, scintigraphy and
analysis exams will become available so get back to the lab. Boot up
the comp and let's check these hoes. Look at the scintigraphy. The
difference between the patient image and the normal image is glaring, so
click on either of the two patches to get the abnormal thyroid uptake
symptom.
Next, get back to the exam room and open up the new analysis exam that
has come up there. Click on the FT3, FT4 and TSH levels. They're all
outside a the normal range.
Now, there's a hidden medal at this point. And it's a bitch to find,
I had to do the missions several times to find it. Use the stethoscope
on her again. What makes this so hard to find is that you have to listen
in a place that isn't one of the normal 4! Specifically, you have to
listen to the stomach. You won't get it if you listen in the bottom part
of the abdomen, that's the intestines. The stomach is slightly above
that but below the chest. The sound will be extremely strong, I was all
like WOAH when I heard it. Say it's an abnormality to get this medal.
Also Gabe makes a really weird face when you find it.
That's all we gotta do. Get back to the office, bring up Plummer's
Disease and drag all 4 new symptoms to it. That ends the diagnosis!
That was fast.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
=======================
=== Naomi Kimishima ===
=======================
=== Locked-Room Mystery ===
Ok, next up, Naomi's first mission. In general Naomi's missions aren't
as entertaining as Gabriel's because she's kind of a boring character
compared to him. Ah well. They also tend to be much longer.
Welp, let's get started. As soon as you gain control, boot up the comp.
Grab the knife card with A+B and drag it over to Little Guy's mii to
begin analyzing it. That's all we can do here for now. Head out the door
and get over to the Evidence Room. Check the corpse.
Zoom in on the back of the left hand and click on the slash on his
wrist to bring up a quiz. We're going to be answering a whole lot of
these throughout Naomi's missions. They tend to be pretty easy. Either
the answer is blindingly obvious or you can always arrive at it through
elimination. For this one, the correct answer is "No signs of pain
reaction." Choose that to obtain the Wounded Wrist card.
Next, check out the bent index finger on the right hand. A dumb quiz will
pop up. The correct answer is, of course, "Fracture". I mean really.
What the hell else would it be.
Next, look at the hole on the right side of the torso to get the
Flower-Shaped Bruise card.
Finally check the eyes. They're red, see? The image that comes up shows
red spots on them. So when the quiz comes up, choose that. You'll get
another card. That's all we can get here, so head back to the office
now and boot up the comp again. Little Guy will be trying to contact
you, so first click on his skype window or whatever the hell he's on.
The knife analysis we asked for earlier is done. A quiz will pop up
after you get the information. The correct answer is "The knife cut
Dennis". Wait, couldn't they have, like, cut him with something else and
then slathered the blood on the knife later? Oh well. It is still way
more likely than all the other answers.
We gotta do some card fusing next. Like Naomi says, first drag the
Deadly Knife card to the Wounded Wrist card to fuse them. Another quiz
will come up. The correct answer is "The knife was used on his wrist".
Have the Little Guy analyze the hemorrhaging in the eyes. Apparently it
means the dude got strangled. Another quiz'll come up. The correct
answer is "A slashed wrist". Although broken finger is pretty tempting.
Speaking of broken finger, have the little guy analyze the abnormal
finger card. This will unlock the recording of a witness account, so get
out of the computer, click on the recorder and start listening to the
testimony. You have to click on the speech bubbles that have to do with
the topic, but really, you can just click on all of them without any
penalty. Either way, click on speech bubble #7 to get the Neighbor's
Account card. That's all.
Get back to the computer and fuse the Male Corpse card with the
Neighbor's Account card. This'll make a quiz come up. The correct answer
to this one "Dennis was alive until 3PM".
Go back to the recorder, and this time choose "Was anyone there?" as
a key point to hear. Click on speech bubble #17 to obtain the Electrician
Visit? card. After you do that, Little Guy will try to contact you again
so get back on the computer and listen to what he has to say. He'll
tell you the fractured bone had no traces of healing, which means
"The bone broke after he died". After answering that quiz, fuse the
slashing knife with the fractured finger. A quiz will come up, and the
question has a typo on it! Tsk tsk. Anyway, the answer to this one is
"The knife was in an injured hand".
When that's done, get out of the computer to receive a call informing
you that the electrician's interview recording is now available. Let's
check it out. Open the recorder and choose witness B on the tabs.
When the testimony comes up, click on speech bubble #3 to get the
Air Repair card and add the "Dennis's Status" account on the recorder.
Open the recorder again and choose that. This time click on speech
bubble #10 and you'll get the "Dennis seemed depressed" card.
Get back to the comp. We gotta do some more card fusing. Fuse the
Electrician Visit? card with the Air Repair card. They'll become the
Repair Confirmation card. Next, fuse the two Dead cards. You'll get a
series of rapid-fire questions. The answer to the first one is "Between
noon and 1 PM", the second one is "He seemed depressed", and the third
one is "Around 3PM". You'll get the Dennis's Condition card.
When that's done, click on Little Guy's mii to talk to him and sort
through the information we got up to this point. This'll initiate a
series of MORE piss easy quizzes. Geez. What a pain. The answer to the
first one is "A fire", the second one is "The knife and the slashed
wrist", the third is "The door was locked", the fourth is "No pain
reaction wounds", the fifth is "The knife was in his right hand", and
finally the sixth is "Hemorrhaging in the eyes". After this the crime
scene will become available, so leave CIFM. Obvious exits are Office,
Evidence Room, and Dennis.
Ok, there are a few things we have to examine here. First, check out
the blood on the bed. A quiz will come up. The answer is "Lying on his
back". Next, check the bulletin board above Dennis's bed and drawer to
get Little Guy to look into the guy's friends. After that, check the
overturned table to get the Ashes card. Next, check the ceiling fan
above. One of the blades is broken. You'll get a quiz. The correct
answer for this one is "A repairman came that day". You'll get the
"What was fixed?" card.
Before we leave, there's a medal challenge hidden in this room! Check
the books on the shelf behind the table. Specifically, the ones on the
bottom. You'll get a pretty easy quiz. The correct answer to the first
question is "Wash hands thoroughly". The second one is "Gender". We
know this from having played the game already. All that shizzle about
the pelvis and whatever. The third answer is- wait, what? What is this
crap? Ok, maybe this isn't as easy as I thought. The correct answer is
"31-40". Hoo boy. Movin' on. For the fourth question, the right answer
isn't as hard. It's obviously "All are correct!". Back in grade school
one of my classmates told me that in any multiple choice question, if
one of the answers is "All of the above", that's always the correct one.
Then again, that guy flunked the year so maybe we shouldn't be listening
to him. Either way, it's logically all of them if you think about it,
I mean, obviously you have to check there's a wound to know if the spray
could have come from there, but you also have to check the angle to know
if it really did. Moving along. Final question. What the? Ok, forget it.
It's impossible to know this. The correct answer is "12-15 hours".
Apparently. Is that true? Who cares. Once you answer that, you should get
the first Naomi medal, but in actuality you have to finish the mission
before you get it. Don't think you can just exit out to the episode
select screen and still get it!
Anyway, we're done with Dennis's pad. Get back to the office. The
"Friend's account" will be added to the recorder, so open it up and have
a listen. Scrutinize everything he says as usual. Click on speech bubble
#10 to get the "Favored shirt" card.
After that, head over to the evidence room again. Since we just learned
that Dennis was wearing his stupid Portland Jacks t-shirt the day of
the incident, we should now look at the personal effects. Chec the shirt
he has. It is not red. And it's not a T-shirt. And it definitely doesn't
say Portland Jacks anywhere. You'll obtain the "Buttoned Shirt" card.
Anyway, get back to the computer at the office now. Time to fuse some
mad cards. First what we just found out a second ago. Fuse the Favored
Shirt card with the Buttoned Shirt card. You'll get a quiz. The correct
answer for this one is obviously "Different color". You'll get the
"Changed Clothes" card.
Have Little Guy examine the Ashes card and the Bloodstain card. A quiz'll
pop up. The answer to this one is "He might not have bled to death".
I like the "That's not blood!" answer though.
Next, fuse the Repair Confirmation card with "What was fixed?". Naomi
says it's strange that the electrician didn't repair the broken ceiling
fan but man. Really? It was a blade that was broken. If you ask me that
calls for a carpenter or something. What would an electrician have to do
with that? In any case, that'll add another topic to the electrician's
recording so listen to it again. Click on speech bubble #8 and a quiz
will come up. The correct answer is "It's too hot to need the heater".
Which is pretty dumb, since just because you don't need something at the
moment isn't a reason to not get it fixed. I mean hey, maybe the guy is
a planner! You don't know! Either way, you'll get the Heater Repair card.
There's yet another witness on the recorder. Stella Abbot. Listen to her
testimony and click on speech bubble #9 to learn that Dennis was a
drug dealer. Man if you ask me drugs should be legal so that bums can't
get rich off it. But that's neither here nor there. You'll get the</pre><pre id="faqspan-9">
Dennis's Income card. Also the investigation light will become available.
That means we should go back to Dennis's place and use it.
Shine the ALS on the floor in front of the bookcase to reveal some coke.
Examine the blue patch with the lens to obtain the white powder card.
Next, shine the ALS on the bookcase itself and then examine the part
where the dot of light appears. You'll get the Hidden Hole in Wall
card.
Anyway, get back to the office and open up the computer. First have
Little Guy analyze the coke. A quiz will come up here, and the correct
answer is "They fell when the fire started". After that, combine the
Hidden Hole with the Drugs on Floor to start a lightning round! The
correct answers are "Drugs", "A place to hide his drugs", "They were
made after the fire", "Scattered just before the fire", "Whoever took
them dropped them". After this you'll get the first golden card. Like
Naomi says, talk to Little Guy next. He'll give you the Luminol. Guess
we should use it. Head back to Dennis's place AGAIN. Yeah, I know, what
a pain.
First, spray the luminol on the clearly different colored patch beside
the bed. Shine the ALS on it to reveal the bloodstain. Examine it to
get the Bloodstains on Floor card. Next, move to the right and spray the
door handle. Shine the ALS there and then examine the spot to get the
Loose Screw and Blood Screw card. Finally, spray the ceiling fan to get
the mysterious rope card. Alright, screw this place. Get back to the
office and open up the comp again.
Talk to Little Guy first. The analysis on the ashes is done. You'll get
a quiz. The answer is "Start the fire". Next, have Little Guy analyze
the Bloody Screw. The answers to the quizzes here are "It touched the
murder weapon", and "A screwdriver". Have him analyze the Loose Screw
too while you're at it. You'll get another quiz series here too. The
answers are "Locked only by the chain", "Removing one screw"
Fuse the Screwdriver with the Flower-shaped bruise. The answer to the
quiz here is "SHEER FORCE OF WILL". Ok, no, it's actually "A screwdriver
handle". Next, fuse "Signs of Asphyxiation with "Screwdriver Wound".
Then "Dennis's Income" with "Dennis's Condition". When the quiz pops up,
answer "Dennis's behavior". After that, "Not enough Blood" with
"Bloodstains on Floor". A different kind of quiz will come up. Point on
the huge bloodstain on the floor and select Ok. After that, fuse
Electrician's Activity with Heater Repair. When the quiz here comes up,
answer "Air circulation". This'll create the Broken Fan Ignored card.
Fuse it with the Mysterious Rope card to create "Breaking the Fan" and
fuse THAT with "Burnt Chemicals". The answers to the quizzes here are
"Heat is created", "That's just how he rolls"... ok, no, not really, but
that answer is awesome. The real one is "To delay when the fire started",
then "Willpower and pyrokinesis" ok, no, but can you blame me? Some of
this stuff is just too good. I like how Naomi actually comments on the
wrong answers. The real answer is "The ceiling fan and a rope". Then
"So Dennis's body would be found" and "To create an alibi". You'll get
the next golden card now. Now fuse "True cause of Death" with
"Moved Corpse". The answers to the quizzes here are "A screwdriver",
"Asphyxiation", and "Make it look like a suicide".
Anyway, now that we know the cause of death, go back to the evidence
room and check the personal effects. Check the area on the shirt where
the screwdriver stab wound would be. Obviously there's nothing on the
shirt. When the quiz comes up, answer "A Jack Frost patch". Seriously.
If you don't answer that you literally have no soul. Sadly, Naomi doesn't
comment on that. Missed opportunity for some hilarity, Atlus! You'll get
the inconsistent clothing card. Now get back to the computer and fuse
that with the "Changed Clothes" card. The answers to the quizzes here
are "Red T-Shirt", "White shirt", "No indication of the stab wound",
"The killer changed Dennis", and "To make it look like a suicide". After
that, just fuse the two remaining cards and answer "It was broken while
changing".
Anyway, we're pretty much done. We have all the golden cards now. Just
go to the evidence room and check the personal effects, then check the
buttons on the shirt. Not the ones on the sleeves though. Then get back
to the computer and have Little Guy analyze the new card you obtained.
Now you'll really have all the cards.
Finally, it's just a matter of presenting them in the correct order.
That order is "Dennis the Pusher", "Missing Drugs", "Murder Timeline",
"Appearance of Suicide", "Locked Room Trick", "Secret of the Fire",
"Killer's Fingerprint", and finally the "Deceased's Voice" card.
And with that, we're done with the first Forensics mission. Jesus, that
was long. I told you these things were longer than like everything else
combined!
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
==========================
=== Gabriel Cunningham ===
==========================
=== Blazing Darkness ===
Aw man, no cute girl this time. Just a fat old geezer. And here I thought
this job had its perks. But it's got some pretty fat drawbacks too.
Aight well, let's get this shiznit started. There's plenty to do right
off the bat, but he won't be very cooperative so let's start off by doing
the things we don't need his cooperation for. Start off by examining
his right leg, which is clearly shaking. You'll get the "Shaking Legs"
symptom.
Next, let's check the diagnostic sheet. First of all, c After that, check
the platelet count, total bilirubin, AST, ALT, and cholesterol levels.
Now, as RONI says, we should get this guy mad to get him to open his
eyes wider and confirm jaundice. This is pretty easy to do, just examine
his ugly beer gut. Right after doing that, examine his eyes to get the
jaundice symptom.
We've got a lot of symptoms now. But before we leave, question him.
Click on "I'm not as young as I used to be, and I've been under quite a
lot of stress lately" to get the "gets tired easily" symptom. Next, click
the "Being stuck in this stinking examination room is killing my
appetite" speech bubble to get the "Lack of appetite" symptom. Then
click on "Honestly... I haven't eaten much, but I feel queasy and
bloated..." to get the Bloated Abdomen symptom, and finally "Looking at
your stupid face makes me even more nauseous!" to get the Nausea symptom.
Before we can start getting any exams, we'll have to use what we've
found to narrow down the candidates, so head to the office and get into
Roni. Open up Congestive Liver Failure and drag all of the symptoms on
the left to it. They all match. Once you do that you'll be able to get
the CT exam. Head back to the examination room to let the old fart know,
then get to the lab to see the images.
Open up the first image on the computer. Check the left part of his
liver. It's larger than on the normal image. You'll get the Swollen Liver
symptom. You can also get that on the second image but whatever. What's
even more obvious on that second image, though, is the big shading on
the left part. Click that to get the "Ascites Accumulation" symptom.
Now that we've got those things, get back to the office to finalize
the diagnosis. Add the two new symptoms to Congestive Liver Failure and
then hit diagnose!
We're not done yet though, turns out this is just a complication of a
heart problem. Not surprised. That geezer does seem the type to have
heart problems.
Aight, now onto phase 2! Begin the diagnosis!
Start by questioning him again. Click on "*wheeze* Arguing with you is
making me feel faint, you quack!" to get the Dyspnea symptom. Then click
"What's a little chest pain, compared to the wellbeing of our country?"
to get the chest pains symptom.
Once that's done, that'll make him cooperate and unlock the stethoscope,
new diagnostic results and EKG. Let's start with the stethoscope. Yeah
I know this is a pain, but make him lift his shirt up. Ugh. He's got
moobs and everything. Anyway, listen to his lungs. His breathing is very
irregular, so heads up on that to obtain the "Discontinuous Sounds"
symptom. And his heart is beating really fast. Geez. You'll get "S3
and S4".
Now have a look at the diagnostic sheet again. Some new values have gone
past the range. Check out the blood pressure and the BNP.
Next, check the EKG. There's clearly something extremely wrong with the
top line. The normal one only has upside down Vs, but the real one has
right-side up Vs as well. Point there to obtain the "Abnormal Q waves"
symptom. Secondly, look at the bottom line. Every 8 sections a wave that
normally goes high will instead go low. Check that to get the "Negative
T waves" symptom.
Once that's done, you'll unlock the X-Ray exam. Get to the lab and check
the image out. The difference between the image and the normal one is
extremely clear. That white lump in the middle is the size of an
Empoleon. Click on it to get the "Enlarged Heart" symptom. Once you have
that, get back to the exam room as Roni says. The old geezer won't let us
take our damn echocardiography, so we'll have to narrow down the
candidates with what we got. Get back to the office and into Roni.
Open up Dilated Cardiomyopathy and drag all the symptoms from the left
to it. They all add up. Get back to the exam room for some good ol'
drama. The echocardiography will become available after this, so go back
to the lab.
Open up the first image. Now, compare it with the normal one. It's
subtle, but the entire image is different from the normal one. Click
around the center or whatever and say that it's an abnormality. This is
the next doctor medal for Gabriel!
Moving on. Open up the third image. Look at the black hole in the center.
It's clearly larger than the one in the normal image. Check it to get the
"Enlarged Left Ventricle" symptom. That's the last one we need to make
the diagnosis. Get back to the office and drag it on over to Dilated
Mycardiopathy to end the mission!
Man, these are definitely better than the forensics missions. And hey,
we got two medals in a row. That's nice.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
=======================
=== Naomi Kimishima ===
=======================
=== Wandering Girl ===
Alright well. We gots two things to do first. Check the corpse and hear
the testimony from the bum who found it. Let's go check the corpse first.
Go to the evidence room. The first thing we'll be doing is reconstructing
the corpse's skull, which is interesting I guess. Click on the bag to
start.
This one's pretty easy since we don't have to change the angle of the
fragments. The easiest place to start is with the jaw, since those
fragments are the most easily identifiable. First, grab the teeth from
the upper-right and place them on the very bottom of the skull. Next,
grab the other teeth from the right and place them right above where you
placed the last one and to the left. Now grab the remaining teeth from
the left and place it to the right of that. After that, grab the piece
on the upper-right and place it to the right of the last one you placed.
Yeah, I guess we're going from bottom to top. Anyway, there will only
be 3 piece on the left side now. Grab the middle one and place it on
the bottom-left. Now take the bottom-left piece of the right side and
place it just above that. Then, grab the big piece with the eye and put
it to the right of that. Get the remaining piece on the left and place it
above the left eye (your left). Only three pieces left. You can figure
this out, right? The bottom piece goes on the left, the middle piece
goes on the top-right. That's stage 1 complete.
Grab the bottom-left fragment on the right side and place it on the
top-left of the skull. Next, grab the bottom fragment of the left side
and place it on the top-right of the skull. Then, grab the bottom piece
of the right side and place it in between those last two. Oh yeah, place
the bottom-most piece of the right side on the very bottom of the skull.
Next, grab the bottom piece from the left side and place it on the
top-left of the skull. Then grab the bottom piece of the right side and
place it just below that. Almost done here, only a small chunk left.
Grab the bottom piece of the right side and place it on the top-left.
Then get the topmost piece of the right side and place it on the
top-right. Now just two more piece left. The one one the right side goes
on the left and the other on the right.
Moving on to stage 3. This one doesn't have as many identifiable areas.
Grab the thin piece on the bottom-right and place it on the bottom-right
side of the skull. Now grab the piece on the bottom of the left side
and place it directly to the left of the last piece. Only three pieces
on the left side now. Grab the middle one and place it to the left of
the last piece you placed. Now, grab the top piece on the right side
and place it on the bottom-right of the skull, above the other thin
piece which you placed first. Grab the topmost piece on the right side
and place it directly to the left of that last piece you placed. Now
there are only 3 fragments on the right side. Get the top one and place
it directly to the left of the last one, then grab the bottom one and
put it just above that. Ok, almost done, now grab the remaining piece on
the right side and place it on the right part of the skull. Finally,
the top piece on the left side goes above.
Aight, last stage. Geez. Like I said, the teeth are easy. Grab the
clearly visible ones from the bottom-left of the right side and place it
on the jaw, then grab the bottom-right piece of the right side and place
it to the right of that teeth fragment. We're done with the jaw now,
I guess. Grab the bottom fragment on the right side and place it on the
bottom-right of the skull. While we're at it, get the top piece of the
left side and put it on the nose. Next, grab the top-right piece and
put it directly to the left of that last fragment. Only 3 pieces on the
right side now. Get the top one and put it on the very back of the head,
get the middle one and put it just below that, and then the remaining
large piece goes on the top-right of the skull. Hey, now we've only got
fragments on the left side. The top one goes on the top-left of the
skull. The bottom-most piece goes below that last piece. Then you've
just got two piece left. That's easy. Right one goes on the right, left
on the left.
And we're done with that, whew. You'll obtain the female skeleton card.
The corpse can be examined now too. Do that. There's three things you
have to examine. First, the strange discoloration on the right shoulder
and ribcage, secondly the broken femurs, and finally look at the right
hand. The pinky is broken.
After you do that, examine the personal effects. Couple things here.
Check out the tire marks on the back of the pants. You'll get a quiz
here. The answer is "Found near a river". Next, check the huge bloodstain
on the shirt. You'll get another quiz. The answer here is "There's no
apparent damage." I mean look at it. All the damage is on the back. The
blood's in front. Finally, examine the necklace. You'll get the broken
necklace card.
We're done here. Head back to the office, open up the recorder and
listen to the bum's testimony. After listening to the whole thing Naomi
will say there's something he couldn't have known. Obviously, it's the
fact that the corpse was a woman. Open the recorder again and click on
speech bubble #7. You'll get a quiz. The answer here is "Saw the corpse
himself".
Alright, now open up the computer. We'll start off by having Little Guy
look at everything he's got to look at. First, show him the bum's big
lie. A quiz'll come up. The answer here is "He tampered with the scene".
Little Guy says he'll interrogate him again. Next, show him the female
skeleton card and the strange discoloration card. Finally, join the
fractured legs with the tire marks on clothing. The answer to the quiz
that comes up is "The legs were run over."
Get out of the computer and Little Guy will tell you something about
ticks. A quiz will come up. The answer here is "How long it had been
there". After a few more lines of dialogue, you'll get another series
of quizzes. Her skull itself was... "Shattered into pieces". The
corpses femurs were... "Both femurs were broken". After that, a map
will come up. You have to point where it was that she most likely died.
Point where the highway intersects with the river and choose OK.
Now we can visit that highway. Do so. Few things we have to examine here.
First look at the tire marks on the road. The answer to the quiz you get
here is "A car accident occured here". Next, check out the gem beside
the skid marks.
That's all. However, before we leave, there's a hidden medal challenge
here! Click on the end of the highway where it curves off into the
distance to get it. First question! ...ok, well, this one's pretty easy
to look up. Type 111 in the numpad and press OK. The second question
is... son of a! How is anybody supposed to know this? We don't even
know if they mean how many weeks AFTER the lungs have formed or just
how many weeks period. Feh. Either way, the answer is 30 weeks. Moving
on. Third question. Well this one's easy, all we have to do is look at
a heart diagram. Answer is the Tricuspid Valve. Fourth question. Well,
this one's pretty easy to find out too. The answer is "Atrial septal
defect". And finally, for the last question, which is pretty easy too
just from looking up Blumberg's Sign, the answer is "Acute Peritonitis".
This'll net you Naomi's next medal!
Ok, we out. Head back to the office and turn on the computer. Let's do
some fusin'. Let's get the obvious outta the way. Join the two jewels.
When the quiz pops up, answer "The victim was on the bridge". You'll
get the "Victim at the bridge?" card. Now join that with the accident
damage card. The answer to the quiz here is "Fractures and tire marks".
Next ask the little guy about the "Signs of auto accident" card.
When the quiz comes up, answer "A large truck". You'll receive the Blue
Truck card. Join that with the Time Since Death. When the numpad comes
up, type 1 and press OK. After some dialogue Little Guy will call in
saying the body was identified. He'll also tell you you've now got THREE
new testimonies to listen to. Fff. Ok. Let's go over them one at a time.
Open up the bum recording and click on speech bubble #8. You'll get the
Corpse Robbing card. Listen to Thomas Cage and Alice Cage next. After
you do that, Naomi says something caught her attention about the father.
When the picture comes up, point at the bruise on his cheekbone. Same
deal on the mother's picture, point to the bruise near her right eye.
Next, answer "Were hurt repeatedly".
Now open up the comp. Fuse "Victim's ID" with "Accident/Corpse relations"
Show the card you get to Little Guy to have him start analyzing it. Also,
have him analyze the "Causes of Injuries" card. Next,
fuse the two bum cards together. When the quiz comes up, answer
"Was totally stylin'!" ...but after that answer "Is missing an earring".
Now turn off the computer. Little Guy will inform you that they've
identified the vehicle from the accident. Also you can now visit
Veronica's room. Do so.
Few things to check here. First of all, the suspicious glass shards
on the floor. Those're just screaming LOOKIT ME. This'll make Naomi
reveal the broken mirror. Next, check on top of the dresser that's under
the window. Open the package to find the Unknown Medication. Now,
spray the broken glass shards and shine the ALS on it to reveal a spot
of blood. You'll get a quiz here. The correct answer is "It was swept
up with the glass".
Ok, that's all here, but before we leave, guess what! There's ANOTHER
hidden medal challenge in this episode and it's in this here room.
See the broken mirror? And to the left a chair with a teddy bear? And to
the left of THAT a bag and some boxes? Check the stack of books on top
of those boxes to find this medal challenge. Here we go! First question.
This one's pretty easy. Since the Batista Procedure is complete crap and
has been abandoned by the medical community due to so many failures,
it's obvious that it isn't more effective than a heart transplant.
Answer "More successful than transplants". How's THAT for deduction Roni.
Second question. Oh, another easy one. "Isograft" is obviously the
correct answer, come on. Next question. Ok, this one's tough. Who can
even know this crap? Ffffff. The correct answer is apparently "Don't
use forceps on membranes". Really? What does that even mean. I don't.
Fourth question. Oh, haha, this one is drop dead easy. Man, it looks
like ancient folk wisdom still applies because the correct answer is
obviously "All of the above". Final question. And it's a deceptively
difficult one. The correct answer is "To reduce eyestrain in doctors".
Now you'll be able to get the medal after beating the stage.
Aight, whew. Let's get back to the office. Little Guy will tell you
that they've received the interview with the truck driver. Open up
the recorder and choose "Veronica before the accident". Click on speech
bubble #8 to get the Collapsed Girl card. Next, listen to "What did you
do afterwards" and click on speech bubble #11 to get the Body Disposal
card.
Yokay, turn on the computer and let's begin fusing. Join the two cards
with the truck driver on them. When the quiz comes up, answer "Lying on
the ground", "Threw the corpse over the bridge" and "She was thrown off
the bridge". After that, Little Guy will be trying to contact you, so
listen to his crap. He's finished with the parent records. After he
finishes talking, show him the unknown medication. After that, show it
to him AGAIN to have him analyze it. Also have him analyze the blood on
the second earring. It belongs to the victim. When the quiz here comes
up, answer "It was ripped out of her ear". Now fuse that earring card
with the other earring card. You'll get another quiz. The correct answer
is "She was taken by force". This'll get you the first solid evidence of
the case. Little Guy will now also have finished analyzing the Victim
Events. Not only that, but he'll be trying to contact you again. Talk to
him to receive the information on the prescription medication.
We're still not done fusing things. Join the Post-Mortem fractures with
the driver's account. The correct answer to the quiz here is "Already
dead". Next, join the Victim's Hospital Record with the Parents' Hospital
Records. It'll ask how many months ago Veronica Cage had been visiting
the hospital. Type 2 on the numpad and press OK. For the next question,
also type 2. You'll get the "Bizarre Coincidence" card. Now fuse the
Victim's Charts with Mysterious Bloodstains. You'll get the Traces of
Vomited Blood card. Fuse that with the Unknown Pathological Change.
After some dialogue Little Guy will give you the aluminum powder for
finding fingerprints.
So alright, get back to Veronica's room and let's give that a whirl.
Spread the powder on the floor in the area between the cushions and the
door, then shine the ALS on it to reveal all the fingerprints. A quiz
will come up. What was the victim doing? Obviously she was pushing off
the walls in zero-G!! ...ok, no, she was "Crawling on the floor".
After that, examine the doormat to remove it. Then spray luminol on that
area and shine the ALS to reveal bloodstains. An extreme amount too.
It's clearly "Blood that she vomited". And the shape indicates that
"The door was closed".
Now click on the door to close it. Check the scratch marks on it. Spray
them with luminol to reveal bloodstains in them. The answer to the
question is, of course, "Scratching". We're done here now. Get back to
the office, boot up the computer and let's finish fusing.
Join "Termina Symptoms" with "Fingerprints on Floor". Join the "Lethal
Bloodloss" with "Hidden Scratches". When the quiz comes up, answer
"Locked in". Now, show the fractured finger to Little Guy. You'll
receive the Pre-Mortem Fracture card. Finally, join that with the other
remaining card to get the last evidence. You'll get a couple questions
here. The answers are "Increased aggression" and "Veronica was beating
her parents".
Whew. Conclusion reached. Jesus that was even longer than the first
mission. Now all we have to do is present the cards in the correct order.
That order is "Veronica's Violence", "Sudden Attack", "Sealed Door",
"Proof of Abduction", "Truth Behind Fractures", and the original card.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
==========================
=== Gabriel Cunningham ===
==========================
=== Moving Heart ===
Aight, you ready for the next diagnosis? Again no cute girl this time
but at least it ain't a fat bastard either. Let's do it! First thing's
first, let's question her. Click on "Um... I've had a fever for a while
and it won't go away.", "I've also lost some weight, but I think it's
just because of the fever.", "Besides that... I've been having night
sweats, but that might be the fever too.", and "There are some odd
bruises around the scar from the operation.".
After that, she'll let you do the visual exam. Make her lift up her
shirt by checking her abdomen. Point at the dots on the left side of her
waist to get the "Pigment spots" symptom and unlock a scintigraphy.
Let's go check it out right now. Head to the lab and bring up the image.
Look at the area where the pigment spots were on her abdomen. It will
be darker than on the normal image. Point here to get the "Abnormal
uptake into pigment spots" symptom.
Now get back to the office. Time to narrow down the candidates as Gabe
says. Get into Roni and open up Kaposi's Sarcoma. Drag all of the
symptoms from the left to it. They all match. But before we can make
the diagnosis, we have to go talk to the patient again. Get back to the
exam room. Question her again. This time click on "It's strange... I made
sure to take the medication they gave me too." once you do that, the
Biopsy results will come in. They're positive. Get back to the office
and drag the new symptom over to Kaposi's Sarcoma. That's it.
..but you thought we were done that fast? Naw. You ain't done. I been
watchin' you. You ain't washed behind yo ears or nuthin'. Begin phase 2!
Question her again, and click on "Um...my stomach suddenly started
hurting..." to get the stomachache symptom. Click on "And... I feel a
little nauseous, too", you'll get the Nausea symptom. Then click on
"Let's see... if there's anything else worth mentioning, I guess I have
been feeling a little bloated..." to get Bloated Abdomen. Finally, click
on "I'm having trouble... using the toilet fully, you understand?" to
get the constipation symptom.
Next we'll use the stethoscope. Listen to her stomach. SWEET JESUS. It's
like she's got a lion in there! You'll get the "Aggravated Bowel Sounds"
symptom. After this, the X-Ray and CT exams will unlock. So let's go
to the image lab and look them over.
Open up the X-Ray image and look at the upper part of the image. She's
got a shadow in the shape of what seems to be a sink faucet to the right
of the spine. The normal image doesn't have this. Click it to obtain
the Formation of air-fluid level symptom.
Next, open up the second CT image. It's glaringly obvious that her two
kidneys are way smaller than on the normal picture. Click on either one
of them. This isn't actually a symptom, but it'll get you the next Gabe
medal. Once you have that, open up the fourth CT image. Check out the
top-right of the image. You'll see a white ball there that isn't on the
normal one. Click on it to get the "Tumor Shadows on Small Intestine"
symptom.
That's all we need for now. Get back to the office and boot Roni up.
Open up Occlusive Ileus and drag all the symptoms on the left to it.
Then hit diagnose to finish this phase.
Time to start up phase 3, let's take everything again from the top. Or
from the bottom, whatever. The first thing I want you to do is bring up
the EKG. Now look at the bottom part. Every 8 sections a part of the
line will be cut off. Point here and say it's an abnormality to get
another medal for Gabe!
Now, start questioning her again. Click on "I don't know why, but my
chest's been hurting for a while." and "If this keeps up... *cough*
*cough*" to get Chest Pains and Coughing.
After that, auscultate her. Exit out of that and she'll begin coughing
again. Question her again. This time click on "Um... when I was coughing
just now, I tasted blood." and "Doctor... it's getting hard to breathe.
Could this be related...?". You'll get Bloody Sputum and Dyspnea.
Now auscultate her again. Listen to her left lung (that would be your
right). It's barely breathing. Have RONI record this to get the
"Attenuation of Respiratory Sounds" symptom. The x-ray will now be
ready too, so head over to the image analysis lab. Open up the single
image. The problem here is obvious. Click on the lower-right part of
the image. There's a huge white shadow here that isn't on the normal
image. You'll get "Pleural Effusion".
That's all. Time to go to the office. Open up Roni and bring up
Carcinomatous Pleuritis. Drag all of the symptoms over to it. They all
apply to it, but we still need a CT scan. Unfortunately we gotta visit
the patient once more because apparently she's doing pretty bad.
Do so, and after some good ol' drama you'll get a new x-ray image and
the CTs. Get to the lab and bring up the new X-ray. Again, the
abnormality is obvious. The entire area above where we found the pleural
effusion is different and there's a Rosalia bruise. Click here to get
some pretty cool music.
Bring up the fifth CT image. Look at the lung on the right. There's a
white shadow on the upper-right part that isn't on the normal image.
Click it to get the tumor shadows symptom. That's all we need. Get back
to the office and bring up Carcinomatous Pleuritis again. Drag the
remaining symptom onto it and make the diagnosis to finish this mission!
Well that was kinda cool. These diagnosis missions aren't so bad. Now
if only Rosalia wasn't such a joke disease.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
=======================
=== Naomi Kimishima ===
=======================
=== Behind the Lies ===
Welp, here we go again with Naomi. Let's get started. Like Naomi says,
go to the evidence room first and check out the corpse. Quite a few
things on it. Examine the star-shaped pattern on the left side of her
head. The answer to the quiz here is "The shape of the weapon". Next,
examine the big wound on her chest. The answer to the quiz here is
"Cross-Shaped". Also examine the small wound on her back. Finally, check
both palms of her hands. She has wounds on each one.
Now bring up the personal effects. Couple of things to examine here.
First the bloodstain on the sleeve, then the hairs on the shoulder. When
the quiz here comes up answer "Alma and Joseph have white hair".
That's all we need. Go back to the office and turn on the computer.
Start by having Little Guy analyze the blood on the sleeve and the hair.
When the quiz comes up, answer "Cut". Next, join the back wound with
the chest wound. The answers to the quiz here are "The weapon penetrated
the body" and "Her chest". Now show Little Guy the card you obtain from
this. Tell him it's "Over 20 cm" and "Cross-shaped". Now fuse this new
card you obtain with the "Murder Weapon(?)" card. Answer "Joseph is
lying". Well, that got us our first solid evidence fast.
Turn off the computer and Little Guy will tell you they're done
interrogating Joseph. Open up the recorder and listen to his bull.
Click on speech bubble #6 to obtain the "Joseph's injury" card. Boot up
the comp again and fuse that with "Type O Blood". Wow, our second solid
evidence already? We goin' places! Turn off the computer.
Time to put the facts in order. The answers here are "He hid the real
murder weapon", and "He can't stand". You can now visit the Mountain
House. So that's where we're going next!
Ok, first examine the fireplace. You'll find the mysterious ashes and
the burned hair. Next, examine the clock on the table. The stars on it
match the "Bruise on corpse's head". Now examine the white shard
underneath the table. The answer to the quiz here is "There are no other
pieces around".
That's all we need, but before we go, there's a hidden medal challenge
here! Look at the table on the corner on the left. Examine the books on
it to find this challenge. First question. Let's see, how many... son
of a whore! How is anyone supposed to know this bull? God dammit.
Oh well, at least we know it can't be very many of them since emergencies
have to be treated fast. The answer is 7. Second question. Well this
one's not as bad. And you know how it is at this point with this game.
If one of the answers is all of the above, that's always the correct
one. The answer is "Everything should be suspected!". Third question.
Well this one's free. It's obviously "The subject's condition". Fourth
question. Whoop, another freebie. Everybody knows circulation is
essential to keeping someone alive, so it has to be that. Last question.
Eh. This one's pretty easy too, I mean, it's telling us THE injured
person so that means confirming the number of wounded is pointless, and
if there's only one then triage is pointless as well. And preparing your
equipment? Pfft, come on, you always do that ANYWAY. The answer is
obviously "Confirm your own safety". How's THAT for deduction Roni.
Gotta finish the stage to earn the medal now.
Get back to the office and turn on the comp. First show the glass shard
to Little Guy. When the quiz comes up, answer "Part of a wine glass".
After that, have Little Guy analyze it a second time. Now, fuse the
burned hair with the animal hair, then the clock with the star-shaped
bruise. Show the new card you got from this to Little Guy. That's about
it. Turn off the comp now.
Oh hell no. Turns out there's a second corpse. And it's the Parker's
daughter. We don't get a break. Oh well. Head over to the evidence
room and check the new corpse. Just a couple things to examine here.
The wound on her chest, obviously caused by the same weapon that killed
Alma, and the wound on her right palm, the same shape as Alma's.
Now the personal effects. Couple things here too. The cellphone,
obviously, and the hair on her shoulder. Oh come on, the hair is in
the exact same place as "on Alma's Clothes"? You could at least make it
SLIGHTLY different. That's all. Get back to the office and let's get to
fusin'. But before that, gotta show the little guy some stuff. Namely,
the cellphone and Abigail's wound. When the quiz comes up, answer
"The murder weapon is the same" and "Depth of wound". Let's keep fusing
everything that's the same. The "Familiar Hair" with the "Mysterious
Fur". You'll get another quiz and the correct answer here is "The
killer wore the fur". Finally fuse the two wounds on their palms, and
then fuse "Same Murder Weapon" with "Fur Coincidence". The answers to
the quiz here are "Weapon that killed them" and "Black animal hair".
You'll get the same killer card.
Get out of the comp now. Little Guy will inform you that new testimony
has arrived. First listen to Joseph's new lie. Nothing special here.
Next, listen to the cook and click on speech bubble #10 to get the
"Abigail's Trail" card. Get on the computer again and fuse that with
"Two-day old corpse". When the quiz pops up, answer "Was seen hours
before death". Turn off the computer now and Little Guy will tell you
they've gotten a suspect. He'll send you his testimony. Apparently
Abigail was having an affair with him? But wait, if Alma is 70 years
old, that would mean Abigail has to be like around 40! Who in their
right mind would want to have an affair with a 40 year old woman? Christ.
Everybody knows once a woman gets past 30 she's over the hill. But wait,
where was I? Oh right. The testimony. Listen to it. "Innocent and
beautiful girl"? Get real, she was an old hag! Ok, ok, I'll shut up now.
Anyway, after listening to it, a quiz'll pop up. The correct answers are
"Record of calls received", "The chef, Victor", and "The wife, Caroline".
You'll get the wife's recording now. Listen to all of it. Naomi says
she sounded unstable. If by unstable she means like a bitch, I agree.
Well I guess they make a good couple. The insufferable bitch and the
cheating rat bastard. Anyway, Little Guy will tell you that Caroline
shouldn't know that Sean was cheating on her. So then why'd she call
him a cheating rat bastard or whatever? Listen to the testimony again
and click on speech bubble #7. You'll get another quiz here. The answer
is "Saw him with Abigail".
Get on the computer again. Have Little Guy analyze the lighter. Obviously
it was "Caroline Bowen" that dropped the lighter. Join this new piece of
evidence with the Caroline card. You'll get a rare quiz with only two
answers. Obviously we can't say Caroline is behind the murders for sure.
That kind of flimsy evidence may fly in an actual court (get it? because
they're incompetent and convict innocents all the time) but we're being
serious here. Anyway, show the new evidence to the Little Guy. He'll
also have finished analyzing the phone and also tells you the chef's
new testimony is in. Go listen to it.
After you're done with that, Caroline's new testimony will come in. That
was fast. Listen to it and you'll get a new card at the end. Now get back
on the computer and join Abigail's Time of Death with the Payphone Call.
Abigail was last seen 3 days ago. Type that in and hit OK. She was with
Sean Bowen. Although I know "Naomi Kimishima" is tempting. The reason she
left was because she got a phone call. It came from a pay phone nearby.
Next, join the Mysterious Ashes with the Crazy Monster to get our next
piece of solid evidence. Yeesh. Been a while.
Turn off the computer. It'll be time to sort out the information. A
series of questions will come up. The answers are "To destroy the
evidence", "He confessed to the murders", "Abigail", "Responded to the
phone call", and finally "He's lying to protect him".
After that, get back on the comp. Little Guy will be trying to contact
you. Talk to him and Alyssa will make him open the clock to find the real
murder weapon inside. What, so you're telling me they never actually
looked inside the clock? What a bunch of incompetent buffoons. Anyway,
get the stake analyzed. You'll see that the handle is the same as the
bruise on Alma's palm. Join the hilt with Alma's palm bruise. You'll
get another quiz, but man, I don't know why they even ask some of this
stuff when they literally give you the answer right before. Sigh. Anyway,
it's "Alma used the murder weapon". Now join the "Weapon - Blade" with
the weapon inconsistency. You'll get a new card. Combine it with Alma's"
Weapon". You'll get another quiz here. The correct answer is that
"She didn't know it was Alma".
After that, you'll get a call from the Little Guy. He's finished
analyzing the wine glass shard. 'bout fricken time. It'll become solid
evidence now. Exit the computer now. You'll get two questions here.
Answer "Joseph", "The blood on Alma's sleeve".
Now get back to the murder scene. You'll get a recording from Joseph
telling you to check above the fireplace. Do it, check the bricks just
above where the two family photos are to find Alma's diary. Now go back
to the office. Little Guy will inform you that Alma's autopsy revealed
she had a tumor in the prefrontal lobe. That's why she went insane.
You'll now read the diary and get some questions. The answers are
"Black bruise on right palm", "Having auditory hallucinations", "Wound
on right palm", "Sleeping pills". You'll get a crapload of solid
evidence. We're almost done. Get back on the computer and show Little Guy
the only piece of evidence that's yet to be finished. You'll get a stupid
question. Obviously the death Alma couldn't be behind is Alma's, we
already know she killed Abigail and the other two guys are alive! Geez.
The answer to the next question is "Burning the mask and fur" and then
"Hiding the murder weapon". You'll now have the final evidence.
Conclusion reached! God DAMN but this mission was even longer than all
the others. 's ridankalus. Anyway, now all that's left is to present the
cards in the correct order. That order is "Alma's symptoms", "Details of
Abigail's murder", "Deceased's voice: Abigail", "Two Sigils",
"Benzodiazepine in wine", "Joseph's bloodstain", "Masked Suspect",
"Other Killer", "Husband's Lie", and the original card.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
==========================
=== Gabriel Cunningham ===
==========================
=== The Simplest Truth ===
Alright let's get started! ..what the. Joshua looks too much like
Gabriel. Is he your kid or your clone man? Geez. Anyway, let's start
by questioning him. There isn't really anything to point out, he seems
fine. Next, use the stethoscope and the EKG, but they don't show any
abnormalities either.
After you do that though, he'll start coughing. Auscultate him again.
Check his heart and his lungs. The heart is beating faster than normal
and he's breathing pretty rapidly too. You'll get the tachycardia and
tachypnea symptoms. After that he'll cough again and spit blood on his
hand. Gabriel says he needs to do something to get the kid to show his
hand, but man, can't you just, like, slap him on the back of the head
and tell him to show you his hand? No need to jump through any hoops.
But oh well. Examine him and click on his shirt to make him lift it up,
then have him lift it back down. He'll get the blood on it. BUSTED.
Examine the spot of blood to get the hematemesis symptom. After that the
X-ray exam will become available, so go to the lab and check it out.
Bring up the second X-ray image and look at the center of it. There's a
bright white spot there that isn't on the normal image. Click on it to
obtain the "Caved-in gastric wall" symptom. Now go back to the exam
room and tell Joshua about it. Question him and he'll start talking for
real now. Click on "...My tummy hurts once in a while. But that's it!",
and "Yeah, I don't feel like eating when it hurts. What's wrong with
that?".
That's about it. Get back to the office and bring up the candidates.
Open up Gastric Ulcer and drag all the symptoms over to it. Then hit
diagnose to finish this phase.
Onto phase 2. Since we're already at the office, take a look at the
diagnostic results first. Click on his serum amylase, serum lipase and
elastase levels. That's all here. Now get to the lab.
Bring up the X-Ray image. The abnormality is extremely obvious. He has
a shadowing in the upper-right in the shape of a wii nunchuck. Examine
it to obtain the "Abnormal Bowel Gas in Intestine" symptom.
Next, bring up the third CT image and look at the center of it and
towards the top. His pancreas is swollen. Record it.
That's all we need, however, before we leave, bring up the fourth CT
image. Look at the very top part of the image. See that the normal
one extends higher up? Point there and say it's an abnormality to get
the next Gabriel medal! I don't get why Gabe's so worried about the
thin layer of fat. I mean, it's supposed to be good if you have less fat!
Anydangway, get back to the office and talk to Joshua again. He'll
finally agree to cooperate fully. Question him again and click on
"It's not just my tummy... my back's been starting to hurt too..." and
"Also... I don't feel well. I feel like I'm gonna throw up any minute..."
then make him lift up his shirt. You'll see bruises on his belly button
and on the left side of his torso. Examine and record BOTH of them.
We got all we need now. Head back to the office to diagnose. Bring up
Acute Pancreatitis and drag all the symptoms from the left over to it.
They all apply. That ends phase 2.
Let's start again. Bring up the diagnostic results again and this time
check the Serum Calcium, Serum Phosphorus, Serum PRL, Serum Gastrin and
the Intact PTH levels. They're all outside the range. After that,
question him once again and click on "Um... I've started getting real
thirsty. I've been going to the bathroom a lot too." You'll get
Polydipsia and Polyuria.
That's all. Head back to the office now and open Roni up. Bring up
Hyperparathyroidism and drag Polydipsia and Polyuria, High Blood Calcium
Level, Low Serum Phosphorus level and high intact PTH level to it. We'll
need to check the x-ray and scintigraphy results to make a concrete
diagnosis though, so get back to the lab. Bring up the X-ray. Now look
at his index finger. It's subtle, but the proximal phalange has been
eaten away a little on the left side. Record that. Now bring up the
scintigraphy. This one's easy. The normal image has 2 spots and the
real one has 3. Click on the third spot to get the Parathyroid Adenoma
symptom.
Welp, get back to the office and drag those two symptoms to
hyperparathyroidism. That's all of the symptoms for it, but we still
have symptoms left over that don't apply. Guess it's back to the exam
room again. Joshua says he can't see, so question him again.
Click on "But I totally didn't see when you came in." to get the visual
field loss symptom and unlock the MRI exam. Also click on "And... my
head hurts too... but I'll keep trying to help you, Doctor!" to get
the headache symptom.
Now go back to the lab and check the MRI. Bring up the third image and
look at the top left part of the brain. You'll see a slash there like
someone came in with a knife and chopped it like it was a bar of butter.
There's no such chop on the normal image. Point here and say it's an
abnormality to get yet another medal for Gabe and get some awesome
dialogue! I also like his face when you find it, I don't think they used
that face in any other part of the game.
Now let's go back to finding actual symptoms. Bring up the fifth MRI
and look at the black hole a bit to the left of the center. The
pituitary gland, which is on the upper-right of that black area is
extremely swollen compared to the normal image. Record that. You'll get
the "Tumor shadow on pituitary gland" symptom.
That's all we need to diagnose. Go back to the office now and bring up
Pituitary Adenoma. Drag headache, visual field loss, high serum PRL
level and tumor shadow on the pituitary gland to it. This is far from
all the symptoms though. After you do this, though, RONI will add the
Wermer's Syndrome to the list. Open it up and drag all of the symptoms
to it. This time they all match. There is one last symptom though. We
need to find tumors in a CT of the pancreas. It will become available
now, so head to the lab.
Open up the 4th CT image and look at the pancreas near the center. It's
swollen and way bigger than on the normal image, but we already found
that symptom earlier. Look towards the left side and you'll be able to
see a faint shadow not present on the normal image. Point here to find
the tumor shadow we're looking for. Then finally go back to the office
again, drag the final symptom to Wermer's Syndrome and we're finished.
Man. The tone there was pretty serious. But at least we know everything
turns out alright in the end!
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
=======================
=== Naomi Kimishima ===
=======================
</pre><pre id="faqspan-10">
=== Crime of Passion ===
Man am I the only one who thinks the Raging Bomber's name is too close
to Raging Boner? ...actually that probably is why they chose the name.
Let's begin. As always, let's start by going to the evidence room and
checking out the corpse. There are a few things to examine here. First
and most obviously, the huge amount of wounds all over his chest from
the explosion. Next, examine the black piece of metal stuck in the big
laceration on the chest to the right. Obviously "The explosion blew it
there". Finally, check the right hand. There are two things here.
Calluses and some black powder. When the quiz comes up, answer that
Aidan Posner's occupation was "Tennis player" and that he was
"Right-handed".
That's all we're getting here. Go back to the office now and listen to
the manager's recording. You'll get the Unknown Method card. Also
Little Guy will send you the revolutionary's testimony, so listen to
that. Afterwards you'll get a quiz. Answer that he's "A young male" and
that his next target is "A caucasian man".
Now boot up the computer. There are quite a few things we have to show
the Little Guy. First, the lacerations. Answer that the bomb must have
been "Within a meter" distance. Next, show him the Mystery Metal. Answer
that the piece of metal was "Shrapnel from a bomb". Finally, show him
the "Substance on little finger".
Exit the computer now. Little Guy will call in to inform you that the
bomber already killed the next victim. Geez, this raging boner sure
works fast! Anyway, go back to the evidence room and check out the new
body. Examine the lacerations on the chest and the carbon dust on the
little finger of his left hand. Just like Aidan Posner, who also had it
"On a little finger". "The physical location" is different though, since
Aidan had it "On the right little finger". That's all we're going to
learn here.
Go back to the office and Little Guy will tell you they found out
information on the victim. The bombing site will now become available,
so let's head on over there! Once you're there, the phone will ring. An
it'll have an extremely weird ringtone. Apparently Stephen had a debt or
whatever. But more importantly, let's get to investigating the scene.
First up, inspect the computer on the left. You'll get the "Nonresponsive
computer" card. Next, examine the broken guitar on the floor. You'll
pick it up. After that, move to the right side of the room and check the
white shard on the wall above the desk where the bomb went off. At
first I thought it was a hole in the wall, but apparently it's a piece
of metal.
Apparently that's all we're going to find here, even though there's
CLEARLY more evidence. But oh well. One more thing though, there's a
hidden medal challenge in this room! Check the bookcase on the left
part of the room. Specifically, the smaller one closest to the corner,
and the second shelf from the bottom. Endoscopy challenge go! First
question. Well this one's pretty straightforward and easy to find out.
The esophagus is 25-30 cm, so... go with 25. Second question... god
dammit this one's tough. Who can even know this crap. Jesus christ.
Whatever, answer "Ulcerative and invasive types". Third question now.
Mmm. This one's tough too, but I'm gonna have to go with "Hemostatic
Clip" based only on the fact that that sounds like the craziest thing to
put in your nose. Not that all of the others aren't crazy too. Screw
endoscopy. Fourth question. Aw crap. This challenge isn't going to give
us a break huh? Well FINE. You want a fight? Based on the fact
that anticholinergic inhibits parasympathetic nerve impulses which are
responsible for involuntary movements of smooth muscles, which obviously
are far more likely have something to do with glaucoma, high blood
pressure and hyperplasia... I'll go with "Impaired Glucose Tolerance".
Oh yes. Last question. Ok, you gotta be kidding me. ALL of these
are commonly used. Screw it, this is retarded, not even satan would know
the answer to this. The answer is "Evans Blue". For some reason.
Anyway, get back to the office now. Time for some mad fusing. But before
we start with that, we gotta show Little Guy a LOT of things. First show
him the broken guitar to have him geek out over it. Then show it to him
a second time. A quiz'll come up. The correct answer here is "The string
orders" and "Left-handed". After that, show him the nonresponsive
computer. Well. That was an easy way to get our first solid evidence.
Next, show him the substance on little finger 2. It's carbon dust too.
Then, show him the explosion card. When the quiz here comes up, answer
"At very close range". Finally, show him the mystery metal 2. It's "Part
of a bomb". Now fuse that with the other bomb fragment. They were both
originally part of a "Steel Pipe". The substance found on them was
"Explosive propellant". Now, join the two substances on little finger
together. They're the same except "It's on different hands". After that,
fuse the "Callus on right palm" card with "Left-handed owner". Aidan
Posner's dominant hand was obviously his "Mutant 3rd hand!". Yeah.
Ok fine, it was his "right hand". Stephen's was his "Left hand".
Now fuse this new card you get with "Differences in dust". The carbon
dust was "On the dominant hand". That'll get us our next piece a solid
evidence.
Dang. Losta fusin' goin' around here huh? Welp, next up, join the two
close range explosions, and then fuse the card you get from that with
the "Same bombs" card. "The bombs had the same power". The distances
from the bombs were "Both from very close" Obviously this means they
"Were made by the same person". That'll get us the next solid evidence.
Now fuse the "White male target" with "Newest victim". When the quiz
pops up, answer "He isn't famous".
Whew, that's about it. Exit the computer now and Little Guy will inform
you Lang's testimony has arrived. Listen to it, and after that say that
Stephen "isn't famous"...again. Then answer "Buy a guitar" and "He had
a periodic income". You'll get an updated card and Little Guy will tell
you he sent you the Revolutionary's recording from before Aidan Posner
died. Listen to it, and Naomi will say something was odd. A new topic
will come up on the recording, so listen to it again, and this time click
on speech bubble #9. You'll get the Reason for Cutoff card. Get back on
the computer and show it to Little Guy, then open the recording a third
time, this time choosing "Something in the background" and click on
speech bubble #8. The ringing is from the "phone in Stephen's room".
Get back on the computer and join "Stephen's mysteries" with "Rev. is
a young male". When the quiz comes up, answer "It's Stephen Eldred".
Now exit the computer and the mission will end without a conclusion being
reached! I guess we'll have to wait till the next one.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
=======================
=== Naomi Kimishima ===
=======================
=== Seeking Atonement ===
Aight, going right back into it! As soon as you start you'll get a series
of questions. The answers here are "The deliverywoman", "Carbon dust",
"The Revolutionary", "His voice was unprocessed", and "Why was the
Revolutionary killed?".
Once that's done, go to Stephen's room again. We'll be searching around
for really realz this time. Like Naomi says, the area with the most
clues is the right side. First grab the delivery form on the floor there.
The important evidence on it is "Fingerprints". Next, examine the
doormat. You'll have to find the footprints that are different from
Stephen's. They're pretty easy to spot, they're the two pointy ones on
the top and center. Point on either of them and press OK. Next, shine
the ALS on the area above the doormat. The corner of the room. You'll
find a hair here. That's all, I guess. Get back to the office now and
boot up the computer.
Ok. Show those three things you found at the scene to the Little Guy.
When you show him the hair, you'll get a question. The answer is "The
natural color stands out". After you've shown him those three things,
fuse both receipts. The forms have prints from the recipient and "The
person who delivered it". The one who delivered the bomb to the
revolutionary was the "Deliverywoman who was at CIFM". The bluff the
raging boner used was "The Revolutionary", what triggered the explosion
was "Opening the package's lid". She used a timer for Naomi's bomb
though because she was "Anticipating heavy security". The revolutionary's
deposits to his his account coincided with "The bomb threats".
Anyway, now join the two Dead cards. The person making the deposits was
"The Raging Bomber". In exchange the revolutionary would "Make bomb
threats". The last deposit was "a lot more money". Obviously the reason
for that is because "He blackmailed the bomber". And it was "To pay back
loans". The bomber made the final deposit "To pay him for another
threat". Dang, lotta questions. Anyway, you'll get the Higgins Beach
Deposit card. Fuse that now with the shoeprints. The answer to the
question here is "The shoe store has to be checked". Show the new card
you get to the Little Guy. You'll get a series of questions here. The
answers are "She's a woman", "Unknown", "Unknown", "170-180 cm", "Has
red hair". Okay. We now have the location of the bomber's place. Head on
over there.
Welp, turns out we're stuck here now. Apparently the 4 bombs on the
table will go off in 10 minutes unless we find out the numbers on the
cellphones attached to them. Obviously that's a lie though. We have all
the time in the world. So just relax. We have more important matters to
attend to anyway. Namely, the fact that there's a hidden medal challenge
in this room! Check the shelves on the wall with all the boxes and
stuff. Specifically, examine the second shelf from the top. The medal
challenge will be here. Mm. Orthopedics huh. First question. Well, this
one's not too bad. The answer is obviously "Osteoclastoma" because all
the other ones are sarcomas and that's classified as malignant. Next
question. Oh, this one's not so bad either. The answer is "Extraction
takes time". Come on, EVERYTHING in orthopedics takes time. Why would
that be a problem. Third question. Mm, this one's definitely tougher.
The answer is "Spinal osteomyelitis" though. Who knows why. Fourth
question. Well... since the ulnar nerve is directly connected to the
little finger and the ring finger, and this isn't the one being
paralyzed... then I guess the answer has to be "Thumb - Index - Middle".
Last question now. Ok, let me tell you something. This question is a huge
trap. A huge RETARDED trap. I don't understand it at all. It asks which
of the following is NOT a possibility if osteomyelitis occurs in
children, and the answer is "Occurance in arms and legs" but in REALITY
that is where it MOST COMMONLY occurs in children. Furthermore, occurance
is not even a word. So what the HELL people. Who is responsible for
these things? Because he needs to be fired. Geez. Anyway, at least we
got the stupid medal.
Moving on. Let's deactivate those bombs. The clue for the first one is
KQJQ and to close the curtains. The curtains have cards on them, and the
KQJQ refers to king, queen, jack, queen. The rank of king is 13. 12 for
queen. And 11 for the jack. That means KQJQ turns into 13 12 11 12.
Examine the first cellphone and punch that in. Easy.
Next one. Ms. raging boner tells us the clues are in the mirror and the
phone. First powder the mirror and shine the ALS on it to reveal a
message. It says "The sum of the first four is five. They are led by the
largest. The sum of the last four is eleven. The smallest leads. What
are they?" Next, powder the telephone and shine the light on it to find
that the only fingerprints are on the 1, 2 and 3 buttons. That means
those are the only numbers used. With that we can know the answer.
Since the first 4 digits add up to 5 and are led by the largest, that
means the number 3 can't be used at all because then the sum would be
over 5. That means the first number HAS to be 2. And the only way for
that to make 5 is for the next 3 digits to all be 1s. Which means the
first four digits are 2111. Now for the second half, it says the smallest
leads but that it adds up to eleven. That means that a 1 can't possibly
be used because that would only add up to 10. So we can only use 2s and
3s, and the only way to get a sum of eleven with those is 2333. So the
number is 2111 2333. Punch that in.
Next bomb. She says the hints are scattered about the room like the stars
themselves. Well that's pretty obvious. Examine the poster of the solar
system up on the wall. It has all the planets with their respective
astrological signs. These signs are hidden around the room in blood with
a number each, so you're going to have to spray 8 places with luminol
to find them. The places are:
1) Under the mirror.
2) On the column in the corner near the window.
3) On the wall to the right of that, under the place where the pliers
and wrenches are hanging.
4) On the wall underneath the two posters below the solar system one.
5) Under the table where the 4 bombs are.
6) On the white column in the middle of the room.
7) On the cute bed.
8) On the carpet on the floor beside the bed.
So now we've got all the numbers, we just have to put them in the
order from closest to the sun to farthest based on the signs beside each
number. That order is 3415 8693. Punch that in and that'll take care of
the third bomb.
Fourth bomb now. She asks what would 8947 6231 be if 7 is 1, 3 is 9
but 5 is 5. What she's referring to is clear if you look at the
calculator beside the phone. A calculator's pad is different from a
phone's in the number placement. The 7 and 1 are switched, the 3 and 9
are switched too, and so are the 8 and 2. But the middle row is the
same. So all we have to do is switch those digits in the number she gave
us. That would turn 8947 6231 into 2341 6897. Punch that number in to
deactivate the fourth bomb.
Since the raging boner obviously has no honor, that means there's a fifth
bomb just waiting to explode. Examine the teddy bear on the cute bed.
The bomb's inside here. Naomi says you have to cut one of the wires, only
one of them reaches the bomb and the other two colors are decoys. The
note underneath will tell you the cable pattern. You need to start from
the bomb and work your way backwards through the cables. The note tells
you which color the cable turns into every time it goes through an
arrow. Since the starting cable is yellow and we're going backwards, that
means the cable turns blue after the first arrow, red after the second
one, and then back to yellow after the third one. That means when you
get to the first arrow you follow the blue cable after, then when you
get to the second arrow you follow the red cable, then on the next you
follow the yellow, then on the next you follow the blue, then on the
next the red, and then on the next the yellow one... and this one
is connected to the transceiver. So the cable you have to cut is the
yellow one. Point on it and press OK.
And with that we're done with this mission. While these puzzles weren't
exactly HARD or anything, they are way above the usual painfully obvious
quizzes, so that's appreciated.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
==========================
=== Gabriel Cunningham ===
==========================
=== Proud One ===
Welp, last Gabriel mission. Dude won't cooperate until he's got some
orders, so let's start with the things we don't need cooperation for.
And by that I mean visual examination. First examine his freakishly
deformed mutant hands. You'll get the swollen fingertips symptom.
Next, check his left arm, because it's a different size. You'll get the
swollen arm symptom. Finally, check his eye. Like Gabe says, it's hanging
unnaturally low. You'll get the Blepharoptosis symptom.
After you find these three things the orders to comply will come, which
means we can start questioning him. Click on "I have been experiencing
chest pain for several days!", "I have been coughing up bloody sputum!",
"I have been experiencing numbness in my left arm!". Well, he sure made
it easy compared to all the other patients. The x-ray and MRI exams will
become available at this point, so get to the image analysis lab.
Open up the x-ray. Look at the neck at the very top and a bit to the
right. You'll see some subtle white shadowing that isn't on the normal
image. Click here to obtain the "Tumor shadow on the lung" symptom.
Well that's it I guess. Move to the office and open Roni up. Bring up
Pancoast Tumor and drag all the symptoms to it. Apparently we need to
do a sputum cytology though. Get back to the exam room. When you do,
the patient says his chest pain's gotten worse and Gabe requests yet
another x-ray. Another one so soon? Guess it's back to the image lab.
Bring up the new x-ray and oh. Well this one's obvious, it's Rosalia
again, and in the same place as last time, on the right side of the
image. Click on it and say it's an abnormality. Afterwards, the
cytology will come back positive, which means we can make a diagnosis
now. Get back to the office, bring up Pancoast Tumor again and drag the
remaining symptom to it. Diagnosis complete.
But of course we ain't done yet. Begin diagnosis phase 2! First take a
look at the diagnostic results. Check the total bilirubin, AST, ALT,
y-GTP (yeah I know it's not a y, whatever), LAP, PIVKA-II and AFP levels.
Geez. So many abnormalities. Next, examine his eyes again. You'll get the
Jaundice symptom. Once you have that, question him again. Click on
"As of a moment ago, my stomach has begun to hurt..." to get the
stomachache symptom. That's all we're getting. Go back to the office
now. Bring up Malignant Liver Tumor and drag all the symptoms over to it.
They all match, but we still need a CT and a scintigraphy. Go to the
image analysis lab now. The CT images are available.
Alright, first bring up the third CT image. Check the top part of the
image. You'll see that the abs are larger than on the normal image. They
almost touch the skin. Click here and say it's an abnormality to get the
last medal for Gabe!
Anyway, for the actual symptom, you can basically find it in any of
the images. In the first one for example, if you look at the left side
you'll see that the liver extends out farther than on the normal image.
Now for the tumor, check the fourth image. Look at the left part and
you'll be able to see a subtle shadowing in the shape of a circle that's
not present on the normal image. Click here to get the tumor symptom.
The scintigraphy will now become available. Open it up and WOAH. He's
got a demonic claw squeezing his liver. REALISM. Click on it to obtain
the abnormal accumulation in liver symptom. Get back to the office now.
Drag the two remaining symptoms to Malignant Liver Tumor and diagnose.
We're still not done yet though. Time for phase 3! Looks like the
patient collapsed. That's not among the things that can be considered
good. Anyway, the only thing you can do at this point is talk to him. Now
turns out the army is going to try and stop us from continuing with the
diagnosis. Well to hell with 'em.
Start by examining his eyes once again. You'll get the bloodshot eyes
observation. Once you have that, talk to him. Click on "Sometimes my
muscles hurt so bad that I can barely stand it.", "But just reading all
that stuff gives me a headache sometimes, you know?", "But sometimes
I feel like there isn't the right balance of ingredients in the food.",
and "I was okay until a moment ago, but it suddenly feels really hot...".
Now, once you've got all that, examine him and click on his shirt to
have him take it off. You'll find two Rosalia bruises on his torso.
Click on either one of them to get the pigment spots on skin observation.
Go to the office now and open RONI up. None of the diseases on the list
totally match the symptoms. For now you'll just have to narrow things
down. Start with Typhoid and drag fever, headaches and pigment spots to
it. Next, bring up Acute Severe Respiratory Syndrome and drag fever,
headache, and muscle pain to it. Next, bring up Malaria and drag all
the symptoms except pigment spots to it. Then bring up Bacillary
Dysentery and drag fever to it. Finally, bring up Acute Hemorrhagic
Conjunctivitis and drag Bloodshot eyes, headache and fever to it.
That's all, but we need far more information for the diagnosis. Well
screw it. Enough with the charade, let's just examine the patient
before the army gets here. Get back to the exam room. Examine his mouth
to get the hematemesis symptom, then make him lift up his shirt again
and examine the pigment spots again. You'll get the skin hemorrhaging
symptom.
After some drama, new diagnostic results will become available. Open them
up and check his blood pressure, white blood cell count, fibrinogen,
APTT, and platelet count. That's it. Now go back to the office and
bring up the new Viral Hemorrhagic Fever. Drag all of the symptoms to it.
They all match, but we need an antibody reaction exam before we can
diagnose. Obviously they're not gonna let us. While RONI's finding
something out, get back to the exam room. The last thing we have to do
is just talk to the patient. Click on "I...I won't get the chance to tell
them myself." and "That's... my last wish...".
Once that's done, the exam result will come on. Obviously it's positive.
I mean, was there ever any doubt. That's the last symptom we need. Get
back to the office now and drag it over to Viral Hemorrhagic Fever and
diagnose. We're done.
That was cool. I guess these diagnostic missions really aren't so bad
after all. We're done with them now though.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
=======================
=== Naomi Kimishima ===
=======================
=== Demons and Death ===
Okay. Welp, turns out we'll have to start this mission by reconstructing
another skull. It'll be more of the same, except this time you can change
the angle of the pieces so I guess it's more difficult. We won't get it
done by just standing around, get in the evidence room and begin.
Stage 1 first. Let's start with the bottom part first since it's the
easiest. On the right side, grab the third fragment starting from the
bottom. No need to rotate it, just place it on the jaw area. Next, grab
the bottom piece from the left side, don't rotate it either. Place it
on the bottom-left part of the skull. Now, grab the bottom-rightmost
fragment, rotate it once counterclockwise and place it on the upper
right part of the skull. Then get the bottom piece from the left side
and place it to the left of the last fragment you placed, without
rotating. Next, get the top piece from the right, rotate it once
counterclockwise and place it on the left part of the skull. Only four
pieces left now. Grab the bottom-right one, rotate it clockwise once and
place it on the bottom. Then, get the bottom fragment of the two left on
the right side, rotate it once counterclockwise and place it to the right
of the last one. Finally, grab the left fragment, rotate it clockwise
once and place it on the top, then place the final fragment.
Stage 2! Dang, lotsa fragments here. Well let's start at the top I guess.
The top hole's got a little pick on the right, see? Well, grab the
middle fragment from the right side, rotate it once counterclockwise
and place it there. Movin' on. Grab the top right-most fragment, rotate
it once counterclockwise and place it to the right of the first piece
you placed. Now, grab the fragment on the right side that looks like a
pentagon. Rotate it clockwise once and place it in between the last two
pieces you placed. Let's move to the bottom now. Grab the middle piece
of the left side and place it on the bottom-right part of the skull.
No need to rotate it. Next, grab the top piece on the left side, rotate
it clockwise once and place it on the bottom-left part of the skull.
That'll leave a triangular shape in between the two pieces you just
placed. Grab the triangle shaped fragment from the left, rotate it
counterclockwise once and place it here. Well whaddya know. It's looking
a lot more complete now. Now you'll notice there's an almost square
indentation above the bottom-leftmost piece on the skull. Grab the
bottom-right fragment from the right side, rotate it counterclockwise
once and place it here. That'll leave an easy hole above it. Get the
middle piece from the right side, rotate it counterclockwise once and
put it here. Now, grab the bottom fragment from the left side. Rotate it
clockwise once and place it right smack in the middle of the skull. Get
the last piece from the left side, don't rotate it and place it
immediately to the right of that. Only two pieces left now. Grab the
bottom one, rotate it clockwise once and place it on the top, then place
the final piece.
Whew. Moving on. Stage 3 now. Damn, lotta pieces here too. Let's start
with the jaw since it's easy. Grab the middle piece from the left side,
rotate it counterclockwise once and place it here. Next, you see the
strange white piece on the right side? Why is it white and the others
are blue? No idea. Rotate it clockwise once and place it on the very top
part of the skull. Next, get the top-rightmost fragment, rotate it
counterclockwise once and place it on the top-right part of the skull.
Now, grab the second piece on the right side starting from the top.
Rotate it counterclockwise once and place it below the last one. After
that, get the triangle shaped fragment from the left and place it in
between the last two pieces. No need to rotate it. Oh by the way, grab
the leftmost fragment, don't rotate it, and place it on the nose area.
Then, grab the bottom fragment from the left side, rotate it
counterclockwise once and put it immediately to the right of that last
fragment you placed on the nose. Get the last remaining piece on the left
now and place it on the bottom-right part of the skull without rotating
it. After that, get the bottom-left fragment from the right side, rotate
it clockwise once and place it above that last fragment. Almost done now,
get the bottom piece, rotate it counterclockwise once and place it on
the bottom, then take the top piece, don't rotate it and place it right
above that. That only leaves the final piece.
Last stage. Well, it seems this one will be slightly easier if only
because the teeth are easily identified. Let's start with those. Grab
the teeth from the top-right, rotate them clockwise and place them on
the bottom-left part of the jaw. Next, grab the remaining teeth from
the right side, rotate them counterclockwise and place them above and to
the left of the last set of teeth you placed. Finally, grab the last
set of teeth on the left side, rotate them counterclockwise and place
them to the right of the last one. Okay, you'll now have part of the
left eyesocket reconstructed. Grab the top-left fragment, rotate it
counterclockwise once and place it above the partially reconstructed
eyesocket. While we're at it, get the top fragment from the right side,
don't rotate it, and place it on the bottom-left part of the skull. Then,
grab the leftmost fragment, again don't rotate it, and place it
immediately to the right of that. Hey, looks to me like we're almost
done. There's only two pieces on the left side now. Get the top one,
rotate it counterclockwise and place it on the top left part of the
skull. Once that's done, get the remaining piece from the left side,
rotate it counterclockwise too and place it below that last one. Only
fragments on the right side now! Get the top one, rotate it clockwise
and place it on the top-right. That'll leave an easy hole to the right.
Get the bottom-right fragment, rotate it clockwise and put it here.
Now, grab the largest fragment, rotate it clockwise too and place it
above the right eyesocket. Now there's only a hole in the middle and
a hole in the top left (and of course a hole in the very bottom but
guess who was stupid enough to swallow that piece?). Let's take care of
the top hole. Grab the bottom fragment, rotate it counterclockwise and
place it on the left part. Only two pieces left now! Grab the right one,
rotate it counterclockwise and place it at the top, then just place the
final piece in the middle and we're DONE. Sheesh. If you think it's a
pain in the ass to read these directions, trust me, it's even more of a
pain in the ass to write them.
Finally. Let's move on. Check the personal effects now. There are a few
things to examine here. First and most obviously, the huge bloodstains
on the front. The unusual thing about it is that "There's no clothing
damage". Next, examine the breastpocket to find a key. And finally,
check one of the pockets below to find a syringe and drugs. That's all
we're going to find. Get back to the office and boot up the comp.
We'll start by showing Little Guy all of the things we found from the
personal effects. Note that the bloodstain needs to be analyzed twice.
Once all that's done, fuse the two remaining cards. The skull
reconstruction stage 4 will come up again, and this time we'll be able
to use the two fragments the dumb cat swallowed to finish it. Grab the
piece from the left, rotate it clockwise and place it on the right.
Then grab the final piece and place it willy nilly. After some more
dialogue and once you regain control, show the skull to Little Guy.
When the quiz comes up, say that the guy "Had hemorrhagic fever". So
the pathogen in the bone is "Pure evil!" ok no, "A deadly virus". Then,
"Airborne infection is impossible". The foci in Chloe were always
"Under the bone fragments". So the route of infection is "Mucous membrane
contact". You'll get the Unknown Vector card.
Alright, get back to the evidence room and check out the skeleton. Let's
go from bottom to top. Check the left kneecap, then the broken right
femur. As we know, the femur is the tastiest bone in the human body. Ok,
no, hardest one. Next, check the scratched area on the upper arm bone.
I guess that's it. Get back to the computer now.
Have Little Guy analyze the three things you just found. Show him the
joint damage first. When the quiz comes up, answer that "The meniscus
was gone". Next, when you show him the shaved off bone, answer that it
was "To obtain a sample from it". Now, fuse "Bone samples taken" with
"Unknown Vector". Like we said before, the route of infection is
"Mucous Membranes". Although go ahead and try Psychic Power first.
The researcher "Shaved the bone". Obviously he "Inhaled the bone powder".
Moving on. Join Decreased Bone Density with Lost Meniscus. Clearly the
person had a "Weakened Skeletal System". By this time, Little Guy will
call you to say the analysis of the syringe is done. Turns out they
were antiviral drugs. Join them now with the Weakened Skeletal System.
When the quiz comes up, answer "Abnormal calcium consumption", "Decreased
bone density", "Themselves", "Fractured femur", and "Loss of meniscus".
You'll now get the Dangerous Injections card. Fuse it with the Dust-borne
Infection. The person was "Infected with a virus". Little Guy will now
tell you the results of the bloodstain are in, and that it contained
saliva. Obviously that means it was "Vomited". Finally, join that card
you get with the dead card. When the quiz pops up, answer "The clothing
was unchanged". That'll get us the first solid evidence. After that,
answer "In the health profession".
Little Guy will now send you information about age, sex, race, and
time of death. Fuse the estimating time of death card with the high
concentrations of nitrogen. That means he died "Around 2 years ago".
Now then. To find out the age, sex and race we have to examine the skull,
the eyesockets and the pelvis. Get back to the evidence room and examine
those three things on the skeleton. Once you do, go back to the computer
and fuse the 2 pelvis chards, the 2 eyesocket cards and the 2 skull
cards. The person is "Male", "Caucasian" and "In their 50's".
And that's it for this mission! Conclusion reached. All that's left now
is to present the cards in the correct order. That order is "Time since
death: two years ago", "Male Skeleton", "Age Assumed Around 50",
"Caucasian Skeleton", "Health Professional", "Conclusive Cause of Death",
and finally the original card.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
=======================
=== Naomi Kimishima ===
=======================
=== Carpet of Blue Death ===
Alright, this is it. The last filler mission. You ready for this? Let's
get this done! First thing you'll want to do is check on the corpse.
Get out of the helicopter and go to the evidence r- I mean, uh...
whatever! You know what I mean!
First, examine the cut on the bottom of her left foot. There's dirt on
the wound, which means "She walked on the injured foot". Next, check
the bullet wound on her thigh. The one on the front is "The exit GSW".
The one on the back is "The entrance GSW". Make sure you examine both.
Next, check the right palm. Obviously the wound here was made by "A gun".
After that, check the bullet wound on her chest. The one on the front is
"The entrance GSW". The one on the back is "The exit GSW". Make sure to
examine both. Finally, examine the purple coloring all over her back.
That's all. Now check the personal effects. Look at the bullet hole on
the chest, then the blood around here. A quiz will come up. Answer
"It's splattered around". That's it. Get back to the helicopter now and
boot up the laptop.
First, show Little Guy the wound on her palm. She raised her hand to
"Try to protect herself". Now join the card you get from this with the
bloodstains in chest. The hemorrhaging was caused by "Bleeding from right
palm". Next, show Little Guy the Particles on Palm. They're gunshot
residue, which means "She was shot from close range". Then show him the
hypostasis. It shows that "The corpse was not moved". Then, it's possible
that "The killer moved her there".
Alright, moving on. Let's fuse the obvious things. Namely, the two
chest wounds and two thigh wounds. When you fuse the thigh wounds, say
that the victim was "Shot from behind". In the case of the chest wounds,
she was "Shot from the front". Now show both of these two cards to
the Little Guy. After that, you'll be asked a series of questions. The
answers here are "Gunshot to the chest", "Front", "Defensive wound on
palm", "Gunshot residue", and "At close range". Anyway, that's all
we can do for now. Head out. You can move to two locations. The
research facility and the flower field. Let's go to the flower field
first.
Why? Because there's a hidden medal challenge here. So we might as well
do it right now. This one's hidden in the bush under the staircase
leading up to the cottage. Hokay. First question. Well this one's really
easy. The answer is "SNs slacken vascular muscles". Second question. Oh,
this one's easy too. The answer is "It's created by the adrenal cortex".
That's false because it's created by the adrenal gland. Third question.
Dang, this one's tougher. I'm going with "Swollen veins in elderly
patient" though, because when you apply an IV you want to make a vein
bulge, so swollen veins would be good, I imagine! Alright, fourth
question. Ok, this question is BULLSHIT. The correct answer is "The
atriums are more to the right" but... they're clearly not. The left
atrium is more to the left. Fricken whatever. The last question is
super easy. It's "Danaus plexippus". And with that we're done with this
medal challenge. As a whole it was easier than the others I'd say.
Alright, that's all, now move to the research facility. Guess what.
There's yet ANOTHER medal challenge in here. Move the view all the way
to the right and examine the book on the desk. It's the one with the
bluish cover, it's below the left side of the bulletin board where the
x-rays and post-it notes are. Huh. This medal challenge is actually
ridiculously easy because it's actually stuff that you know just from
playing the game. First question. The answer is "Yoshikage Tachibana".
The second question is "Assistant Secretary of the HSS". Third question.
Woah, this one's actually hard. I mean who can actually remember the
name of that shop, it's been ages since we saw that cutscene. The answer
is pretty obviously "Jackson's Grocery Store" though. All the other
answers are weird. Fourth question. Uh oh. This one's even harder!
Well we know one thing for sure though. It has to be above 10 and below
15. The answer is 14. Type that in and press OK. Final question! Oh, I
remember this one. It's "Portland Medical Center" for sure. That's all!
That's Naomi's final medal. Now you just have to finish the stage to get
at it.
So let's keep going and finish this thing! There are a few things we have
to examine here. Firstly, look at the broken glass on the door. Next,
check the bullet case on the floor under the door. Then, examine the
broken glass on the floor that's close to where said bullet case was.
Now, move to the right and examine the trail of blood on the floor.
Next, pick up the broken recorder on the part of the floor above where
the blood trail is. Finally, pick up the bullet casing near the chair.
That's all we can do here. Get back to the helicopter and get on the
laptop.
We'll start by having Little Guy analyze everything. Show him the two
bullet casings you found. After you do that, a quiz will come up. Answer
"A shot was fired". Next, show him the bloody glass shard, the blood
trail, the shattered glass from the door and the broken recorder. He'll
send you a recording from it. Get out of the comp and listen to it now.
After you do, Little Guy will inform you that the analysis on the blood
stain has been finished. Get back on the laptop and show it to him once
again.
Now then. Go back to the flower field. There will be something in the
blue deathbed. It's a bullet casing. Get back to the helicopter now.
The analysis results for the glass will be in now. Get on the laptop
and join that glass card with the bullet fired from the desk. When it
asks you how many times the gun was fired inside, type 2 and press OK.
The only evidence that a bullet was fired in the lab is "Glass from the
door". The gun was fired "Near the desk". Also, show the new bullet
casing you found in the flower field to the Little Guy, then fuse it with
the Murderous Intent card. When the quiz comes up, answer "A shot was
fired here", and "Rosalia was killed here".
Get out of the laptop now and Little Guy will tell you the analysis on
the glass shard is done. The blood on the glass came from Rosalia, just
as we thought. Now combine that with the wound on her foot. Rosalia
obviously "Stepped on broken glass". More importantly why was she bare
foot? Who the hell walks around bare foot? Geez. Now join the card you
get from this with the "Glass-breaking shot". When the glass on the
door shattered, Rosalia was "Inside the lab". "She was running away". The
gun was being pointed at "Rosalia". Little Guy will then inform you that
they found Albert's gun. The maximum number of rounds that can be missing
from it is "3 rounds". And that coincides with the "Number or shots used
here".
After this, the results of the bullet differences will come in. You'll
get a quiz here. The correct answer is "The distance was greater". You'll
get the gunshot from a distance card. Now fuse it with the shot fired
from the entrance of the lab. When Rosalia was shot in the leg, she was
standing "In the field of flowers". The only place the shot could've been
fired from is "Near the lab's door".
That's all. Get out of the laptop now. You'll get a quiz here. The answer
is "Total of 3 shots". The last one fired was "In the blue flower field".
That means when Rosalia was killed she was "Collapsed on the ground".
That means the bullet that went through her chest must be in the blue
flower field. Go there and check the blue flowers. You'll find it here.
Go back to the helicopter now and show it to the Little Guy. Turns out
it really came from Albear's gun. Join the bullet and the gun now. When
the quiz pops up, answer that "Albert killed Rosalia".
Get out of the laptop now. You'll receive another recording, so listen
to it. After you hear that, the results on Albert's blood will come in.
Turns out there was saliva in them, which means "It was vomited".
After that, you'll receive a third recording. Listen to it, and you'll
get a quiz. The answer is "An antibody".
Now then. Get back on the laptop and this time show Little Guy the
Blue Deathbed card. You'll get a series of questions here. The answers
are "The killer moved the corpse", "The bullet in the ground", and
"Defensive wound in her hand".
After that, like Naomi says, go examine the blue flowers again. You'll
get a picture of them. Now get back to the laptop and show it to the
Little Guy. Turns out they're blue asclepias. Now combine them with
Rosalia's blood. The blue asclepias "Became discolored" because of
"Rosalia's blood". We're almost done. Now just fuse the two remaining
cards. Answer that the color change was caused by "Rosalia's blood"
again. The vector that spread the Rosalia virus from the flowers to
Portland was the "Monarch butterflies".
And we are done! That's the last filler mission. There's only one final
thing to do. Get out of the laptop and you'll receive one last recording.
Listen to it, and then all that will be left is to present the cards in
the correct order. That order is: "Albert's Killing of Rosalia",
"Scenario at the Entrance", "Leg Shot From Entrance", "Gun Shot In
Flower Field", "Albert's Vomited Blood", "Blue Death Blossoms", "Death
on Golden Wings", and finally the original card.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
=====================
=== Doctor Medals ===
=====================
Ok, first off, let me just say that the medals in this game are a god
damn INSULT. How DARE Atlus say it's the equivalent of the X operations
in previous Trauma Centers? What the hell. Have they lost all sense of
shame and dignity? These...things... aren't even NEAR the ballpark of
intense procedures. Hell, they're not even procedures, they amount to
nothing more than riddles. That is seriously all they are. The only
trouble you'll ever have is figuring out what they want you to do. Which
is dumb. But it's there, so we might as well do it. The only cool thing
about these medals is that sometimes when you get one you'll unlock a
clip of one of the characters saying something about how awesome you
(supposedly) are.
=== CR-S01 ===
1) Extracted Wermer's syndrome tumors without locking onto shadows.
Obviously, the Wermer's syndrome patient is Joshua, which means that
you'll be getting this medal in the Waking From Terror operation. This is
ridiculously easy, and you should have gotten this medal just from XSing
the operation normally if you did it the way I told you. Check my Waking
From Terror video if you really need to see how it's done. Hell, you
don't even need to memorize where the tumors are. You can search for
them with the ultrasound, as long as you don't press A to make them
appear permanently it counts.
2) Extracted the wires without using the ultrasound.
This is pretty similar to the previous medal. Except instead of
tumors it's wires. Extremely easy. Just remove the wires in the
operations that have them without making their shadows permanently appear
with the ultrasound. I mean, that's what you were supposed to have been
doing ANYWAY so quit yer bitchin'. The operations with wires in 'em are
History of Fear and Blade of Resolve. Get to it already.
3) Treated every instance of fibrillation with a single use of the
defibrillator.
Self explanatory. I guess this is ever so slightly harder than the two
previous medals but it's still pretty damn easy. All you have to do to
revive the patient in one use is just hitting Z and B on the green part
of the bar. It's pretty easy, after doing it a few times you should be
getting it every time without much effort. I'm not sure if there is any
one operation you have to do this in, or if it's in all the operations,
so just do it in all of them to be safe. The operations where you use
the defibrillator are History of Fear, Blade of Resolve, and Waking
Heart.
4) Got a 100% COOL rating on one surgery operation.
This is a joke right? If you're like me, you got 100% COOL ratings in
ALL the operations so getting it in just one of them is like taking candy
from a retarded baby. Aw man, now I made myself sad from imagining that.
Anyway, just pick any operation you want and do it. The first one is
pretty easy. The last one is easy too. Whatever. Doesn't matter. Look at
any of my videos if you need to see how.
5) Finished the operation before the black bruise moved 4 times.
Another joke. The black bruise this medal is referring to is the one
in the Stolen Memories operation, so that's where you'll be getting this.
It's the big demonic claw that appears halfway through. And I guess you
have to finish before it squeezes the organ 4 times? But seriously,
FOUR times? You shouldn't even be letting it do it once. Check my
Stolen Memories video to see how it's done.
6) Finished a stage without the maximum vitals dropping.
I'm actually not 100% sure how I got this medal. I mean, without the
maximum vitals dropping? What the hell does that even mean. However, I
do know that I got it after doing the Stolen Memories operation, and
the only interaction I had with vitals in that operation was none.
Which leads me to believe that the actual requirement for this medal is
to beat an operation without raising vitals. Which is what you can do
in that one. Check my walkthrough and video of Stolen Memories to see
how it's done.
7) Completely treated the I-Beam before treating anything else.
Of course, the I-Beam this medal is talking about is the one in
History of Fear, so that's where you'll be getting this. Other than that
it's pretty self explanatory. All you have to do is treat the hugeass
beam before treating ANYTHING else, and then finish the operation.
Normally you wouldn't do this if you were trying to XS the operation,
but since you don't have to get the XS to get this medal, it becomes
ridiculously easy. Take it as slow as you want, raise vitals with
stabilizer a lot and it shouldn't be a problem.
8) Earned an XS rank for all of CR-S01's stages.
That's what this ENTIRE guide is for, dumbass. Go read it. And good
luck. Just kidding. Luck is for pussies.
=== Maria Torres ===
1) Heard all TALK conversations and finished all operations.
If you didn't get this medal something is seriously wrong with you.
You could make a case for being legally blind. What you have to do for
this medal is hit the TALK icon that appears on the right sometimes
during an operation. This is NECESSARY to save all patients, so how did
you not get it? Anyway, just watch all of my Maria Torres videos or
read the god damn walkthrough if you really need to see when every talk
icon appears.
2) Didn't get any black tags until reinforcements arrived.
What the game means by black tags is dead patients. The tags go from
green, to yellow, to red, and finally to black when the patient dies.
As such, this medal is drop dead easy. If you got any black tags EVER
then maybe you should just retire and go play Nintendogs.
3) Didn't switch victims until the I-Beam was cut.
The I-Beam this medal is talking about is the one in Maximum Annoyance.
Normally you would never just sit and watch like a jackass the entire
time the I-Beam is being cut, since it's stupid, but hey. You gotta do </pre><pre id="faqspan-11">
what you gotta do. Just stay on the patient the entire time, raising
vitals or whatever until it gets completely cut, and then finish the
operation. Easy.
4) Finished an emergency stage without using stabilizer once.
Self explanatory. The operation I recommend doing this in is Desperate
Rescue since it's really easy. Go read the walkthrough and or look at
my XS video of that operation if you need to see how it's done.
5) Didn't get a single black tag in all emergency stages.
Like I said, what the game means by black tags is dead patients. The
tags go from green, to yellow, to red, and finally to black when the
patient dies. If you let any patients die then you suck, sorry, I can't
do anything about that.
6) Finished an emergency stage in less than 60 seconds.
The operation that you can complete in 60 seconds is Maximum Annoyance.
Got it? So that's where you'll be getting this medal. Read my walkthrough
and or watch my XS video of that operation to see how it's done.
7) Finished the stage without using the immunoglobulin reagent.
Obviously, the operation this medal is referring to is Missing Girl.
That's the one where you'll be getting this, and like it says, all you
have to do is memorize which color to inject on which patient without
using the white vial at all. Easy peasy. I've laid it all out for you
on my walkthrough of that operation, so go read it or watch the video
if you need to see how it's done.
8) Earned an XS rank for all of Maria's stages.
That's what this ENTIRE guide is for, dumbass. Go read it. And good
luck. Just kidding. Luck is for pussies.
=== Hank Freebird ===
1) Completed a treatment with the scalpel without stopping partway.
Fricken lol. What? You shouldn't be stopping partway with ANY tool
during Hank's operations. Not ever. What a complete and total joke of
a medal. Even moreso than usual.
2) Cut out a section of synthetic bone without stopping partway.
Fricken lol. What? You shouldn't be stopping partway with ANY tool
during Hank's operations. Not ever. This particular one refers to any of
the procedures where you cut out a piece of synthetic bone with the
laser. What a complete and total joke of a medal. Even moreso than
usual.
3) Completed a treatment using the saw without stopping partway.
Fricken lol. What? You shouldn't be stopping partway with ANY tool
during Hank's operations. Not ever. What a complete and total joke of
a medal. Even moreso than usual.
4) Got a COOL using the drill without stopping partway.
Desire to facepalm...rising...nrrrghghh... I don't think it's even
physically possible to not get this medal. The world would implode due
to such dangerously concentrated levels of fail.
5) Got a 100% COOL rating on one orthopedic operation.
What can I say. This is pretty self explanatory. You don't really need
to even worry about this one. If you're trying to XS the operations you
will get this eventually. Honestly this is pretty sad. A MUCH better
medal would be to get 100% cool ratings in ALL of the operations, not
just one. I'm pretty sure I got 100% cools in all the operations so just
watch any of my XS videos to see how it's done.
6) Got a CHAIN count of over 10000.
Too easy. The operation I recommend doing this in is Spreading
Infection since it's so long. All you have to do is not get any bads or
misses or stopping partway for a little bit until your chain reaches
10000. Which only takes like about half the operation to get there. This
becomes even easier once you realize that you don't even HAVE to go fast
or get the XS for the medal. All you have to do is finish the operation.
Either way, take a look at my walkthrough of that operation and the
videos. Like I said, easy stuff.
7) Earned a COOL rating while shaving a bone within 1 second.
Ok, this is probably the only medal in the game (besides the XS ones)
that is at least mildly difficult. The only operation where we shave
bones is Broken Heart, so that's where you'll be getting this medal.
It's simple, basically when you get to the part with the shaver, you
have to hold the control stick ALL the way to the right so that the
shaver moves at top speed and then let it go when it's at the correct
place to get the cool. Normally this is EXTREMELY dangerous and isn't
recommended when trying to get the XS, but you don't have to get the XS
to earn this medal, so just go through all the procedures before getting
to the shaving part as sloppily as you want.
Remember that you have to do it in under 1 second, which is not a lot of
time. Just holding the stick all the way to reach top speed isn't enough,
you also have to make it so that it starts moving the very MOMENT it
becomes possible for it to move. Which means you should have the control
stick held to the right just as the the shaver is about to appear. Don't
hold it too early or the game will just tell you to put it back in the
neutral position and you'll have blown your chance. It's obviously going
to take a few tries until you get the hang of moving the shaver so fast.
Don't get discouraged, just hang in there and keep trying. Finally, note
that there are 3 instances when you shave a bone in this operation. It
wasn't until I got a cool on ALL three of them moving them at top speed
that I got this medal. I'm not sure if it really means that you have to
do all 3 instances in under 1 second each, or if I simply wasn't fast
enough the previous times. Either way, if you manage to do it for one
and still don't get the medal, try doing it on all three in a single
operation and see how that goes.
8) Earned an XS rank for all of Hank's stages.
That's what this ENTIRE guide is for, dumbass. Go read it. And good
luck. Just kidding. Luck is for pussies. Hank's operations are the
hardest in the game, but hey. That just makes them more fun!
=== Tomoe Tachibana ===
1) Completed an endoscopic operation without autoretracting.
Exactly what it says. Turbo easy. Just keep your finger off the d-pad
for one god damn operation and you get the medal.
2) Completed an endoscopic operation without running into a wall.
Exactly what it says. Just stop sucking for one god damn second and
you'll get this medal. Jesus.
3) Completed one endoscopic operation on a human without using
stabilizer.
Obviously that means Chloe's operation doesn't count. And obviously
some operations are just plain impossible without using stabilizer. The
one I recommend doing this in is the very first Tomoe operation because
it's really easy and really short. It's not hard. Just do it fast, don't
hit any walls or anything stupid like that, and don't use the stabilizer.
4) Found all victims in 120 seconds.
Joke medal. The mission this medal is referring to is Resolution.
What it wants you to do is finish it in under 2 minutes. Which is
hilarious, considering it's possible to finish it in closer to 1. Anyway,
just read my walkthrough of that mission and or watch my XS video of
it to see how it's done.
5) Extracted all foreign objects from Chloe within 360 seconds.
Basically what it wants you to do is finish the Chloe's Change
operation in under 6 minutes. The trick to this is to realize that you do
NOT have to get the XS. If you make it your top priority to just be as
fast as possible without having to worry about being careful then you
will EASILY do this. Hell, I did it in under 6 minutes WHILE being
turbo careful and getting the XS, so if I can do it like that then you
should have no problems at all. I guess you can watch my video of that
operation if you need to see how it's done.
6) Did not allow the final endoscopic patient's vitals go below 30.
The operation this medal is talking about is, obviously, Time For
Rejoicing. The trick, again, is to realize that you don't have to get the
XS. If you just abuse the hell out of the stabilizer and max out vitals
every time just before injecting the anti-serum and right afterwards
then you'll get this medal without a hitch.
7) Did not let Yoshikage Tachibana hemorrhage more than 9 times.
Not even close to difficult. Like it says, you have to finish the
The Healing Warrior operation with less than 9 hemorrhages. Easy once
you realize that you have to move back after treating 3 hemorrhages in
front of the bulla and find the cause. Don't stay there and keep treating
the ones that pop up like a punk.
8) Earned an XS rank for all of Tomoe's stages.
That's what this ENTIRE guide is for, dumbass. Go read it. And good
luck. Just kidding. Luck is for pussies.
=== Gabriel Cunningham ===
1) Found an exam result of 777
You get this medal during the Blazing Darkness mission. Right at the
very start, open up Tillman's diagnostic results and check the white
cell count. It's not outside the normal range, but the number is 7.77,
which is a lucky number! Say that it's an abnormality to obtain Gabriel's
first doctor medal.
2) Listened to hunger sounds during auscultation.
You'll find this one in the very first Gabe mission "Signs of Anguish".
You have to wait until the diagnostic results come in though, it won't
appear before that. Now, there's a hidden medal at this point. And it's
a bitch to find, I had to do the missions several times to find it. Use
the stethoscope on her again. What makes this so hard to find is that
you have to listen in a place that isn't one of the normal 4!
Specifically, you have to listen to the stomach. You won't get it if you
listen in the bottom part of the abdomen, that's the intestines. The
stomach is slightly above that but below the chest. The sound will be
extremely strong, I was all like WOAH when I heard it. Say it's an
abnormality to get this medal. Also Gabe makes a really weird face when
you find it.
3) Found the atrophied kidney in the CT exam.
You'll find this medal during the Moving Heart mission. Specifically,
during the second phase of it when the CT exams become available. It's
glaringly obvious that her two kidneys are way smaller than on the
normal picture. Click on either one of them. This isn't actually a
symptom, but it'll get you the next Gabe medal.
4) Found the break in the wavelength during the EKG exam.
Again, you'll find this in the Moving Heart mission. At the very start
of phase 3 when the EKG exam becomes available, look at the bottom part.
Every 8 sections a part of the line will be cut off. Point here and say
it's an abnormality to get another medal for Gabe!
5) Found the thin layer of fat during the CT exam.
You'll find this medal during "The Simplest Truth". Specifically, during
the second phase when Joshua's CT exam becomes available. Bring up the
fourth CT image. Look at the very top part of the image. See that the
normal one extends higher up? Point there and say it's an abnormality to
get the next Gabriel medal! I don't get why Gabe's so worried about the
thin layer of fat. I mean, it's supposed to be good if you have less fat!
6) Found the static-filled image during the heart ultrasound exam.
You get this medal during the second phase of the Blazing Darkness
mission. When you're finally able to get Tillman's echocardiography,
look at the first image. Now, compare it with the normal one. It's
subtle, but the entire image is different from the normal one. Click
around the center or whatever and say that it's an abnormality. That'll
net you this medal.
7) Found the deep sulcus in Joshua's MRI exam.
Like the description says, you'll find this medal in Joshua's mission,
"The Simplest Truth". During the last phase when the MRI exam becomes
available, Bring up the third image and look at the top left part of the
brain. You'll see a slash there like someone came in with a knife and
chopped it like it was a bar of butter. There's no such chop on the
normal image. Point here and say it's an abnormality to get yet another
medal for Gabe and get some awesome dialogue! I also like his face when
you find it, I don't think they used that face in any other part of the
game.
8) Found the thick layer of muscle during the CT exam.
This medal is in the last mission. "Proud One". You have to wait until
the CT exam becomes available. When it does, bring up the third CT image.
Check the top part of the image. You'll see that the abs are larger than
on the normal image. They almost touch the skin. Click here and say it's
an abnormality to get the last medal for Gabe!
=== Naomi Kimishima ===
1) Completed the autopsy Medal Challenge found in Dennis Taylor's room.
Like the description says, this medal is found in Dennis's room, in
the Locked-Room Mystery mission. Check the books on the shelf behind the
table. Specifically, the ones on the bottom. You'll get a pretty easy
quiz. The correct answer to the first question is "Wash hands
thoroughly". The second one is "Gender". We know this from having played
the game already. All that shizzle about the pelvis and whatever. The
third answer is- wait, what? What is this crap? Ok, maybe this isn't as
easy as I thought. The correct answer is "31-40". Hoo boy. Movin' on.
For the fourth question, the right answer isn't as hard. It's obviously
"All are correct!". Back in grade school one of my classmates told me
that in any multiple choice question, if one of the answers is "All of
the above", that's always the correct one. Then again, that guy flunked
the year so maybe we shouldn't be listening to him. Either way, it's
logically all of them if you think about it, I mean, obviously you have
to check there's a wound to know if the spray could have come from
there, but you also have to check the angle to know if it really did.
Moving along. Final question. What the? Ok, forget it. It's impossible to
know this. The correct answer is "12-15 hours". Apparently. Is that
true? Who cares. Once you answer that, you should get the first Naomi
medal, but in actuality you have to finish the mission before you get
it. Don't think you can just exit out to the episode select screen and
still get it!
2) Completed the surgery Medal Challenge found in Veronica Cage's room.
Like the description says, you'll find this medal in Veronica's room
during the second mission "Wandering Girl".
See the broken mirror? And to the left a chair with a teddy bear? And to
the left of THAT a bag and some boxes? Check the stack of books on top
of those boxes to find this medal challenge. Here we go! First question.
This one's pretty easy. Since the Batista Procedure is complete crap and
has been abandoned by the medical community due to so many failures,
it's obvious that it isn't more effective than a heart transplant.
Answer "More successful than transplants". How's THAT for deduction Roni.
Second question. Oh, another easy one. "Isograft" is obviously the
correct answer, come on. Next question. Ok, this one's tough. Who can
even know this crap? Ffffff. The correct answer is apparently "Don't
use forceps on membranes". Really? What does that even mean. I don't.
Fourth question. Oh, haha, this one is drop dead easy. Man, it looks
like ancient folk wisdom still applies because the correct answer is
obviously "All of the above". Final question. And it's a deceptively
difficult one. The correct answer is "To reduce eyestrain in doctors".
Now you'll be able to get the medal after beating the stage.
3) Completed the diagnosis Medal Challenge found at the accident scene.
This medal is in the same episode as the previous one. Wandering Girl.
Specifically, it's at the highway where Veronica got run over by the
redneck. Click on the end of the highway where it curves off into the
distance to get it. First question! ...ok, well, this one's pretty easy
to look up. Type 111 in the numpad and press OK. The second question
is... son of a! How is anybody supposed to know this? We don't even
know if they mean how many weeks AFTER the lungs have formed or just
how many weeks period. Feh. Either way, the answer is 30 weeks. Moving
on. Third question. Well this one's easy, all we have to do is look at
a heart diagram. Answer is the Tricuspid Valve. Fourth question. Well,
this one's pretty easy to find out too. The answer is "Atrial septal
defect". And finally, for the last question, which is pretty easy too
just from looking up Blumberg's Sign, the answer is "Acute Peritonitis".
This'll net you Naomi's next medal!
4) Completed the emergency Medal Challenge found in the Parkers' home.
You'll find this medal in the mission "Behind the Lies". In the Parker
house, look at the table on the corner on the left. Examine the books on
it to find this challenge. First question. Let's see, how many... son
of a whore! How is anyone supposed to know this bull? God dammit.
Oh well, at least we know it can't be very many of them since emergencies
have to be treated fast. The answer is 7. Second question. Well this
one's not as bad. And you know how it is at this point with this game.
If one of the answers is all of the above, that's always the correct
one. The answer is "Everything should be suspected!". Third question.
Well this one's free. It's obviously "The subject's condition". Fourth
question. Whoop, another freebie. Everybody knows circulation is
essential to keeping someone alive, so it has to be that. Last question.
Eh. This one's pretty easy too, I mean, it's telling us THE injured
person so that means confirming the number of wounded is pointless, and
if there's only one then triage is pointless as well. And preparing your
equipment? Pfft, come on, you always do that ANYWAY. The answer is
obviously "Confirm your own safety". How's THAT for deduction Roni.
Gotta finish the stage to earn the medal now.
5) Completed the endoscopy Medal Challenge found in Stephen Eldred's room.
You'll find this in the "Crime of Passion" mission. Like it says, in
Stephen's room. Check the bookcase on the left part of the room.
Specifically, the smaller one closest to the corner, and the second
shelf from the bottom. Endoscopy challenge go! First question. Well this
one's pretty straightforward and easy to find out. The esophagus is 25-30
cm, so... go with 25. Second question... god dammit this one's tough.
Who can even know this crap. Jesus christ. Whatever, answer "Ulcerative
and invasive types". Third question now. Mmm. This one's tough too, but
I'm gonna have to go with "Hemostatic Clip" based only on the fact that
that sounds like the craziest thing to put in your nose. Not that all of
the others aren't crazy too. screw endoscopy. Fourth question. Aw crap.
This challenge isn't going to give us a break huh? Well FINE. You want a
fight? Based on the fact that anticholinergic inhibits
parasympathetic nerve impulses which are responsible for involuntary
movements of smooth muscles, which obviously are far more likely have
something to do with glaucoma, high blood pressure and hyperplasia...
I'll go with "Impaired Glucose Tolerance". Oh yes. Last question. Ok,
you gotta be kidding me. ALL of these are commonly used. Screw it, this
is retarded, not even satan would know the answer to this. The answer is
"Evans Blue". For some reason.
6) Completed the orthopedic Medal Challenge found in Sandra Liebermann's
room.
This medal is in the "Seeking Atonement" mission. When you get to
Sandra's room, Check the shelves on the wall with all the boxes and
stuff. Specifically, examine the second shelf from the top. The medal
challenge will be here. Mm. Orthopedics huh. First question. Well, this
one's not too bad. The answer is obviously "Osteoclastoma" because all
the other ones are sarcomas and that's classified as malignant. Next
question. Oh, this one's not so bad either. The answer is "Extraction
takes time". Come on, EVERYTHING in orthopedics takes time. Why would
that be a problem. Third question. Mm, this one's definitely tougher.
The answer is "Spinal osteomyelitis" though. Who knows why. Fourth
question. Well... since the ulnar nerve is directly connected to the
little finger and the ring finger, and this isn't the one being
paralyzed... then I guess the answer has to be "Thumb - Index - Middle".
Last question now. Ok, let me tell you something. This question is a huge
trap. A huge RETARDED trap. I don't understand it at all. It asks which
of the following is NOT a possibility if osteomyelitis occurs in
children, and the answer is "Occurance in arms and legs" but in REALITY
that is where it MOST COMMONLY occurs in children. Furthermore, occurance
is not even a word. So what the HELL people. Who is responsible for
these things? Because he needs to be fired. Geez. Anyway, at least we
got the stupid medal.
7) Completed the mysterious Medal Challenge in Albert's lab.
This one's found in the last mission, "Blue Carpet of Death". Like it
says, it's in Albert's research laboratory. Move the view all the way
to the right and examine the book on the desk. It's the one with the
bluish cover, it's below the left side of the bulletin board where the
x-rays and post-it notes are. Huh. This medal challenge is actually
ridiculously easy because it's actually stuff that you know just from
playing the game. First question. The answer is "Yoshikage Tachibana".
The second question is "Assistant Secretary of the HSS". Third question.
Woah, this one's actually hard. I mean who can actually remember the
name of that shop, it's been ages since we saw that cutscene. The answer
is pretty obviously "Jackson's Grocery Store" though. All the other
answers are weird. Fourth question. Uh oh. This one's even harder!
Well we know one thing for sure though. It has to be above 10 and below
15. The answer is 14. Type that in and press OK. Final question! Oh, I
remember this one. It's "Portland Medical Center" for sure. That's all!
Now you just have to finish the stage to get at it.
8) Completed the general Medal Challenge found in the Asclepias field.
The last medal is found in the last mission as well. Go to the flower
field where Rosalia died. It's hidden in the bush under the staircase
leading up to the cottage. Hokay. First question. Well this one's really
easy. The answer is "SNs slacken vascular muscles". Second question. Oh,
this one's easy too. The answer is "It's created by the adrenal cortex".
That's false because it's created by the adrenal gland. Third question.
Dang, this one's tougher. I'm going with "Swollen veins in elderly
patient" though, because when you apply an IV you want to make a vein
bulge, so swollen veins would be good, I imagine! Alright, fourth
question. Ok, this question is BULLSHIT. The correct answer is "The
atriums are more to the right" but... they're clearly not. The left
atrium is more to the left. Fricken whatever. The last question is
super easy. It's "Danaus plexippus". And with that we're done with this
medal challenge. As a whole it was easier than the others I'd say.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
==================
=== Conclusion ===
==================
The HELL I just walked home from Mexico! Somebody cook me some damn
Emeril food! Jesus H. This guide's been way too much work. I've
practically been writing nonstop for over a month. Never expected this
shit to reach over 500 KB. It's just a god damn Trauma Center game.
Fuuuuuck me. I'm so tired. I'm never doing anything ever again in my
entire life. Wait, didn't I say that last time? But this time I MEAN it.
Not doing anything. Nope. Not doing anything.
Anyway, so Trauma Team. This game was alright. It was pretty fun, I mean,
it's hard thing to fuck up, but it's also a disappointment compared to
Second Opinion for obvious reasons. Namely, the stupid "realism" they
injected into it (except they really didn't), which they CLAIM is why
they removed the GUILT-like operations. Those were the most fun ones in
the entire game you MOTHER FUCKERS. Not only that, but they replaced
the awesome extreme operations with some bullshit medal challenges? God
DAMN you Atlus. And then to rub salt in the wound they go and make the
game in general too easy. Oh sure, there are a couple operations that
are very hard to XS, but the vast majority are way, WAY too easy and
lenient. In most of them they even let you miss once, twice, thrice or
even FOUR times and still get the XS. What the HELL people. In all the
other Trauma Centers if you miss once that's IT. You are DONE. There is
no excuse for this. Oh and don't even get me started on the awful sorry
excuse for a final operation. Not only was it beyond easy, it was
nowhere NEAR as amazing as the ones in the previous games. God damn you
Atlus, why have you done this to me? I just hate you SO MUCH.
So yeah, Trauma Team is just a step backwards from Second Opinion, to be
honest, just like New Blood. But hell, Trauma Team has even given me an
appreciation for what we had back in New Blood. Sure, it may be a
completely broken and unbalanced game with the stupid Valerie operations,
but at the same time think of all the good things it had! It had STIGMA,
it had extreme operations, it actually had the Healing Touch (and even
implemented it properly, unlike Second Opinion!), and it was consistently
hard. Trauma Team has none of this.
Then there's the filler missions. Those aren't what Trauma Center is
about, why even have them? But ok, ok, I will admit that the Gabriel
diagnosis missions are actually pretty cool. His personality makes them
fun, the interaction with the patients is entertaining, it's a good
place for drama and gets you more invested in the actual surgery part of
the operation when you've been following the whole thing from the
beginning on the diagnosis side, and also finding the abnormal
unexplained things leading up to the Rosalia virus was cool. Just imagine
if that was applied to something like GUILT. We could have awesome
things happen ("What the HELL is that in her heart?! It's...looking at
us?!"). So I guess diagnosis is alright. Now, forensics on the other
hand, that has GOT to go. Those missions are way too long, way too easy
and way too boring. I was already bored and couldn't wait for them to
end so I could do actual operations when doing them for the first time.
You can imagine how bored I was during the SECOND time I was doing them.
But anyway yeah. A disappointing Trauma Team, a slew of less than stellar
handheld SMTs... I guess Atlus couldn't stay amazing forever. Trust me,
no one is sadder about this than me. I wish we could go back to the
golden days, but I don't think that's going to happen. All we've got
left of that is memories and our old games. Sigh. Now I've gone and
depressed myself. Anyways, thanks for reading. I hope you enjoyed the
guide. Maybe we'll meet again. But then again maybe not.
Stay crispy,
~S.A. Renegade
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
This guide may not be reproduced under any circumstances except for
personal, private use. If you wish to host the guide on your site, you
must first ask for my permission, and you must not alter the guide's
content in any way. If you're going to copy/paste chunks of this guide
anywhere, at least be decent and give credit where credit is due, and
link directly to the guide. The original and best version with videos
can be found on my personal website www.scathingaccuracy.com. May 2010.
